Add HashiCorp Nomad provider (#483)

* provider: adding Nomad provider

* updating CONTRIBUTING.md with Nomad provider

* updated README.md by adding the Nomad provider

* fix typo

* adding nomad/api and nomad/testutil deps

* adding Nomad binary dependency for provider tests

* fixed the nomad binary download command step and added tolerations to the nomad provider.

* adding nomad provider demo gif

* adding my name to authors

* adding two missing go-rootcerts files after dep ensure

* delete pod comment
This commit is contained in:
Anubhav Mishra
2019-01-08 01:18:11 +05:30
committed by Robbie Zhang
parent 5796be449b
commit a46e1dd2ce
332 changed files with 126455 additions and 2 deletions

354
vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/LICENSE generated vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,354 @@
Mozilla Public License, version 2.0
1. Definitions
1.1. “Contributor”
means each individual or legal entity that creates, contributes to the
creation of, or owns Covered Software.
1.2. “Contributor Version”
means the combination of the Contributions of others (if any) used by a
Contributor and that particular Contributors Contribution.
1.3. “Contribution”
means Covered Software of a particular Contributor.
1.4. “Covered Software”
means Source Code Form to which the initial Contributor has attached the
notice in Exhibit A, the Executable Form of such Source Code Form, and
Modifications of such Source Code Form, in each case including portions
thereof.
1.5. “Incompatible With Secondary Licenses”
means
a. that the initial Contributor has attached the notice described in
Exhibit B to the Covered Software; or
b. that the Covered Software was made available under the terms of version
1.1 or earlier of the License, but not also under the terms of a
Secondary License.
1.6. “Executable Form”
means any form of the work other than Source Code Form.
1.7. “Larger Work”
means a work that combines Covered Software with other material, in a separate
file or files, that is not Covered Software.
1.8. “License”
means this document.
1.9. “Licensable”
means having the right to grant, to the maximum extent possible, whether at the
time of the initial grant or subsequently, any and all of the rights conveyed by
this License.
1.10. “Modifications”
means any of the following:
a. any file in Source Code Form that results from an addition to, deletion
from, or modification of the contents of Covered Software; or
b. any new file in Source Code Form that contains any Covered Software.
1.11. “Patent Claims” of a Contributor
means any patent claim(s), including without limitation, method, process,
and apparatus claims, in any patent Licensable by such Contributor that
would be infringed, but for the grant of the License, by the making,
using, selling, offering for sale, having made, import, or transfer of
either its Contributions or its Contributor Version.
1.12. “Secondary License”
means either the GNU General Public License, Version 2.0, the GNU Lesser
General Public License, Version 2.1, the GNU Affero General Public
License, Version 3.0, or any later versions of those licenses.
1.13. “Source Code Form”
means the form of the work preferred for making modifications.
1.14. “You” (or “Your”)
means an individual or a legal entity exercising rights under this
License. For legal entities, “You” includes any entity that controls, is
controlled by, or is under common control with You. For purposes of this
definition, “control” means (a) the power, direct or indirect, to cause
the direction or management of such entity, whether by contract or
otherwise, or (b) ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the
outstanding shares or beneficial ownership of such entity.
2. License Grants and Conditions
2.1. Grants
Each Contributor hereby grants You a world-wide, royalty-free,
non-exclusive license:
a. under intellectual property rights (other than patent or trademark)
Licensable by such Contributor to use, reproduce, make available,
modify, display, perform, distribute, and otherwise exploit its
Contributions, either on an unmodified basis, with Modifications, or as
part of a Larger Work; and
b. under Patent Claims of such Contributor to make, use, sell, offer for
sale, have made, import, and otherwise transfer either its Contributions
or its Contributor Version.
2.2. Effective Date
The licenses granted in Section 2.1 with respect to any Contribution become
effective for each Contribution on the date the Contributor first distributes
such Contribution.
2.3. Limitations on Grant Scope
The licenses granted in this Section 2 are the only rights granted under this
License. No additional rights or licenses will be implied from the distribution
or licensing of Covered Software under this License. Notwithstanding Section
2.1(b) above, no patent license is granted by a Contributor:
a. for any code that a Contributor has removed from Covered Software; or
b. for infringements caused by: (i) Your and any other third partys
modifications of Covered Software, or (ii) the combination of its
Contributions with other software (except as part of its Contributor
Version); or
c. under Patent Claims infringed by Covered Software in the absence of its
Contributions.
This License does not grant any rights in the trademarks, service marks, or
logos of any Contributor (except as may be necessary to comply with the
notice requirements in Section 3.4).
2.4. Subsequent Licenses
No Contributor makes additional grants as a result of Your choice to
distribute the Covered Software under a subsequent version of this License
(see Section 10.2) or under the terms of a Secondary License (if permitted
under the terms of Section 3.3).
2.5. Representation
Each Contributor represents that the Contributor believes its Contributions
are its original creation(s) or it has sufficient rights to grant the
rights to its Contributions conveyed by this License.
2.6. Fair Use
This License is not intended to limit any rights You have under applicable
copyright doctrines of fair use, fair dealing, or other equivalents.
2.7. Conditions
Sections 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, and 3.4 are conditions of the licenses granted in
Section 2.1.
3. Responsibilities
3.1. Distribution of Source Form
All distribution of Covered Software in Source Code Form, including any
Modifications that You create or to which You contribute, must be under the
terms of this License. You must inform recipients that the Source Code Form
of the Covered Software is governed by the terms of this License, and how
they can obtain a copy of this License. You may not attempt to alter or
restrict the recipients rights in the Source Code Form.
3.2. Distribution of Executable Form
If You distribute Covered Software in Executable Form then:
a. such Covered Software must also be made available in Source Code Form,
as described in Section 3.1, and You must inform recipients of the
Executable Form how they can obtain a copy of such Source Code Form by
reasonable means in a timely manner, at a charge no more than the cost
of distribution to the recipient; and
b. You may distribute such Executable Form under the terms of this License,
or sublicense it under different terms, provided that the license for
the Executable Form does not attempt to limit or alter the recipients
rights in the Source Code Form under this License.
3.3. Distribution of a Larger Work
You may create and distribute a Larger Work under terms of Your choice,
provided that You also comply with the requirements of this License for the
Covered Software. If the Larger Work is a combination of Covered Software
with a work governed by one or more Secondary Licenses, and the Covered
Software is not Incompatible With Secondary Licenses, this License permits
You to additionally distribute such Covered Software under the terms of
such Secondary License(s), so that the recipient of the Larger Work may, at
their option, further distribute the Covered Software under the terms of
either this License or such Secondary License(s).
3.4. Notices
You may not remove or alter the substance of any license notices (including
copyright notices, patent notices, disclaimers of warranty, or limitations
of liability) contained within the Source Code Form of the Covered
Software, except that You may alter any license notices to the extent
required to remedy known factual inaccuracies.
3.5. Application of Additional Terms
You may choose to offer, and to charge a fee for, warranty, support,
indemnity or liability obligations to one or more recipients of Covered
Software. However, You may do so only on Your own behalf, and not on behalf
of any Contributor. You must make it absolutely clear that any such
warranty, support, indemnity, or liability obligation is offered by You
alone, and You hereby agree to indemnify every Contributor for any
liability incurred by such Contributor as a result of warranty, support,
indemnity or liability terms You offer. You may include additional
disclaimers of warranty and limitations of liability specific to any
jurisdiction.
4. Inability to Comply Due to Statute or Regulation
If it is impossible for You to comply with any of the terms of this License
with respect to some or all of the Covered Software due to statute, judicial
order, or regulation then You must: (a) comply with the terms of this License
to the maximum extent possible; and (b) describe the limitations and the code
they affect. Such description must be placed in a text file included with all
distributions of the Covered Software under this License. Except to the
extent prohibited by statute or regulation, such description must be
sufficiently detailed for a recipient of ordinary skill to be able to
understand it.
5. Termination
5.1. The rights granted under this License will terminate automatically if You
fail to comply with any of its terms. However, if You become compliant,
then the rights granted under this License from a particular Contributor
are reinstated (a) provisionally, unless and until such Contributor
explicitly and finally terminates Your grants, and (b) on an ongoing basis,
if such Contributor fails to notify You of the non-compliance by some
reasonable means prior to 60 days after You have come back into compliance.
Moreover, Your grants from a particular Contributor are reinstated on an
ongoing basis if such Contributor notifies You of the non-compliance by
some reasonable means, this is the first time You have received notice of
non-compliance with this License from such Contributor, and You become
compliant prior to 30 days after Your receipt of the notice.
5.2. If You initiate litigation against any entity by asserting a patent
infringement claim (excluding declaratory judgment actions, counter-claims,
and cross-claims) alleging that a Contributor Version directly or
indirectly infringes any patent, then the rights granted to You by any and
all Contributors for the Covered Software under Section 2.1 of this License
shall terminate.
5.3. In the event of termination under Sections 5.1 or 5.2 above, all end user
license agreements (excluding distributors and resellers) which have been
validly granted by You or Your distributors under this License prior to
termination shall survive termination.
6. Disclaimer of Warranty
Covered Software is provided under this License on an “as is” basis, without
warranty of any kind, either expressed, implied, or statutory, including,
without limitation, warranties that the Covered Software is free of defects,
merchantable, fit for a particular purpose or non-infringing. The entire
risk as to the quality and performance of the Covered Software is with You.
Should any Covered Software prove defective in any respect, You (not any
Contributor) assume the cost of any necessary servicing, repair, or
correction. This disclaimer of warranty constitutes an essential part of this
License. No use of any Covered Software is authorized under this License
except under this disclaimer.
7. Limitation of Liability
Under no circumstances and under no legal theory, whether tort (including
negligence), contract, or otherwise, shall any Contributor, or anyone who
distributes Covered Software as permitted above, be liable to You for any
direct, indirect, special, incidental, or consequential damages of any
character including, without limitation, damages for lost profits, loss of
goodwill, work stoppage, computer failure or malfunction, or any and all
other commercial damages or losses, even if such party shall have been
informed of the possibility of such damages. This limitation of liability
shall not apply to liability for death or personal injury resulting from such
partys negligence to the extent applicable law prohibits such limitation.
Some jurisdictions do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental or
consequential damages, so this exclusion and limitation may not apply to You.
8. Litigation
Any litigation relating to this License may be brought only in the courts of
a jurisdiction where the defendant maintains its principal place of business
and such litigation shall be governed by laws of that jurisdiction, without
reference to its conflict-of-law provisions. Nothing in this Section shall
prevent a partys ability to bring cross-claims or counter-claims.
9. Miscellaneous
This License represents the complete agreement concerning the subject matter
hereof. If any provision of this License is held to be unenforceable, such
provision shall be reformed only to the extent necessary to make it
enforceable. Any law or regulation which provides that the language of a
contract shall be construed against the drafter shall not be used to construe
this License against a Contributor.
10. Versions of the License
10.1. New Versions
Mozilla Foundation is the license steward. Except as provided in Section
10.3, no one other than the license steward has the right to modify or
publish new versions of this License. Each version will be given a
distinguishing version number.
10.2. Effect of New Versions
You may distribute the Covered Software under the terms of the version of
the License under which You originally received the Covered Software, or
under the terms of any subsequent version published by the license
steward.
10.3. Modified Versions
If you create software not governed by this License, and you want to
create a new license for such software, you may create and use a modified
version of this License if you rename the license and remove any
references to the name of the license steward (except to note that such
modified license differs from this License).
10.4. Distributing Source Code Form that is Incompatible With Secondary Licenses
If You choose to distribute Source Code Form that is Incompatible With
Secondary Licenses under the terms of this version of the License, the
notice described in Exhibit B of this License must be attached.
Exhibit A - Source Code Form License Notice
This Source Code Form is subject to the
terms of the Mozilla Public License, v.
2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not
distributed with this file, You can
obtain one at
http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
If it is not possible or desirable to put the notice in a particular file, then
You may include the notice in a location (such as a LICENSE file in a relevant
directory) where a recipient would be likely to look for such a notice.
You may add additional accurate notices of copyright ownership.
Exhibit B - “Incompatible With Secondary Licenses” Notice
This Source Code Form is “Incompatible
With Secondary Licenses”, as defined by
the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0.

3
vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/NOTICE.md generated vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
Copyright © 2014-2018 HashiCorp, Inc.
This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this project, you can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.

588
vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/acl.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,588 @@
package api
import (
"fmt"
"io"
"io/ioutil"
"time"
)
const (
// ACLClientType is the client type token
ACLClientType = "client"
// ACLManagementType is the management type token
ACLManagementType = "management"
)
type ACLTokenPolicyLink struct {
ID string
Name string
}
// ACLToken represents an ACL Token
type ACLToken struct {
CreateIndex uint64
ModifyIndex uint64
AccessorID string
SecretID string
Description string
Policies []*ACLTokenPolicyLink
Local bool
CreateTime time.Time `json:",omitempty"`
Hash []byte `json:",omitempty"`
// DEPRECATED (ACL-Legacy-Compat)
// Rules will only be present for legacy tokens returned via the new APIs
Rules string `json:",omitempty"`
}
type ACLTokenListEntry struct {
CreateIndex uint64
ModifyIndex uint64
AccessorID string
Description string
Policies []*ACLTokenPolicyLink
Local bool
CreateTime time.Time
Hash []byte
Legacy bool
}
// ACLEntry is used to represent a legacy ACL token
// The legacy tokens are deprecated.
type ACLEntry struct {
CreateIndex uint64
ModifyIndex uint64
ID string
Name string
Type string
Rules string
}
// ACLReplicationStatus is used to represent the status of ACL replication.
type ACLReplicationStatus struct {
Enabled bool
Running bool
SourceDatacenter string
ReplicationType string
ReplicatedIndex uint64
ReplicatedTokenIndex uint64
LastSuccess time.Time
LastError time.Time
}
// ACLPolicy represents an ACL Policy.
type ACLPolicy struct {
ID string
Name string
Description string
Rules string
Datacenters []string
Hash []byte
CreateIndex uint64
ModifyIndex uint64
}
type ACLPolicyListEntry struct {
ID string
Name string
Description string
Datacenters []string
Hash []byte
CreateIndex uint64
ModifyIndex uint64
}
// ACL can be used to query the ACL endpoints
type ACL struct {
c *Client
}
// ACL returns a handle to the ACL endpoints
func (c *Client) ACL() *ACL {
return &ACL{c}
}
// Bootstrap is used to perform a one-time ACL bootstrap operation on a cluster
// to get the first management token.
func (a *ACL) Bootstrap() (*ACLToken, *WriteMeta, error) {
r := a.c.newRequest("PUT", "/v1/acl/bootstrap")
rtt, resp, err := requireOK(a.c.doRequest(r))
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
defer resp.Body.Close()
wm := &WriteMeta{RequestTime: rtt}
var out ACLToken
if err := decodeBody(resp, &out); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
return &out, wm, nil
}
// Create is used to generate a new token with the given parameters
//
// Deprecated: Use TokenCreate instead.
func (a *ACL) Create(acl *ACLEntry, q *WriteOptions) (string, *WriteMeta, error) {
r := a.c.newRequest("PUT", "/v1/acl/create")
r.setWriteOptions(q)
r.obj = acl
rtt, resp, err := requireOK(a.c.doRequest(r))
if err != nil {
return "", nil, err
}
defer resp.Body.Close()
wm := &WriteMeta{RequestTime: rtt}
var out struct{ ID string }
if err := decodeBody(resp, &out); err != nil {
return "", nil, err
}
return out.ID, wm, nil
}
// Update is used to update the rules of an existing token
//
// Deprecated: Use TokenUpdate instead.
func (a *ACL) Update(acl *ACLEntry, q *WriteOptions) (*WriteMeta, error) {
r := a.c.newRequest("PUT", "/v1/acl/update")
r.setWriteOptions(q)
r.obj = acl
rtt, resp, err := requireOK(a.c.doRequest(r))
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
defer resp.Body.Close()
wm := &WriteMeta{RequestTime: rtt}
return wm, nil
}
// Destroy is used to destroy a given ACL token ID
//
// Deprecated: Use TokenDelete instead.
func (a *ACL) Destroy(id string, q *WriteOptions) (*WriteMeta, error) {
r := a.c.newRequest("PUT", "/v1/acl/destroy/"+id)
r.setWriteOptions(q)
rtt, resp, err := requireOK(a.c.doRequest(r))
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
resp.Body.Close()
wm := &WriteMeta{RequestTime: rtt}
return wm, nil
}
// Clone is used to return a new token cloned from an existing one
//
// Deprecated: Use TokenClone instead.
func (a *ACL) Clone(id string, q *WriteOptions) (string, *WriteMeta, error) {
r := a.c.newRequest("PUT", "/v1/acl/clone/"+id)
r.setWriteOptions(q)
rtt, resp, err := requireOK(a.c.doRequest(r))
if err != nil {
return "", nil, err
}
defer resp.Body.Close()
wm := &WriteMeta{RequestTime: rtt}
var out struct{ ID string }
if err := decodeBody(resp, &out); err != nil {
return "", nil, err
}
return out.ID, wm, nil
}
// Info is used to query for information about an ACL token
//
// Deprecated: Use TokenRead instead.
func (a *ACL) Info(id string, q *QueryOptions) (*ACLEntry, *QueryMeta, error) {
r := a.c.newRequest("GET", "/v1/acl/info/"+id)
r.setQueryOptions(q)
rtt, resp, err := requireOK(a.c.doRequest(r))
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
defer resp.Body.Close()
qm := &QueryMeta{}
parseQueryMeta(resp, qm)
qm.RequestTime = rtt
var entries []*ACLEntry
if err := decodeBody(resp, &entries); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
if len(entries) > 0 {
return entries[0], qm, nil
}
return nil, qm, nil
}
// List is used to get all the ACL tokens
//
// Deprecated: Use TokenList instead.
func (a *ACL) List(q *QueryOptions) ([]*ACLEntry, *QueryMeta, error) {
r := a.c.newRequest("GET", "/v1/acl/list")
r.setQueryOptions(q)
rtt, resp, err := requireOK(a.c.doRequest(r))
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
defer resp.Body.Close()
qm := &QueryMeta{}
parseQueryMeta(resp, qm)
qm.RequestTime = rtt
var entries []*ACLEntry
if err := decodeBody(resp, &entries); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
return entries, qm, nil
}
// Replication returns the status of the ACL replication process in the datacenter
func (a *ACL) Replication(q *QueryOptions) (*ACLReplicationStatus, *QueryMeta, error) {
r := a.c.newRequest("GET", "/v1/acl/replication")
r.setQueryOptions(q)
rtt, resp, err := requireOK(a.c.doRequest(r))
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
defer resp.Body.Close()
qm := &QueryMeta{}
parseQueryMeta(resp, qm)
qm.RequestTime = rtt
var entries *ACLReplicationStatus
if err := decodeBody(resp, &entries); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
return entries, qm, nil
}
// TokenCreate creates a new ACL token. It requires that the AccessorID and SecretID fields
// of the ACLToken structure to be empty as these will be filled in by Consul.
func (a *ACL) TokenCreate(token *ACLToken, q *WriteOptions) (*ACLToken, *WriteMeta, error) {
if token.AccessorID != "" {
return nil, nil, fmt.Errorf("Cannot specify an AccessorID in Token Creation")
}
if token.SecretID != "" {
return nil, nil, fmt.Errorf("Cannot specify a SecretID in Token Creation")
}
r := a.c.newRequest("PUT", "/v1/acl/token")
r.setWriteOptions(q)
r.obj = token
rtt, resp, err := requireOK(a.c.doRequest(r))
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
defer resp.Body.Close()
wm := &WriteMeta{RequestTime: rtt}
var out ACLToken
if err := decodeBody(resp, &out); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
return &out, wm, nil
}
// TokenUpdate updates a token in place without modifying its AccessorID or SecretID. A valid
// AccessorID must be set in the ACLToken structure passed to this function but the SecretID may
// be omitted and will be filled in by Consul with its existing value.
func (a *ACL) TokenUpdate(token *ACLToken, q *WriteOptions) (*ACLToken, *WriteMeta, error) {
if token.AccessorID == "" {
return nil, nil, fmt.Errorf("Must specify an AccessorID for Token Updating")
}
r := a.c.newRequest("PUT", "/v1/acl/token/"+token.AccessorID)
r.setWriteOptions(q)
r.obj = token
rtt, resp, err := requireOK(a.c.doRequest(r))
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
defer resp.Body.Close()
wm := &WriteMeta{RequestTime: rtt}
var out ACLToken
if err := decodeBody(resp, &out); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
return &out, wm, nil
}
// TokenClone will create a new token with the same policies and locality as the original
// token but will have its own auto-generated AccessorID and SecretID as well having the
// description passed to this function. The tokenID parameter must be a valid Accessor ID
// of an existing token.
func (a *ACL) TokenClone(tokenID string, description string, q *WriteOptions) (*ACLToken, *WriteMeta, error) {
if tokenID == "" {
return nil, nil, fmt.Errorf("Must specify a tokenID for Token Cloning")
}
r := a.c.newRequest("PUT", "/v1/acl/token/"+tokenID+"/clone")
r.setWriteOptions(q)
r.obj = struct{ Description string }{description}
rtt, resp, err := requireOK(a.c.doRequest(r))
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
defer resp.Body.Close()
wm := &WriteMeta{RequestTime: rtt}
var out ACLToken
if err := decodeBody(resp, &out); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
return &out, wm, nil
}
// TokenDelete removes a single ACL token. The tokenID parameter must be a valid
// Accessor ID of an existing token.
func (a *ACL) TokenDelete(tokenID string, q *WriteOptions) (*WriteMeta, error) {
r := a.c.newRequest("DELETE", "/v1/acl/token/"+tokenID)
r.setWriteOptions(q)
rtt, resp, err := requireOK(a.c.doRequest(r))
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
resp.Body.Close()
wm := &WriteMeta{RequestTime: rtt}
return wm, nil
}
// TokenRead retrieves the full token details. The tokenID parameter must be a valid
// Accessor ID of an existing token.
func (a *ACL) TokenRead(tokenID string, q *QueryOptions) (*ACLToken, *QueryMeta, error) {
r := a.c.newRequest("GET", "/v1/acl/token/"+tokenID)
r.setQueryOptions(q)
rtt, resp, err := requireOK(a.c.doRequest(r))
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
defer resp.Body.Close()
qm := &QueryMeta{}
parseQueryMeta(resp, qm)
qm.RequestTime = rtt
var out ACLToken
if err := decodeBody(resp, &out); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
return &out, qm, nil
}
// TokenReadSelf retrieves the full token details of the token currently
// assigned to the API Client. In this manner its possible to read a token
// by its Secret ID.
func (a *ACL) TokenReadSelf(q *QueryOptions) (*ACLToken, *QueryMeta, error) {
r := a.c.newRequest("GET", "/v1/acl/token/self")
r.setQueryOptions(q)
rtt, resp, err := requireOK(a.c.doRequest(r))
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
defer resp.Body.Close()
qm := &QueryMeta{}
parseQueryMeta(resp, qm)
qm.RequestTime = rtt
var out ACLToken
if err := decodeBody(resp, &out); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
return &out, qm, nil
}
// TokenList lists all tokens. The listing does not contain any SecretIDs as those
// may only be retrieved by a call to TokenRead.
func (a *ACL) TokenList(q *QueryOptions) ([]*ACLTokenListEntry, *QueryMeta, error) {
r := a.c.newRequest("GET", "/v1/acl/tokens")
r.setQueryOptions(q)
rtt, resp, err := requireOK(a.c.doRequest(r))
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
defer resp.Body.Close()
qm := &QueryMeta{}
parseQueryMeta(resp, qm)
qm.RequestTime = rtt
var entries []*ACLTokenListEntry
if err := decodeBody(resp, &entries); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
return entries, qm, nil
}
// PolicyCreate will create a new policy. It is not allowed for the policy parameters
// ID field to be set as this will be generated by Consul while processing the request.
func (a *ACL) PolicyCreate(policy *ACLPolicy, q *WriteOptions) (*ACLPolicy, *WriteMeta, error) {
if policy.ID != "" {
return nil, nil, fmt.Errorf("Cannot specify an ID in Policy Creation")
}
r := a.c.newRequest("PUT", "/v1/acl/policy")
r.setWriteOptions(q)
r.obj = policy
rtt, resp, err := requireOK(a.c.doRequest(r))
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
defer resp.Body.Close()
wm := &WriteMeta{RequestTime: rtt}
var out ACLPolicy
if err := decodeBody(resp, &out); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
return &out, wm, nil
}
// PolicyUpdate updates a policy. The ID field of the policy parameter must be set to an
// existing policy ID
func (a *ACL) PolicyUpdate(policy *ACLPolicy, q *WriteOptions) (*ACLPolicy, *WriteMeta, error) {
if policy.ID == "" {
return nil, nil, fmt.Errorf("Must specify an ID in Policy Creation")
}
r := a.c.newRequest("PUT", "/v1/acl/policy/"+policy.ID)
r.setWriteOptions(q)
r.obj = policy
rtt, resp, err := requireOK(a.c.doRequest(r))
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
defer resp.Body.Close()
wm := &WriteMeta{RequestTime: rtt}
var out ACLPolicy
if err := decodeBody(resp, &out); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
return &out, wm, nil
}
// PolicyDelete deletes a policy given its ID.
func (a *ACL) PolicyDelete(policyID string, q *WriteOptions) (*WriteMeta, error) {
r := a.c.newRequest("DELETE", "/v1/acl/policy/"+policyID)
r.setWriteOptions(q)
rtt, resp, err := requireOK(a.c.doRequest(r))
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
resp.Body.Close()
wm := &WriteMeta{RequestTime: rtt}
return wm, nil
}
// PolicyRead retrieves the policy details including the rule set.
func (a *ACL) PolicyRead(policyID string, q *QueryOptions) (*ACLPolicy, *QueryMeta, error) {
r := a.c.newRequest("GET", "/v1/acl/policy/"+policyID)
r.setQueryOptions(q)
rtt, resp, err := requireOK(a.c.doRequest(r))
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
defer resp.Body.Close()
qm := &QueryMeta{}
parseQueryMeta(resp, qm)
qm.RequestTime = rtt
var out ACLPolicy
if err := decodeBody(resp, &out); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
return &out, qm, nil
}
// PolicyList retrieves a listing of all policies. The listing does not include the
// rules for any policy as those should be retrieved by subsequent calls to PolicyRead.
func (a *ACL) PolicyList(q *QueryOptions) ([]*ACLPolicyListEntry, *QueryMeta, error) {
r := a.c.newRequest("GET", "/v1/acl/policies")
r.setQueryOptions(q)
rtt, resp, err := requireOK(a.c.doRequest(r))
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
defer resp.Body.Close()
qm := &QueryMeta{}
parseQueryMeta(resp, qm)
qm.RequestTime = rtt
var entries []*ACLPolicyListEntry
if err := decodeBody(resp, &entries); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
return entries, qm, nil
}
// RulesTranslate translates the legacy rule syntax into the current syntax.
//
// Deprecated: Support for the legacy syntax translation will be removed
// when legacy ACL support is removed.
func (a *ACL) RulesTranslate(rules io.Reader) (string, error) {
r := a.c.newRequest("POST", "/v1/acl/rules/translate")
r.body = rules
rtt, resp, err := requireOK(a.c.doRequest(r))
if err != nil {
return "", err
}
defer resp.Body.Close()
qm := &QueryMeta{}
parseQueryMeta(resp, qm)
qm.RequestTime = rtt
ruleBytes, err := ioutil.ReadAll(resp.Body)
if err != nil {
return "", fmt.Errorf("Failed to read translated rule body: %v", err)
}
return string(ruleBytes), nil
}
// RulesTranslateToken translates the rules associated with the legacy syntax
// into the current syntax and returns the results.
//
// Deprecated: Support for the legacy syntax translation will be removed
// when legacy ACL support is removed.
func (a *ACL) RulesTranslateToken(tokenID string) (string, error) {
r := a.c.newRequest("GET", "/v1/acl/rules/translate/"+tokenID)
rtt, resp, err := requireOK(a.c.doRequest(r))
if err != nil {
return "", err
}
defer resp.Body.Close()
qm := &QueryMeta{}
parseQueryMeta(resp, qm)
qm.RequestTime = rtt
ruleBytes, err := ioutil.ReadAll(resp.Body)
if err != nil {
return "", fmt.Errorf("Failed to read translated rule body: %v", err)
}
return string(ruleBytes), nil
}

890
vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/agent.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,890 @@
package api
import (
"bufio"
"fmt"
)
// ServiceKind is the kind of service being registered.
type ServiceKind string
const (
// ServiceKindTypical is a typical, classic Consul service. This is
// represented by the absence of a value. This was chosen for ease of
// backwards compatibility: existing services in the catalog would
// default to the typical service.
ServiceKindTypical ServiceKind = ""
// ServiceKindConnectProxy is a proxy for the Connect feature. This
// service proxies another service within Consul and speaks the connect
// protocol.
ServiceKindConnectProxy ServiceKind = "connect-proxy"
)
// ProxyExecMode is the execution mode for a managed Connect proxy.
type ProxyExecMode string
const (
// ProxyExecModeDaemon indicates that the proxy command should be long-running
// and should be started and supervised by the agent until it's target service
// is deregistered.
ProxyExecModeDaemon ProxyExecMode = "daemon"
// ProxyExecModeScript indicates that the proxy command should be invoke to
// completion on each change to the configuration of lifecycle event. The
// script typically fetches the config and certificates from the agent API and
// then configures an externally managed daemon, perhaps starting and stopping
// it if necessary.
ProxyExecModeScript ProxyExecMode = "script"
)
// UpstreamDestType is the type of upstream discovery mechanism.
type UpstreamDestType string
const (
// UpstreamDestTypeService discovers instances via healthy service lookup.
UpstreamDestTypeService UpstreamDestType = "service"
// UpstreamDestTypePreparedQuery discovers instances via prepared query
// execution.
UpstreamDestTypePreparedQuery UpstreamDestType = "prepared_query"
)
// AgentCheck represents a check known to the agent
type AgentCheck struct {
Node string
CheckID string
Name string
Status string
Notes string
Output string
ServiceID string
ServiceName string
Definition HealthCheckDefinition
}
// AgentWeights represent optional weights for a service
type AgentWeights struct {
Passing int
Warning int
}
// AgentService represents a service known to the agent
type AgentService struct {
Kind ServiceKind `json:",omitempty"`
ID string
Service string
Tags []string
Meta map[string]string
Port int
Address string
Weights AgentWeights
EnableTagOverride bool
CreateIndex uint64 `json:",omitempty"`
ModifyIndex uint64 `json:",omitempty"`
ContentHash string `json:",omitempty"`
// DEPRECATED (ProxyDestination) - remove this field
ProxyDestination string `json:",omitempty"`
Proxy *AgentServiceConnectProxyConfig `json:",omitempty"`
Connect *AgentServiceConnect `json:",omitempty"`
}
// AgentServiceConnect represents the Connect configuration of a service.
type AgentServiceConnect struct {
Native bool `json:",omitempty"`
Proxy *AgentServiceConnectProxy `json:",omitempty"`
SidecarService *AgentServiceRegistration `json:",omitempty"`
}
// AgentServiceConnectProxy represents the Connect Proxy configuration of a
// service.
type AgentServiceConnectProxy struct {
ExecMode ProxyExecMode `json:",omitempty"`
Command []string `json:",omitempty"`
Config map[string]interface{} `json:",omitempty"`
Upstreams []Upstream `json:",omitempty"`
}
// AgentServiceConnectProxyConfig is the proxy configuration in a connect-proxy
// ServiceDefinition or response.
type AgentServiceConnectProxyConfig struct {
DestinationServiceName string
DestinationServiceID string `json:",omitempty"`
LocalServiceAddress string `json:",omitempty"`
LocalServicePort int `json:",omitempty"`
Config map[string]interface{} `json:",omitempty"`
Upstreams []Upstream
}
// AgentMember represents a cluster member known to the agent
type AgentMember struct {
Name string
Addr string
Port uint16
Tags map[string]string
Status int
ProtocolMin uint8
ProtocolMax uint8
ProtocolCur uint8
DelegateMin uint8
DelegateMax uint8
DelegateCur uint8
}
// AllSegments is used to select for all segments in MembersOpts.
const AllSegments = "_all"
// MembersOpts is used for querying member information.
type MembersOpts struct {
// WAN is whether to show members from the WAN.
WAN bool
// Segment is the LAN segment to show members for. Setting this to the
// AllSegments value above will show members in all segments.
Segment string
}
// AgentServiceRegistration is used to register a new service
type AgentServiceRegistration struct {
Kind ServiceKind `json:",omitempty"`
ID string `json:",omitempty"`
Name string `json:",omitempty"`
Tags []string `json:",omitempty"`
Port int `json:",omitempty"`
Address string `json:",omitempty"`
EnableTagOverride bool `json:",omitempty"`
Meta map[string]string `json:",omitempty"`
Weights *AgentWeights `json:",omitempty"`
Check *AgentServiceCheck
Checks AgentServiceChecks
// DEPRECATED (ProxyDestination) - remove this field
ProxyDestination string `json:",omitempty"`
Proxy *AgentServiceConnectProxyConfig `json:",omitempty"`
Connect *AgentServiceConnect `json:",omitempty"`
}
// AgentCheckRegistration is used to register a new check
type AgentCheckRegistration struct {
ID string `json:",omitempty"`
Name string `json:",omitempty"`
Notes string `json:",omitempty"`
ServiceID string `json:",omitempty"`
AgentServiceCheck
}
// AgentServiceCheck is used to define a node or service level check
type AgentServiceCheck struct {
CheckID string `json:",omitempty"`
Name string `json:",omitempty"`
Args []string `json:"ScriptArgs,omitempty"`
DockerContainerID string `json:",omitempty"`
Shell string `json:",omitempty"` // Only supported for Docker.
Interval string `json:",omitempty"`
Timeout string `json:",omitempty"`
TTL string `json:",omitempty"`
HTTP string `json:",omitempty"`
Header map[string][]string `json:",omitempty"`
Method string `json:",omitempty"`
TCP string `json:",omitempty"`
Status string `json:",omitempty"`
Notes string `json:",omitempty"`
TLSSkipVerify bool `json:",omitempty"`
GRPC string `json:",omitempty"`
GRPCUseTLS bool `json:",omitempty"`
AliasNode string `json:",omitempty"`
AliasService string `json:",omitempty"`
// In Consul 0.7 and later, checks that are associated with a service
// may also contain this optional DeregisterCriticalServiceAfter field,
// which is a timeout in the same Go time format as Interval and TTL. If
// a check is in the critical state for more than this configured value,
// then its associated service (and all of its associated checks) will
// automatically be deregistered.
DeregisterCriticalServiceAfter string `json:",omitempty"`
}
type AgentServiceChecks []*AgentServiceCheck
// AgentToken is used when updating ACL tokens for an agent.
type AgentToken struct {
Token string
}
// Metrics info is used to store different types of metric values from the agent.
type MetricsInfo struct {
Timestamp string
Gauges []GaugeValue
Points []PointValue
Counters []SampledValue
Samples []SampledValue
}
// GaugeValue stores one value that is updated as time goes on, such as
// the amount of memory allocated.
type GaugeValue struct {
Name string
Value float32
Labels map[string]string
}
// PointValue holds a series of points for a metric.
type PointValue struct {
Name string
Points []float32
}
// SampledValue stores info about a metric that is incremented over time,
// such as the number of requests to an HTTP endpoint.
type SampledValue struct {
Name string
Count int
Sum float64
Min float64
Max float64
Mean float64
Stddev float64
Labels map[string]string
}
// AgentAuthorizeParams are the request parameters for authorizing a request.
type AgentAuthorizeParams struct {
Target string
ClientCertURI string
ClientCertSerial string
}
// AgentAuthorize is the response structure for Connect authorization.
type AgentAuthorize struct {
Authorized bool
Reason string
}
// ConnectProxyConfig is the response structure for agent-local proxy
// configuration.
type ConnectProxyConfig struct {
ProxyServiceID string
TargetServiceID string
TargetServiceName string
ContentHash string
// DEPRECATED(managed-proxies) - this struct is re-used for sidecar configs
// but they don't need ExecMode or Command
ExecMode ProxyExecMode `json:",omitempty"`
Command []string `json:",omitempty"`
Config map[string]interface{}
Upstreams []Upstream
}
// Upstream is the response structure for a proxy upstream configuration.
type Upstream struct {
DestinationType UpstreamDestType `json:",omitempty"`
DestinationNamespace string `json:",omitempty"`
DestinationName string
Datacenter string `json:",omitempty"`
LocalBindAddress string `json:",omitempty"`
LocalBindPort int `json:",omitempty"`
Config map[string]interface{} `json:",omitempty"`
}
// Agent can be used to query the Agent endpoints
type Agent struct {
c *Client
// cache the node name
nodeName string
}
// Agent returns a handle to the agent endpoints
func (c *Client) Agent() *Agent {
return &Agent{c: c}
}
// Self is used to query the agent we are speaking to for
// information about itself
func (a *Agent) Self() (map[string]map[string]interface{}, error) {
r := a.c.newRequest("GET", "/v1/agent/self")
_, resp, err := requireOK(a.c.doRequest(r))
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
defer resp.Body.Close()
var out map[string]map[string]interface{}
if err := decodeBody(resp, &out); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
return out, nil
}
// Host is used to retrieve information about the host the
// agent is running on such as CPU, memory, and disk. Requires
// a operator:read ACL token.
func (a *Agent) Host() (map[string]interface{}, error) {
r := a.c.newRequest("GET", "/v1/agent/host")
_, resp, err := requireOK(a.c.doRequest(r))
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
defer resp.Body.Close()
var out map[string]interface{}
if err := decodeBody(resp, &out); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
return out, nil
}
// Metrics is used to query the agent we are speaking to for
// its current internal metric data
func (a *Agent) Metrics() (*MetricsInfo, error) {
r := a.c.newRequest("GET", "/v1/agent/metrics")
_, resp, err := requireOK(a.c.doRequest(r))
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
defer resp.Body.Close()
var out *MetricsInfo
if err := decodeBody(resp, &out); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
return out, nil
}
// Reload triggers a configuration reload for the agent we are connected to.
func (a *Agent) Reload() error {
r := a.c.newRequest("PUT", "/v1/agent/reload")
_, resp, err := requireOK(a.c.doRequest(r))
if err != nil {
return err
}
resp.Body.Close()
return nil
}
// NodeName is used to get the node name of the agent
func (a *Agent) NodeName() (string, error) {
if a.nodeName != "" {
return a.nodeName, nil
}
info, err := a.Self()
if err != nil {
return "", err
}
name := info["Config"]["NodeName"].(string)
a.nodeName = name
return name, nil
}
// Checks returns the locally registered checks
func (a *Agent) Checks() (map[string]*AgentCheck, error) {
r := a.c.newRequest("GET", "/v1/agent/checks")
_, resp, err := requireOK(a.c.doRequest(r))
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
defer resp.Body.Close()
var out map[string]*AgentCheck
if err := decodeBody(resp, &out); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
return out, nil
}
// Services returns the locally registered services
func (a *Agent) Services() (map[string]*AgentService, error) {
r := a.c.newRequest("GET", "/v1/agent/services")
_, resp, err := requireOK(a.c.doRequest(r))
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
defer resp.Body.Close()
var out map[string]*AgentService
if err := decodeBody(resp, &out); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
return out, nil
}
// Service returns a locally registered service instance and allows for
// hash-based blocking.
//
// Note that this uses an unconventional blocking mechanism since it's
// agent-local state. That means there is no persistent raft index so we block
// based on object hash instead.
func (a *Agent) Service(serviceID string, q *QueryOptions) (*AgentService, *QueryMeta, error) {
r := a.c.newRequest("GET", "/v1/agent/service/"+serviceID)
r.setQueryOptions(q)
rtt, resp, err := requireOK(a.c.doRequest(r))
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
defer resp.Body.Close()
qm := &QueryMeta{}
parseQueryMeta(resp, qm)
qm.RequestTime = rtt
var out *AgentService
if err := decodeBody(resp, &out); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
return out, qm, nil
}
// Members returns the known gossip members. The WAN
// flag can be used to query a server for WAN members.
func (a *Agent) Members(wan bool) ([]*AgentMember, error) {
r := a.c.newRequest("GET", "/v1/agent/members")
if wan {
r.params.Set("wan", "1")
}
_, resp, err := requireOK(a.c.doRequest(r))
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
defer resp.Body.Close()
var out []*AgentMember
if err := decodeBody(resp, &out); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
return out, nil
}
// MembersOpts returns the known gossip members and can be passed
// additional options for WAN/segment filtering.
func (a *Agent) MembersOpts(opts MembersOpts) ([]*AgentMember, error) {
r := a.c.newRequest("GET", "/v1/agent/members")
r.params.Set("segment", opts.Segment)
if opts.WAN {
r.params.Set("wan", "1")
}
_, resp, err := requireOK(a.c.doRequest(r))
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
defer resp.Body.Close()
var out []*AgentMember
if err := decodeBody(resp, &out); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
return out, nil
}
// ServiceRegister is used to register a new service with
// the local agent
func (a *Agent) ServiceRegister(service *AgentServiceRegistration) error {
r := a.c.newRequest("PUT", "/v1/agent/service/register")
r.obj = service
_, resp, err := requireOK(a.c.doRequest(r))
if err != nil {
return err
}
resp.Body.Close()
return nil
}
// ServiceDeregister is used to deregister a service with
// the local agent
func (a *Agent) ServiceDeregister(serviceID string) error {
r := a.c.newRequest("PUT", "/v1/agent/service/deregister/"+serviceID)
_, resp, err := requireOK(a.c.doRequest(r))
if err != nil {
return err
}
resp.Body.Close()
return nil
}
// PassTTL is used to set a TTL check to the passing state.
//
// DEPRECATION NOTICE: This interface is deprecated in favor of UpdateTTL().
// The client interface will be removed in 0.8 or changed to use
// UpdateTTL()'s endpoint and the server endpoints will be removed in 0.9.
func (a *Agent) PassTTL(checkID, note string) error {
return a.updateTTL(checkID, note, "pass")
}
// WarnTTL is used to set a TTL check to the warning state.
//
// DEPRECATION NOTICE: This interface is deprecated in favor of UpdateTTL().
// The client interface will be removed in 0.8 or changed to use
// UpdateTTL()'s endpoint and the server endpoints will be removed in 0.9.
func (a *Agent) WarnTTL(checkID, note string) error {
return a.updateTTL(checkID, note, "warn")
}
// FailTTL is used to set a TTL check to the failing state.
//
// DEPRECATION NOTICE: This interface is deprecated in favor of UpdateTTL().
// The client interface will be removed in 0.8 or changed to use
// UpdateTTL()'s endpoint and the server endpoints will be removed in 0.9.
func (a *Agent) FailTTL(checkID, note string) error {
return a.updateTTL(checkID, note, "fail")
}
// updateTTL is used to update the TTL of a check. This is the internal
// method that uses the old API that's present in Consul versions prior to
// 0.6.4. Since Consul didn't have an analogous "update" API before it seemed
// ok to break this (former) UpdateTTL in favor of the new UpdateTTL below,
// but keep the old Pass/Warn/Fail methods using the old API under the hood.
//
// DEPRECATION NOTICE: This interface is deprecated in favor of UpdateTTL().
// The client interface will be removed in 0.8 and the server endpoints will
// be removed in 0.9.
func (a *Agent) updateTTL(checkID, note, status string) error {
switch status {
case "pass":
case "warn":
case "fail":
default:
return fmt.Errorf("Invalid status: %s", status)
}
endpoint := fmt.Sprintf("/v1/agent/check/%s/%s", status, checkID)
r := a.c.newRequest("PUT", endpoint)
r.params.Set("note", note)
_, resp, err := requireOK(a.c.doRequest(r))
if err != nil {
return err
}
resp.Body.Close()
return nil
}
// checkUpdate is the payload for a PUT for a check update.
type checkUpdate struct {
// Status is one of the api.Health* states: HealthPassing
// ("passing"), HealthWarning ("warning"), or HealthCritical
// ("critical").
Status string
// Output is the information to post to the UI for operators as the
// output of the process that decided to hit the TTL check. This is
// different from the note field that's associated with the check
// itself.
Output string
}
// UpdateTTL is used to update the TTL of a check. This uses the newer API
// that was introduced in Consul 0.6.4 and later. We translate the old status
// strings for compatibility (though a newer version of Consul will still be
// required to use this API).
func (a *Agent) UpdateTTL(checkID, output, status string) error {
switch status {
case "pass", HealthPassing:
status = HealthPassing
case "warn", HealthWarning:
status = HealthWarning
case "fail", HealthCritical:
status = HealthCritical
default:
return fmt.Errorf("Invalid status: %s", status)
}
endpoint := fmt.Sprintf("/v1/agent/check/update/%s", checkID)
r := a.c.newRequest("PUT", endpoint)
r.obj = &checkUpdate{
Status: status,
Output: output,
}
_, resp, err := requireOK(a.c.doRequest(r))
if err != nil {
return err
}
resp.Body.Close()
return nil
}
// CheckRegister is used to register a new check with
// the local agent
func (a *Agent) CheckRegister(check *AgentCheckRegistration) error {
r := a.c.newRequest("PUT", "/v1/agent/check/register")
r.obj = check
_, resp, err := requireOK(a.c.doRequest(r))
if err != nil {
return err
}
resp.Body.Close()
return nil
}
// CheckDeregister is used to deregister a check with
// the local agent
func (a *Agent) CheckDeregister(checkID string) error {
r := a.c.newRequest("PUT", "/v1/agent/check/deregister/"+checkID)
_, resp, err := requireOK(a.c.doRequest(r))
if err != nil {
return err
}
resp.Body.Close()
return nil
}
// Join is used to instruct the agent to attempt a join to
// another cluster member
func (a *Agent) Join(addr string, wan bool) error {
r := a.c.newRequest("PUT", "/v1/agent/join/"+addr)
if wan {
r.params.Set("wan", "1")
}
_, resp, err := requireOK(a.c.doRequest(r))
if err != nil {
return err
}
resp.Body.Close()
return nil
}
// Leave is used to have the agent gracefully leave the cluster and shutdown
func (a *Agent) Leave() error {
r := a.c.newRequest("PUT", "/v1/agent/leave")
_, resp, err := requireOK(a.c.doRequest(r))
if err != nil {
return err
}
resp.Body.Close()
return nil
}
// ForceLeave is used to have the agent eject a failed node
func (a *Agent) ForceLeave(node string) error {
r := a.c.newRequest("PUT", "/v1/agent/force-leave/"+node)
_, resp, err := requireOK(a.c.doRequest(r))
if err != nil {
return err
}
resp.Body.Close()
return nil
}
// ConnectAuthorize is used to authorize an incoming connection
// to a natively integrated Connect service.
func (a *Agent) ConnectAuthorize(auth *AgentAuthorizeParams) (*AgentAuthorize, error) {
r := a.c.newRequest("POST", "/v1/agent/connect/authorize")
r.obj = auth
_, resp, err := requireOK(a.c.doRequest(r))
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
defer resp.Body.Close()
var out AgentAuthorize
if err := decodeBody(resp, &out); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
return &out, nil
}
// ConnectCARoots returns the list of roots.
func (a *Agent) ConnectCARoots(q *QueryOptions) (*CARootList, *QueryMeta, error) {
r := a.c.newRequest("GET", "/v1/agent/connect/ca/roots")
r.setQueryOptions(q)
rtt, resp, err := requireOK(a.c.doRequest(r))
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
defer resp.Body.Close()
qm := &QueryMeta{}
parseQueryMeta(resp, qm)
qm.RequestTime = rtt
var out CARootList
if err := decodeBody(resp, &out); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
return &out, qm, nil
}
// ConnectCALeaf gets the leaf certificate for the given service ID.
func (a *Agent) ConnectCALeaf(serviceID string, q *QueryOptions) (*LeafCert, *QueryMeta, error) {
r := a.c.newRequest("GET", "/v1/agent/connect/ca/leaf/"+serviceID)
r.setQueryOptions(q)
rtt, resp, err := requireOK(a.c.doRequest(r))
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
defer resp.Body.Close()
qm := &QueryMeta{}
parseQueryMeta(resp, qm)
qm.RequestTime = rtt
var out LeafCert
if err := decodeBody(resp, &out); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
return &out, qm, nil
}
// ConnectProxyConfig gets the configuration for a local managed proxy instance.
//
// Note that this uses an unconventional blocking mechanism since it's
// agent-local state. That means there is no persistent raft index so we block
// based on object hash instead.
func (a *Agent) ConnectProxyConfig(proxyServiceID string, q *QueryOptions) (*ConnectProxyConfig, *QueryMeta, error) {
r := a.c.newRequest("GET", "/v1/agent/connect/proxy/"+proxyServiceID)
r.setQueryOptions(q)
rtt, resp, err := requireOK(a.c.doRequest(r))
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
defer resp.Body.Close()
qm := &QueryMeta{}
parseQueryMeta(resp, qm)
qm.RequestTime = rtt
var out ConnectProxyConfig
if err := decodeBody(resp, &out); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
return &out, qm, nil
}
// EnableServiceMaintenance toggles service maintenance mode on
// for the given service ID.
func (a *Agent) EnableServiceMaintenance(serviceID, reason string) error {
r := a.c.newRequest("PUT", "/v1/agent/service/maintenance/"+serviceID)
r.params.Set("enable", "true")
r.params.Set("reason", reason)
_, resp, err := requireOK(a.c.doRequest(r))
if err != nil {
return err
}
resp.Body.Close()
return nil
}
// DisableServiceMaintenance toggles service maintenance mode off
// for the given service ID.
func (a *Agent) DisableServiceMaintenance(serviceID string) error {
r := a.c.newRequest("PUT", "/v1/agent/service/maintenance/"+serviceID)
r.params.Set("enable", "false")
_, resp, err := requireOK(a.c.doRequest(r))
if err != nil {
return err
}
resp.Body.Close()
return nil
}
// EnableNodeMaintenance toggles node maintenance mode on for the
// agent we are connected to.
func (a *Agent) EnableNodeMaintenance(reason string) error {
r := a.c.newRequest("PUT", "/v1/agent/maintenance")
r.params.Set("enable", "true")
r.params.Set("reason", reason)
_, resp, err := requireOK(a.c.doRequest(r))
if err != nil {
return err
}
resp.Body.Close()
return nil
}
// DisableNodeMaintenance toggles node maintenance mode off for the
// agent we are connected to.
func (a *Agent) DisableNodeMaintenance() error {
r := a.c.newRequest("PUT", "/v1/agent/maintenance")
r.params.Set("enable", "false")
_, resp, err := requireOK(a.c.doRequest(r))
if err != nil {
return err
}
resp.Body.Close()
return nil
}
// Monitor returns a channel which will receive streaming logs from the agent
// Providing a non-nil stopCh can be used to close the connection and stop the
// log stream. An empty string will be sent down the given channel when there's
// nothing left to stream, after which the caller should close the stopCh.
func (a *Agent) Monitor(loglevel string, stopCh <-chan struct{}, q *QueryOptions) (chan string, error) {
r := a.c.newRequest("GET", "/v1/agent/monitor")
r.setQueryOptions(q)
if loglevel != "" {
r.params.Add("loglevel", loglevel)
}
_, resp, err := requireOK(a.c.doRequest(r))
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
logCh := make(chan string, 64)
go func() {
defer resp.Body.Close()
scanner := bufio.NewScanner(resp.Body)
for {
select {
case <-stopCh:
close(logCh)
return
default:
}
if scanner.Scan() {
// An empty string signals to the caller that
// the scan is done, so make sure we only emit
// that when the scanner says it's done, not if
// we happen to ingest an empty line.
if text := scanner.Text(); text != "" {
logCh <- text
} else {
logCh <- " "
}
} else {
logCh <- ""
}
}
}()
return logCh, nil
}
// UpdateACLToken updates the agent's "acl_token". See updateToken for more
// details.
func (a *Agent) UpdateACLToken(token string, q *WriteOptions) (*WriteMeta, error) {
return a.updateToken("acl_token", token, q)
}
// UpdateACLAgentToken updates the agent's "acl_agent_token". See updateToken
// for more details.
func (a *Agent) UpdateACLAgentToken(token string, q *WriteOptions) (*WriteMeta, error) {
return a.updateToken("acl_agent_token", token, q)
}
// UpdateACLAgentMasterToken updates the agent's "acl_agent_master_token". See
// updateToken for more details.
func (a *Agent) UpdateACLAgentMasterToken(token string, q *WriteOptions) (*WriteMeta, error) {
return a.updateToken("acl_agent_master_token", token, q)
}
// UpdateACLReplicationToken updates the agent's "acl_replication_token". See
// updateToken for more details.
func (a *Agent) UpdateACLReplicationToken(token string, q *WriteOptions) (*WriteMeta, error) {
return a.updateToken("acl_replication_token", token, q)
}
// updateToken can be used to update an agent's ACL token after the agent has
// started. The tokens are not persisted, so will need to be updated again if
// the agent is restarted.
func (a *Agent) updateToken(target, token string, q *WriteOptions) (*WriteMeta, error) {
r := a.c.newRequest("PUT", fmt.Sprintf("/v1/agent/token/%s", target))
r.setWriteOptions(q)
r.obj = &AgentToken{Token: token}
rtt, resp, err := requireOK(a.c.doRequest(r))
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
resp.Body.Close()
wm := &WriteMeta{RequestTime: rtt}
return wm, nil
}

899
vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/api.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,899 @@
package api
import (
"bytes"
"context"
"crypto/tls"
"encoding/json"
"fmt"
"io"
"io/ioutil"
"log"
"net"
"net/http"
"net/url"
"os"
"strconv"
"strings"
"time"
"github.com/hashicorp/go-cleanhttp"
"github.com/hashicorp/go-rootcerts"
)
const (
// HTTPAddrEnvName defines an environment variable name which sets
// the HTTP address if there is no -http-addr specified.
HTTPAddrEnvName = "CONSUL_HTTP_ADDR"
// HTTPTokenEnvName defines an environment variable name which sets
// the HTTP token.
HTTPTokenEnvName = "CONSUL_HTTP_TOKEN"
// HTTPAuthEnvName defines an environment variable name which sets
// the HTTP authentication header.
HTTPAuthEnvName = "CONSUL_HTTP_AUTH"
// HTTPSSLEnvName defines an environment variable name which sets
// whether or not to use HTTPS.
HTTPSSLEnvName = "CONSUL_HTTP_SSL"
// HTTPCAFile defines an environment variable name which sets the
// CA file to use for talking to Consul over TLS.
HTTPCAFile = "CONSUL_CACERT"
// HTTPCAPath defines an environment variable name which sets the
// path to a directory of CA certs to use for talking to Consul over TLS.
HTTPCAPath = "CONSUL_CAPATH"
// HTTPClientCert defines an environment variable name which sets the
// client cert file to use for talking to Consul over TLS.
HTTPClientCert = "CONSUL_CLIENT_CERT"
// HTTPClientKey defines an environment variable name which sets the
// client key file to use for talking to Consul over TLS.
HTTPClientKey = "CONSUL_CLIENT_KEY"
// HTTPTLSServerName defines an environment variable name which sets the
// server name to use as the SNI host when connecting via TLS
HTTPTLSServerName = "CONSUL_TLS_SERVER_NAME"
// HTTPSSLVerifyEnvName defines an environment variable name which sets
// whether or not to disable certificate checking.
HTTPSSLVerifyEnvName = "CONSUL_HTTP_SSL_VERIFY"
// GRPCAddrEnvName defines an environment variable name which sets the gRPC
// address for consul connect envoy. Note this isn't actually used by the api
// client in this package but is defined here for consistency with all the
// other ENV names we use.
GRPCAddrEnvName = "CONSUL_GRPC_ADDR"
)
// QueryOptions are used to parameterize a query
type QueryOptions struct {
// Providing a datacenter overwrites the DC provided
// by the Config
Datacenter string
// AllowStale allows any Consul server (non-leader) to service
// a read. This allows for lower latency and higher throughput
AllowStale bool
// RequireConsistent forces the read to be fully consistent.
// This is more expensive but prevents ever performing a stale
// read.
RequireConsistent bool
// UseCache requests that the agent cache results locally. See
// https://www.consul.io/api/index.html#agent-caching for more details on the
// semantics.
UseCache bool
// MaxAge limits how old a cached value will be returned if UseCache is true.
// If there is a cached response that is older than the MaxAge, it is treated
// as a cache miss and a new fetch invoked. If the fetch fails, the error is
// returned. Clients that wish to allow for stale results on error can set
// StaleIfError to a longer duration to change this behaviour. It is ignored
// if the endpoint supports background refresh caching. See
// https://www.consul.io/api/index.html#agent-caching for more details.
MaxAge time.Duration
// StaleIfError specifies how stale the client will accept a cached response
// if the servers are unavailable to fetch a fresh one. Only makes sense when
// UseCache is true and MaxAge is set to a lower, non-zero value. It is
// ignored if the endpoint supports background refresh caching. See
// https://www.consul.io/api/index.html#agent-caching for more details.
StaleIfError time.Duration
// WaitIndex is used to enable a blocking query. Waits
// until the timeout or the next index is reached
WaitIndex uint64
// WaitHash is used by some endpoints instead of WaitIndex to perform blocking
// on state based on a hash of the response rather than a monotonic index.
// This is required when the state being blocked on is not stored in Raft, for
// example agent-local proxy configuration.
WaitHash string
// WaitTime is used to bound the duration of a wait.
// Defaults to that of the Config, but can be overridden.
WaitTime time.Duration
// Token is used to provide a per-request ACL token
// which overrides the agent's default token.
Token string
// Near is used to provide a node name that will sort the results
// in ascending order based on the estimated round trip time from
// that node. Setting this to "_agent" will use the agent's node
// for the sort.
Near string
// NodeMeta is used to filter results by nodes with the given
// metadata key/value pairs. Currently, only one key/value pair can
// be provided for filtering.
NodeMeta map[string]string
// RelayFactor is used in keyring operations to cause responses to be
// relayed back to the sender through N other random nodes. Must be
// a value from 0 to 5 (inclusive).
RelayFactor uint8
// Connect filters prepared query execution to only include Connect-capable
// services. This currently affects prepared query execution.
Connect bool
// ctx is an optional context pass through to the underlying HTTP
// request layer. Use Context() and WithContext() to manage this.
ctx context.Context
}
func (o *QueryOptions) Context() context.Context {
if o != nil && o.ctx != nil {
return o.ctx
}
return context.Background()
}
func (o *QueryOptions) WithContext(ctx context.Context) *QueryOptions {
o2 := new(QueryOptions)
if o != nil {
*o2 = *o
}
o2.ctx = ctx
return o2
}
// WriteOptions are used to parameterize a write
type WriteOptions struct {
// Providing a datacenter overwrites the DC provided
// by the Config
Datacenter string
// Token is used to provide a per-request ACL token
// which overrides the agent's default token.
Token string
// RelayFactor is used in keyring operations to cause responses to be
// relayed back to the sender through N other random nodes. Must be
// a value from 0 to 5 (inclusive).
RelayFactor uint8
// ctx is an optional context pass through to the underlying HTTP
// request layer. Use Context() and WithContext() to manage this.
ctx context.Context
}
func (o *WriteOptions) Context() context.Context {
if o != nil && o.ctx != nil {
return o.ctx
}
return context.Background()
}
func (o *WriteOptions) WithContext(ctx context.Context) *WriteOptions {
o2 := new(WriteOptions)
if o != nil {
*o2 = *o
}
o2.ctx = ctx
return o2
}
// QueryMeta is used to return meta data about a query
type QueryMeta struct {
// LastIndex. This can be used as a WaitIndex to perform
// a blocking query
LastIndex uint64
// LastContentHash. This can be used as a WaitHash to perform a blocking query
// for endpoints that support hash-based blocking. Endpoints that do not
// support it will return an empty hash.
LastContentHash string
// Time of last contact from the leader for the
// server servicing the request
LastContact time.Duration
// Is there a known leader
KnownLeader bool
// How long did the request take
RequestTime time.Duration
// Is address translation enabled for HTTP responses on this agent
AddressTranslationEnabled bool
// CacheHit is true if the result was served from agent-local cache.
CacheHit bool
// CacheAge is set if request was ?cached and indicates how stale the cached
// response is.
CacheAge time.Duration
}
// WriteMeta is used to return meta data about a write
type WriteMeta struct {
// How long did the request take
RequestTime time.Duration
}
// HttpBasicAuth is used to authenticate http client with HTTP Basic Authentication
type HttpBasicAuth struct {
// Username to use for HTTP Basic Authentication
Username string
// Password to use for HTTP Basic Authentication
Password string
}
// Config is used to configure the creation of a client
type Config struct {
// Address is the address of the Consul server
Address string
// Scheme is the URI scheme for the Consul server
Scheme string
// Datacenter to use. If not provided, the default agent datacenter is used.
Datacenter string
// Transport is the Transport to use for the http client.
Transport *http.Transport
// HttpClient is the client to use. Default will be
// used if not provided.
HttpClient *http.Client
// HttpAuth is the auth info to use for http access.
HttpAuth *HttpBasicAuth
// WaitTime limits how long a Watch will block. If not provided,
// the agent default values will be used.
WaitTime time.Duration
// Token is used to provide a per-request ACL token
// which overrides the agent's default token.
Token string
TLSConfig TLSConfig
}
// TLSConfig is used to generate a TLSClientConfig that's useful for talking to
// Consul using TLS.
type TLSConfig struct {
// Address is the optional address of the Consul server. The port, if any
// will be removed from here and this will be set to the ServerName of the
// resulting config.
Address string
// CAFile is the optional path to the CA certificate used for Consul
// communication, defaults to the system bundle if not specified.
CAFile string
// CAPath is the optional path to a directory of CA certificates to use for
// Consul communication, defaults to the system bundle if not specified.
CAPath string
// CertFile is the optional path to the certificate for Consul
// communication. If this is set then you need to also set KeyFile.
CertFile string
// KeyFile is the optional path to the private key for Consul communication.
// If this is set then you need to also set CertFile.
KeyFile string
// InsecureSkipVerify if set to true will disable TLS host verification.
InsecureSkipVerify bool
}
// DefaultConfig returns a default configuration for the client. By default this
// will pool and reuse idle connections to Consul. If you have a long-lived
// client object, this is the desired behavior and should make the most efficient
// use of the connections to Consul. If you don't reuse a client object, which
// is not recommended, then you may notice idle connections building up over
// time. To avoid this, use the DefaultNonPooledConfig() instead.
func DefaultConfig() *Config {
return defaultConfig(cleanhttp.DefaultPooledTransport)
}
// DefaultNonPooledConfig returns a default configuration for the client which
// does not pool connections. This isn't a recommended configuration because it
// will reconnect to Consul on every request, but this is useful to avoid the
// accumulation of idle connections if you make many client objects during the
// lifetime of your application.
func DefaultNonPooledConfig() *Config {
return defaultConfig(cleanhttp.DefaultTransport)
}
// defaultConfig returns the default configuration for the client, using the
// given function to make the transport.
func defaultConfig(transportFn func() *http.Transport) *Config {
config := &Config{
Address: "127.0.0.1:8500",
Scheme: "http",
Transport: transportFn(),
}
if addr := os.Getenv(HTTPAddrEnvName); addr != "" {
config.Address = addr
}
if token := os.Getenv(HTTPTokenEnvName); token != "" {
config.Token = token
}
if auth := os.Getenv(HTTPAuthEnvName); auth != "" {
var username, password string
if strings.Contains(auth, ":") {
split := strings.SplitN(auth, ":", 2)
username = split[0]
password = split[1]
} else {
username = auth
}
config.HttpAuth = &HttpBasicAuth{
Username: username,
Password: password,
}
}
if ssl := os.Getenv(HTTPSSLEnvName); ssl != "" {
enabled, err := strconv.ParseBool(ssl)
if err != nil {
log.Printf("[WARN] client: could not parse %s: %s", HTTPSSLEnvName, err)
}
if enabled {
config.Scheme = "https"
}
}
if v := os.Getenv(HTTPTLSServerName); v != "" {
config.TLSConfig.Address = v
}
if v := os.Getenv(HTTPCAFile); v != "" {
config.TLSConfig.CAFile = v
}
if v := os.Getenv(HTTPCAPath); v != "" {
config.TLSConfig.CAPath = v
}
if v := os.Getenv(HTTPClientCert); v != "" {
config.TLSConfig.CertFile = v
}
if v := os.Getenv(HTTPClientKey); v != "" {
config.TLSConfig.KeyFile = v
}
if v := os.Getenv(HTTPSSLVerifyEnvName); v != "" {
doVerify, err := strconv.ParseBool(v)
if err != nil {
log.Printf("[WARN] client: could not parse %s: %s", HTTPSSLVerifyEnvName, err)
}
if !doVerify {
config.TLSConfig.InsecureSkipVerify = true
}
}
return config
}
// TLSConfig is used to generate a TLSClientConfig that's useful for talking to
// Consul using TLS.
func SetupTLSConfig(tlsConfig *TLSConfig) (*tls.Config, error) {
tlsClientConfig := &tls.Config{
InsecureSkipVerify: tlsConfig.InsecureSkipVerify,
}
if tlsConfig.Address != "" {
server := tlsConfig.Address
hasPort := strings.LastIndex(server, ":") > strings.LastIndex(server, "]")
if hasPort {
var err error
server, _, err = net.SplitHostPort(server)
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
}
tlsClientConfig.ServerName = server
}
if tlsConfig.CertFile != "" && tlsConfig.KeyFile != "" {
tlsCert, err := tls.LoadX509KeyPair(tlsConfig.CertFile, tlsConfig.KeyFile)
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
tlsClientConfig.Certificates = []tls.Certificate{tlsCert}
}
if tlsConfig.CAFile != "" || tlsConfig.CAPath != "" {
rootConfig := &rootcerts.Config{
CAFile: tlsConfig.CAFile,
CAPath: tlsConfig.CAPath,
}
if err := rootcerts.ConfigureTLS(tlsClientConfig, rootConfig); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
}
return tlsClientConfig, nil
}
func (c *Config) GenerateEnv() []string {
env := make([]string, 0, 10)
env = append(env,
fmt.Sprintf("%s=%s", HTTPAddrEnvName, c.Address),
fmt.Sprintf("%s=%s", HTTPTokenEnvName, c.Token),
fmt.Sprintf("%s=%t", HTTPSSLEnvName, c.Scheme == "https"),
fmt.Sprintf("%s=%s", HTTPCAFile, c.TLSConfig.CAFile),
fmt.Sprintf("%s=%s", HTTPCAPath, c.TLSConfig.CAPath),
fmt.Sprintf("%s=%s", HTTPClientCert, c.TLSConfig.CertFile),
fmt.Sprintf("%s=%s", HTTPClientKey, c.TLSConfig.KeyFile),
fmt.Sprintf("%s=%s", HTTPTLSServerName, c.TLSConfig.Address),
fmt.Sprintf("%s=%t", HTTPSSLVerifyEnvName, !c.TLSConfig.InsecureSkipVerify))
if c.HttpAuth != nil {
env = append(env, fmt.Sprintf("%s=%s:%s", HTTPAuthEnvName, c.HttpAuth.Username, c.HttpAuth.Password))
} else {
env = append(env, fmt.Sprintf("%s=", HTTPAuthEnvName))
}
return env
}
// Client provides a client to the Consul API
type Client struct {
config Config
}
// NewClient returns a new client
func NewClient(config *Config) (*Client, error) {
// bootstrap the config
defConfig := DefaultConfig()
if len(config.Address) == 0 {
config.Address = defConfig.Address
}
if len(config.Scheme) == 0 {
config.Scheme = defConfig.Scheme
}
if config.Transport == nil {
config.Transport = defConfig.Transport
}
if config.TLSConfig.Address == "" {
config.TLSConfig.Address = defConfig.TLSConfig.Address
}
if config.TLSConfig.CAFile == "" {
config.TLSConfig.CAFile = defConfig.TLSConfig.CAFile
}
if config.TLSConfig.CAPath == "" {
config.TLSConfig.CAPath = defConfig.TLSConfig.CAPath
}
if config.TLSConfig.CertFile == "" {
config.TLSConfig.CertFile = defConfig.TLSConfig.CertFile
}
if config.TLSConfig.KeyFile == "" {
config.TLSConfig.KeyFile = defConfig.TLSConfig.KeyFile
}
if !config.TLSConfig.InsecureSkipVerify {
config.TLSConfig.InsecureSkipVerify = defConfig.TLSConfig.InsecureSkipVerify
}
if config.HttpClient == nil {
var err error
config.HttpClient, err = NewHttpClient(config.Transport, config.TLSConfig)
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
}
parts := strings.SplitN(config.Address, "://", 2)
if len(parts) == 2 {
switch parts[0] {
case "http":
config.Scheme = "http"
case "https":
config.Scheme = "https"
case "unix":
trans := cleanhttp.DefaultTransport()
trans.DialContext = func(_ context.Context, _, _ string) (net.Conn, error) {
return net.Dial("unix", parts[1])
}
config.HttpClient = &http.Client{
Transport: trans,
}
default:
return nil, fmt.Errorf("Unknown protocol scheme: %s", parts[0])
}
config.Address = parts[1]
}
if config.Token == "" {
config.Token = defConfig.Token
}
return &Client{config: *config}, nil
}
// NewHttpClient returns an http client configured with the given Transport and TLS
// config.
func NewHttpClient(transport *http.Transport, tlsConf TLSConfig) (*http.Client, error) {
client := &http.Client{
Transport: transport,
}
// TODO (slackpad) - Once we get some run time on the HTTP/2 support we
// should turn it on by default if TLS is enabled. We would basically
// just need to call http2.ConfigureTransport(transport) here. We also
// don't want to introduce another external dependency on
// golang.org/x/net/http2 at this time. For a complete recipe for how
// to enable HTTP/2 support on a transport suitable for the API client
// library see agent/http_test.go:TestHTTPServer_H2.
if transport.TLSClientConfig == nil {
tlsClientConfig, err := SetupTLSConfig(&tlsConf)
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
transport.TLSClientConfig = tlsClientConfig
}
return client, nil
}
// request is used to help build up a request
type request struct {
config *Config
method string
url *url.URL
params url.Values
body io.Reader
header http.Header
obj interface{}
ctx context.Context
}
// setQueryOptions is used to annotate the request with
// additional query options
func (r *request) setQueryOptions(q *QueryOptions) {
if q == nil {
return
}
if q.Datacenter != "" {
r.params.Set("dc", q.Datacenter)
}
if q.AllowStale {
r.params.Set("stale", "")
}
if q.RequireConsistent {
r.params.Set("consistent", "")
}
if q.WaitIndex != 0 {
r.params.Set("index", strconv.FormatUint(q.WaitIndex, 10))
}
if q.WaitTime != 0 {
r.params.Set("wait", durToMsec(q.WaitTime))
}
if q.WaitHash != "" {
r.params.Set("hash", q.WaitHash)
}
if q.Token != "" {
r.header.Set("X-Consul-Token", q.Token)
}
if q.Near != "" {
r.params.Set("near", q.Near)
}
if len(q.NodeMeta) > 0 {
for key, value := range q.NodeMeta {
r.params.Add("node-meta", key+":"+value)
}
}
if q.RelayFactor != 0 {
r.params.Set("relay-factor", strconv.Itoa(int(q.RelayFactor)))
}
if q.Connect {
r.params.Set("connect", "true")
}
if q.UseCache && !q.RequireConsistent {
r.params.Set("cached", "")
cc := []string{}
if q.MaxAge > 0 {
cc = append(cc, fmt.Sprintf("max-age=%.0f", q.MaxAge.Seconds()))
}
if q.StaleIfError > 0 {
cc = append(cc, fmt.Sprintf("stale-if-error=%.0f", q.StaleIfError.Seconds()))
}
if len(cc) > 0 {
r.header.Set("Cache-Control", strings.Join(cc, ", "))
}
}
r.ctx = q.ctx
}
// durToMsec converts a duration to a millisecond specified string. If the
// user selected a positive value that rounds to 0 ms, then we will use 1 ms
// so they get a short delay, otherwise Consul will translate the 0 ms into
// a huge default delay.
func durToMsec(dur time.Duration) string {
ms := dur / time.Millisecond
if dur > 0 && ms == 0 {
ms = 1
}
return fmt.Sprintf("%dms", ms)
}
// serverError is a string we look for to detect 500 errors.
const serverError = "Unexpected response code: 500"
// IsRetryableError returns true for 500 errors from the Consul servers, and
// network connection errors. These are usually retryable at a later time.
// This applies to reads but NOT to writes. This may return true for errors
// on writes that may have still gone through, so do not use this to retry
// any write operations.
func IsRetryableError(err error) bool {
if err == nil {
return false
}
if _, ok := err.(net.Error); ok {
return true
}
// TODO (slackpad) - Make a real error type here instead of using
// a string check.
return strings.Contains(err.Error(), serverError)
}
// setWriteOptions is used to annotate the request with
// additional write options
func (r *request) setWriteOptions(q *WriteOptions) {
if q == nil {
return
}
if q.Datacenter != "" {
r.params.Set("dc", q.Datacenter)
}
if q.Token != "" {
r.header.Set("X-Consul-Token", q.Token)
}
if q.RelayFactor != 0 {
r.params.Set("relay-factor", strconv.Itoa(int(q.RelayFactor)))
}
r.ctx = q.ctx
}
// toHTTP converts the request to an HTTP request
func (r *request) toHTTP() (*http.Request, error) {
// Encode the query parameters
r.url.RawQuery = r.params.Encode()
// Check if we should encode the body
if r.body == nil && r.obj != nil {
b, err := encodeBody(r.obj)
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
r.body = b
}
// Create the HTTP request
req, err := http.NewRequest(r.method, r.url.RequestURI(), r.body)
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
req.URL.Host = r.url.Host
req.URL.Scheme = r.url.Scheme
req.Host = r.url.Host
req.Header = r.header
// Setup auth
if r.config.HttpAuth != nil {
req.SetBasicAuth(r.config.HttpAuth.Username, r.config.HttpAuth.Password)
}
if r.ctx != nil {
return req.WithContext(r.ctx), nil
}
return req, nil
}
// newRequest is used to create a new request
func (c *Client) newRequest(method, path string) *request {
r := &request{
config: &c.config,
method: method,
url: &url.URL{
Scheme: c.config.Scheme,
Host: c.config.Address,
Path: path,
},
params: make(map[string][]string),
header: make(http.Header),
}
if c.config.Datacenter != "" {
r.params.Set("dc", c.config.Datacenter)
}
if c.config.WaitTime != 0 {
r.params.Set("wait", durToMsec(r.config.WaitTime))
}
if c.config.Token != "" {
r.header.Set("X-Consul-Token", r.config.Token)
}
return r
}
// doRequest runs a request with our client
func (c *Client) doRequest(r *request) (time.Duration, *http.Response, error) {
req, err := r.toHTTP()
if err != nil {
return 0, nil, err
}
start := time.Now()
resp, err := c.config.HttpClient.Do(req)
diff := time.Since(start)
return diff, resp, err
}
// Query is used to do a GET request against an endpoint
// and deserialize the response into an interface using
// standard Consul conventions.
func (c *Client) query(endpoint string, out interface{}, q *QueryOptions) (*QueryMeta, error) {
r := c.newRequest("GET", endpoint)
r.setQueryOptions(q)
rtt, resp, err := requireOK(c.doRequest(r))
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
defer resp.Body.Close()
qm := &QueryMeta{}
parseQueryMeta(resp, qm)
qm.RequestTime = rtt
if err := decodeBody(resp, out); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
return qm, nil
}
// write is used to do a PUT request against an endpoint
// and serialize/deserialized using the standard Consul conventions.
func (c *Client) write(endpoint string, in, out interface{}, q *WriteOptions) (*WriteMeta, error) {
r := c.newRequest("PUT", endpoint)
r.setWriteOptions(q)
r.obj = in
rtt, resp, err := requireOK(c.doRequest(r))
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
defer resp.Body.Close()
wm := &WriteMeta{RequestTime: rtt}
if out != nil {
if err := decodeBody(resp, &out); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
} else if _, err := ioutil.ReadAll(resp.Body); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
return wm, nil
}
// parseQueryMeta is used to help parse query meta-data
func parseQueryMeta(resp *http.Response, q *QueryMeta) error {
header := resp.Header
// Parse the X-Consul-Index (if it's set - hash based blocking queries don't
// set this)
if indexStr := header.Get("X-Consul-Index"); indexStr != "" {
index, err := strconv.ParseUint(indexStr, 10, 64)
if err != nil {
return fmt.Errorf("Failed to parse X-Consul-Index: %v", err)
}
q.LastIndex = index
}
q.LastContentHash = header.Get("X-Consul-ContentHash")
// Parse the X-Consul-LastContact
last, err := strconv.ParseUint(header.Get("X-Consul-LastContact"), 10, 64)
if err != nil {
return fmt.Errorf("Failed to parse X-Consul-LastContact: %v", err)
}
q.LastContact = time.Duration(last) * time.Millisecond
// Parse the X-Consul-KnownLeader
switch header.Get("X-Consul-KnownLeader") {
case "true":
q.KnownLeader = true
default:
q.KnownLeader = false
}
// Parse X-Consul-Translate-Addresses
switch header.Get("X-Consul-Translate-Addresses") {
case "true":
q.AddressTranslationEnabled = true
default:
q.AddressTranslationEnabled = false
}
// Parse Cache info
if cacheStr := header.Get("X-Cache"); cacheStr != "" {
q.CacheHit = strings.EqualFold(cacheStr, "HIT")
}
if ageStr := header.Get("Age"); ageStr != "" {
age, err := strconv.ParseUint(ageStr, 10, 64)
if err != nil {
return fmt.Errorf("Failed to parse Age Header: %v", err)
}
q.CacheAge = time.Duration(age) * time.Second
}
return nil
}
// decodeBody is used to JSON decode a body
func decodeBody(resp *http.Response, out interface{}) error {
dec := json.NewDecoder(resp.Body)
return dec.Decode(out)
}
// encodeBody is used to encode a request body
func encodeBody(obj interface{}) (io.Reader, error) {
buf := bytes.NewBuffer(nil)
enc := json.NewEncoder(buf)
if err := enc.Encode(obj); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
return buf, nil
}
// requireOK is used to wrap doRequest and check for a 200
func requireOK(d time.Duration, resp *http.Response, e error) (time.Duration, *http.Response, error) {
if e != nil {
if resp != nil {
resp.Body.Close()
}
return d, nil, e
}
if resp.StatusCode != 200 {
var buf bytes.Buffer
io.Copy(&buf, resp.Body)
resp.Body.Close()
return d, nil, fmt.Errorf("Unexpected response code: %d (%s)", resp.StatusCode, buf.Bytes())
}
return d, resp, nil
}

244
vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/catalog.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,244 @@
package api
type Weights struct {
Passing int
Warning int
}
type Node struct {
ID string
Node string
Address string
Datacenter string
TaggedAddresses map[string]string
Meta map[string]string
CreateIndex uint64
ModifyIndex uint64
}
type CatalogService struct {
ID string
Node string
Address string
Datacenter string
TaggedAddresses map[string]string
NodeMeta map[string]string
ServiceID string
ServiceName string
ServiceAddress string
ServiceTags []string
ServiceMeta map[string]string
ServicePort int
ServiceWeights Weights
ServiceEnableTagOverride bool
// DEPRECATED (ProxyDestination) - remove the next comment!
// We forgot to ever add ServiceProxyDestination here so no need to deprecate!
ServiceProxy *AgentServiceConnectProxyConfig
CreateIndex uint64
Checks HealthChecks
ModifyIndex uint64
}
type CatalogNode struct {
Node *Node
Services map[string]*AgentService
}
type CatalogRegistration struct {
ID string
Node string
Address string
TaggedAddresses map[string]string
NodeMeta map[string]string
Datacenter string
Service *AgentService
Check *AgentCheck
Checks HealthChecks
SkipNodeUpdate bool
}
type CatalogDeregistration struct {
Node string
Address string // Obsolete.
Datacenter string
ServiceID string
CheckID string
}
// Catalog can be used to query the Catalog endpoints
type Catalog struct {
c *Client
}
// Catalog returns a handle to the catalog endpoints
func (c *Client) Catalog() *Catalog {
return &Catalog{c}
}
func (c *Catalog) Register(reg *CatalogRegistration, q *WriteOptions) (*WriteMeta, error) {
r := c.c.newRequest("PUT", "/v1/catalog/register")
r.setWriteOptions(q)
r.obj = reg
rtt, resp, err := requireOK(c.c.doRequest(r))
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
resp.Body.Close()
wm := &WriteMeta{}
wm.RequestTime = rtt
return wm, nil
}
func (c *Catalog) Deregister(dereg *CatalogDeregistration, q *WriteOptions) (*WriteMeta, error) {
r := c.c.newRequest("PUT", "/v1/catalog/deregister")
r.setWriteOptions(q)
r.obj = dereg
rtt, resp, err := requireOK(c.c.doRequest(r))
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
resp.Body.Close()
wm := &WriteMeta{}
wm.RequestTime = rtt
return wm, nil
}
// Datacenters is used to query for all the known datacenters
func (c *Catalog) Datacenters() ([]string, error) {
r := c.c.newRequest("GET", "/v1/catalog/datacenters")
_, resp, err := requireOK(c.c.doRequest(r))
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
defer resp.Body.Close()
var out []string
if err := decodeBody(resp, &out); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
return out, nil
}
// Nodes is used to query all the known nodes
func (c *Catalog) Nodes(q *QueryOptions) ([]*Node, *QueryMeta, error) {
r := c.c.newRequest("GET", "/v1/catalog/nodes")
r.setQueryOptions(q)
rtt, resp, err := requireOK(c.c.doRequest(r))
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
defer resp.Body.Close()
qm := &QueryMeta{}
parseQueryMeta(resp, qm)
qm.RequestTime = rtt
var out []*Node
if err := decodeBody(resp, &out); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
return out, qm, nil
}
// Services is used to query for all known services
func (c *Catalog) Services(q *QueryOptions) (map[string][]string, *QueryMeta, error) {
r := c.c.newRequest("GET", "/v1/catalog/services")
r.setQueryOptions(q)
rtt, resp, err := requireOK(c.c.doRequest(r))
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
defer resp.Body.Close()
qm := &QueryMeta{}
parseQueryMeta(resp, qm)
qm.RequestTime = rtt
var out map[string][]string
if err := decodeBody(resp, &out); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
return out, qm, nil
}
// Service is used to query catalog entries for a given service
func (c *Catalog) Service(service, tag string, q *QueryOptions) ([]*CatalogService, *QueryMeta, error) {
var tags []string
if tag != "" {
tags = []string{tag}
}
return c.service(service, tags, q, false)
}
// Supports multiple tags for filtering
func (c *Catalog) ServiceMultipleTags(service string, tags []string, q *QueryOptions) ([]*CatalogService, *QueryMeta, error) {
return c.service(service, tags, q, false)
}
// Connect is used to query catalog entries for a given Connect-enabled service
func (c *Catalog) Connect(service, tag string, q *QueryOptions) ([]*CatalogService, *QueryMeta, error) {
var tags []string
if tag != "" {
tags = []string{tag}
}
return c.service(service, tags, q, true)
}
// Supports multiple tags for filtering
func (c *Catalog) ConnectMultipleTags(service string, tags []string, q *QueryOptions) ([]*CatalogService, *QueryMeta, error) {
return c.service(service, tags, q, true)
}
func (c *Catalog) service(service string, tags []string, q *QueryOptions, connect bool) ([]*CatalogService, *QueryMeta, error) {
path := "/v1/catalog/service/" + service
if connect {
path = "/v1/catalog/connect/" + service
}
r := c.c.newRequest("GET", path)
r.setQueryOptions(q)
if len(tags) > 0 {
for _, tag := range tags {
r.params.Add("tag", tag)
}
}
rtt, resp, err := requireOK(c.c.doRequest(r))
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
defer resp.Body.Close()
qm := &QueryMeta{}
parseQueryMeta(resp, qm)
qm.RequestTime = rtt
var out []*CatalogService
if err := decodeBody(resp, &out); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
return out, qm, nil
}
// Node is used to query for service information about a single node
func (c *Catalog) Node(node string, q *QueryOptions) (*CatalogNode, *QueryMeta, error) {
r := c.c.newRequest("GET", "/v1/catalog/node/"+node)
r.setQueryOptions(q)
rtt, resp, err := requireOK(c.c.doRequest(r))
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
defer resp.Body.Close()
qm := &QueryMeta{}
parseQueryMeta(resp, qm)
qm.RequestTime = rtt
var out *CatalogNode
if err := decodeBody(resp, &out); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
return out, qm, nil
}

12
vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/connect.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
package api
// Connect can be used to work with endpoints related to Connect, the
// feature for securely connecting services within Consul.
type Connect struct {
c *Client
}
// Connect returns a handle to the connect-related endpoints
func (c *Client) Connect() *Connect {
return &Connect{c}
}

172
vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/connect_ca.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,172 @@
package api
import (
"fmt"
"time"
"github.com/mitchellh/mapstructure"
)
// CAConfig is the structure for the Connect CA configuration.
type CAConfig struct {
// Provider is the CA provider implementation to use.
Provider string
// Configuration is arbitrary configuration for the provider. This
// should only contain primitive values and containers (such as lists
// and maps).
Config map[string]interface{}
CreateIndex uint64
ModifyIndex uint64
}
// CommonCAProviderConfig is the common options available to all CA providers.
type CommonCAProviderConfig struct {
LeafCertTTL time.Duration
}
// ConsulCAProviderConfig is the config for the built-in Consul CA provider.
type ConsulCAProviderConfig struct {
CommonCAProviderConfig `mapstructure:",squash"`
PrivateKey string
RootCert string
RotationPeriod time.Duration
}
// ParseConsulCAConfig takes a raw config map and returns a parsed
// ConsulCAProviderConfig.
func ParseConsulCAConfig(raw map[string]interface{}) (*ConsulCAProviderConfig, error) {
var config ConsulCAProviderConfig
decodeConf := &mapstructure.DecoderConfig{
DecodeHook: mapstructure.StringToTimeDurationHookFunc(),
ErrorUnused: true,
Result: &config,
WeaklyTypedInput: true,
}
decoder, err := mapstructure.NewDecoder(decodeConf)
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
if err := decoder.Decode(raw); err != nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("error decoding config: %s", err)
}
return &config, nil
}
// CARootList is the structure for the results of listing roots.
type CARootList struct {
ActiveRootID string
TrustDomain string
Roots []*CARoot
}
// CARoot represents a root CA certificate that is trusted.
type CARoot struct {
// ID is a globally unique ID (UUID) representing this CA root.
ID string
// Name is a human-friendly name for this CA root. This value is
// opaque to Consul and is not used for anything internally.
Name string
// RootCertPEM is the PEM-encoded public certificate.
RootCertPEM string `json:"RootCert"`
// Active is true if this is the current active CA. This must only
// be true for exactly one CA. For any method that modifies roots in the
// state store, tests should be written to verify that multiple roots
// cannot be active.
Active bool
CreateIndex uint64
ModifyIndex uint64
}
// LeafCert is a certificate that has been issued by a Connect CA.
type LeafCert struct {
// SerialNumber is the unique serial number for this certificate.
// This is encoded in standard hex separated by :.
SerialNumber string
// CertPEM and PrivateKeyPEM are the PEM-encoded certificate and private
// key for that cert, respectively. This should not be stored in the
// state store, but is present in the sign API response.
CertPEM string `json:",omitempty"`
PrivateKeyPEM string `json:",omitempty"`
// Service is the name of the service for which the cert was issued.
// ServiceURI is the cert URI value.
Service string
ServiceURI string
// ValidAfter and ValidBefore are the validity periods for the
// certificate.
ValidAfter time.Time
ValidBefore time.Time
CreateIndex uint64
ModifyIndex uint64
}
// CARoots queries the list of available roots.
func (h *Connect) CARoots(q *QueryOptions) (*CARootList, *QueryMeta, error) {
r := h.c.newRequest("GET", "/v1/connect/ca/roots")
r.setQueryOptions(q)
rtt, resp, err := requireOK(h.c.doRequest(r))
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
defer resp.Body.Close()
qm := &QueryMeta{}
parseQueryMeta(resp, qm)
qm.RequestTime = rtt
var out CARootList
if err := decodeBody(resp, &out); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
return &out, qm, nil
}
// CAGetConfig returns the current CA configuration.
func (h *Connect) CAGetConfig(q *QueryOptions) (*CAConfig, *QueryMeta, error) {
r := h.c.newRequest("GET", "/v1/connect/ca/configuration")
r.setQueryOptions(q)
rtt, resp, err := requireOK(h.c.doRequest(r))
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
defer resp.Body.Close()
qm := &QueryMeta{}
parseQueryMeta(resp, qm)
qm.RequestTime = rtt
var out CAConfig
if err := decodeBody(resp, &out); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
return &out, qm, nil
}
// CASetConfig sets the current CA configuration.
func (h *Connect) CASetConfig(conf *CAConfig, q *WriteOptions) (*WriteMeta, error) {
r := h.c.newRequest("PUT", "/v1/connect/ca/configuration")
r.setWriteOptions(q)
r.obj = conf
rtt, resp, err := requireOK(h.c.doRequest(r))
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
defer resp.Body.Close()
wm := &WriteMeta{}
wm.RequestTime = rtt
return wm, nil
}

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,302 @@
package api
import (
"bytes"
"fmt"
"io"
"time"
)
// Intention defines an intention for the Connect Service Graph. This defines
// the allowed or denied behavior of a connection between two services using
// Connect.
type Intention struct {
// ID is the UUID-based ID for the intention, always generated by Consul.
ID string
// Description is a human-friendly description of this intention.
// It is opaque to Consul and is only stored and transferred in API
// requests.
Description string
// SourceNS, SourceName are the namespace and name, respectively, of
// the source service. Either of these may be the wildcard "*", but only
// the full value can be a wildcard. Partial wildcards are not allowed.
// The source may also be a non-Consul service, as specified by SourceType.
//
// DestinationNS, DestinationName is the same, but for the destination
// service. The same rules apply. The destination is always a Consul
// service.
SourceNS, SourceName string
DestinationNS, DestinationName string
// SourceType is the type of the value for the source.
SourceType IntentionSourceType
// Action is whether this is a whitelist or blacklist intention.
Action IntentionAction
// DefaultAddr, DefaultPort of the local listening proxy (if any) to
// make this connection.
DefaultAddr string
DefaultPort int
// Meta is arbitrary metadata associated with the intention. This is
// opaque to Consul but is served in API responses.
Meta map[string]string
// Precedence is the order that the intention will be applied, with
// larger numbers being applied first. This is a read-only field, on
// any intention update it is updated.
Precedence int
// CreatedAt and UpdatedAt keep track of when this record was created
// or modified.
CreatedAt, UpdatedAt time.Time
CreateIndex uint64
ModifyIndex uint64
}
// String returns human-friendly output describing ths intention.
func (i *Intention) String() string {
return fmt.Sprintf("%s => %s (%s)",
i.SourceString(),
i.DestinationString(),
i.Action)
}
// SourceString returns the namespace/name format for the source, or
// just "name" if the namespace is the default namespace.
func (i *Intention) SourceString() string {
return i.partString(i.SourceNS, i.SourceName)
}
// DestinationString returns the namespace/name format for the source, or
// just "name" if the namespace is the default namespace.
func (i *Intention) DestinationString() string {
return i.partString(i.DestinationNS, i.DestinationName)
}
func (i *Intention) partString(ns, n string) string {
// For now we omit the default namespace from the output. In the future
// we might want to look at this and show this in a multi-namespace world.
if ns != "" && ns != IntentionDefaultNamespace {
n = ns + "/" + n
}
return n
}
// IntentionDefaultNamespace is the default namespace value.
const IntentionDefaultNamespace = "default"
// IntentionAction is the action that the intention represents. This
// can be "allow" or "deny" to whitelist or blacklist intentions.
type IntentionAction string
const (
IntentionActionAllow IntentionAction = "allow"
IntentionActionDeny IntentionAction = "deny"
)
// IntentionSourceType is the type of the source within an intention.
type IntentionSourceType string
const (
// IntentionSourceConsul is a service within the Consul catalog.
IntentionSourceConsul IntentionSourceType = "consul"
)
// IntentionMatch are the arguments for the intention match API.
type IntentionMatch struct {
By IntentionMatchType
Names []string
}
// IntentionMatchType is the target for a match request. For example,
// matching by source will look for all intentions that match the given
// source value.
type IntentionMatchType string
const (
IntentionMatchSource IntentionMatchType = "source"
IntentionMatchDestination IntentionMatchType = "destination"
)
// IntentionCheck are the arguments for the intention check API. For
// more documentation see the IntentionCheck function.
type IntentionCheck struct {
// Source and Destination are the source and destination values to
// check. The destination is always a Consul service, but the source
// may be other values as defined by the SourceType.
Source, Destination string
// SourceType is the type of the value for the source.
SourceType IntentionSourceType
}
// Intentions returns the list of intentions.
func (h *Connect) Intentions(q *QueryOptions) ([]*Intention, *QueryMeta, error) {
r := h.c.newRequest("GET", "/v1/connect/intentions")
r.setQueryOptions(q)
rtt, resp, err := requireOK(h.c.doRequest(r))
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
defer resp.Body.Close()
qm := &QueryMeta{}
parseQueryMeta(resp, qm)
qm.RequestTime = rtt
var out []*Intention
if err := decodeBody(resp, &out); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
return out, qm, nil
}
// IntentionGet retrieves a single intention.
func (h *Connect) IntentionGet(id string, q *QueryOptions) (*Intention, *QueryMeta, error) {
r := h.c.newRequest("GET", "/v1/connect/intentions/"+id)
r.setQueryOptions(q)
rtt, resp, err := h.c.doRequest(r)
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
defer resp.Body.Close()
qm := &QueryMeta{}
parseQueryMeta(resp, qm)
qm.RequestTime = rtt
if resp.StatusCode == 404 {
return nil, qm, nil
} else if resp.StatusCode != 200 {
var buf bytes.Buffer
io.Copy(&buf, resp.Body)
return nil, nil, fmt.Errorf(
"Unexpected response %d: %s", resp.StatusCode, buf.String())
}
var out Intention
if err := decodeBody(resp, &out); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
return &out, qm, nil
}
// IntentionDelete deletes a single intention.
func (h *Connect) IntentionDelete(id string, q *WriteOptions) (*WriteMeta, error) {
r := h.c.newRequest("DELETE", "/v1/connect/intentions/"+id)
r.setWriteOptions(q)
rtt, resp, err := requireOK(h.c.doRequest(r))
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
defer resp.Body.Close()
qm := &WriteMeta{}
qm.RequestTime = rtt
return qm, nil
}
// IntentionMatch returns the list of intentions that match a given source
// or destination. The returned intentions are ordered by precedence where
// result[0] is the highest precedence (if that matches, then that rule overrides
// all other rules).
//
// Matching can be done for multiple names at the same time. The resulting
// map is keyed by the given names. Casing is preserved.
func (h *Connect) IntentionMatch(args *IntentionMatch, q *QueryOptions) (map[string][]*Intention, *QueryMeta, error) {
r := h.c.newRequest("GET", "/v1/connect/intentions/match")
r.setQueryOptions(q)
r.params.Set("by", string(args.By))
for _, name := range args.Names {
r.params.Add("name", name)
}
rtt, resp, err := requireOK(h.c.doRequest(r))
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
defer resp.Body.Close()
qm := &QueryMeta{}
parseQueryMeta(resp, qm)
qm.RequestTime = rtt
var out map[string][]*Intention
if err := decodeBody(resp, &out); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
return out, qm, nil
}
// IntentionCheck returns whether a given source/destination would be allowed
// or not given the current set of intentions and the configuration of Consul.
func (h *Connect) IntentionCheck(args *IntentionCheck, q *QueryOptions) (bool, *QueryMeta, error) {
r := h.c.newRequest("GET", "/v1/connect/intentions/check")
r.setQueryOptions(q)
r.params.Set("source", args.Source)
r.params.Set("destination", args.Destination)
if args.SourceType != "" {
r.params.Set("source-type", string(args.SourceType))
}
rtt, resp, err := requireOK(h.c.doRequest(r))
if err != nil {
return false, nil, err
}
defer resp.Body.Close()
qm := &QueryMeta{}
parseQueryMeta(resp, qm)
qm.RequestTime = rtt
var out struct{ Allowed bool }
if err := decodeBody(resp, &out); err != nil {
return false, nil, err
}
return out.Allowed, qm, nil
}
// IntentionCreate will create a new intention. The ID in the given
// structure must be empty and a generate ID will be returned on
// success.
func (c *Connect) IntentionCreate(ixn *Intention, q *WriteOptions) (string, *WriteMeta, error) {
r := c.c.newRequest("POST", "/v1/connect/intentions")
r.setWriteOptions(q)
r.obj = ixn
rtt, resp, err := requireOK(c.c.doRequest(r))
if err != nil {
return "", nil, err
}
defer resp.Body.Close()
wm := &WriteMeta{}
wm.RequestTime = rtt
var out struct{ ID string }
if err := decodeBody(resp, &out); err != nil {
return "", nil, err
}
return out.ID, wm, nil
}
// IntentionUpdate will update an existing intention. The ID in the given
// structure must be non-empty.
func (c *Connect) IntentionUpdate(ixn *Intention, q *WriteOptions) (*WriteMeta, error) {
r := c.c.newRequest("PUT", "/v1/connect/intentions/"+ixn.ID)
r.setWriteOptions(q)
r.obj = ixn
rtt, resp, err := requireOK(c.c.doRequest(r))
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
defer resp.Body.Close()
wm := &WriteMeta{}
wm.RequestTime = rtt
return wm, nil
}

106
vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/coordinate.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
package api
import (
"github.com/hashicorp/serf/coordinate"
)
// CoordinateEntry represents a node and its associated network coordinate.
type CoordinateEntry struct {
Node string
Segment string
Coord *coordinate.Coordinate
}
// CoordinateDatacenterMap has the coordinates for servers in a given datacenter
// and area. Network coordinates are only compatible within the same area.
type CoordinateDatacenterMap struct {
Datacenter string
AreaID string
Coordinates []CoordinateEntry
}
// Coordinate can be used to query the coordinate endpoints
type Coordinate struct {
c *Client
}
// Coordinate returns a handle to the coordinate endpoints
func (c *Client) Coordinate() *Coordinate {
return &Coordinate{c}
}
// Datacenters is used to return the coordinates of all the servers in the WAN
// pool.
func (c *Coordinate) Datacenters() ([]*CoordinateDatacenterMap, error) {
r := c.c.newRequest("GET", "/v1/coordinate/datacenters")
_, resp, err := requireOK(c.c.doRequest(r))
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
defer resp.Body.Close()
var out []*CoordinateDatacenterMap
if err := decodeBody(resp, &out); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
return out, nil
}
// Nodes is used to return the coordinates of all the nodes in the LAN pool.
func (c *Coordinate) Nodes(q *QueryOptions) ([]*CoordinateEntry, *QueryMeta, error) {
r := c.c.newRequest("GET", "/v1/coordinate/nodes")
r.setQueryOptions(q)
rtt, resp, err := requireOK(c.c.doRequest(r))
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
defer resp.Body.Close()
qm := &QueryMeta{}
parseQueryMeta(resp, qm)
qm.RequestTime = rtt
var out []*CoordinateEntry
if err := decodeBody(resp, &out); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
return out, qm, nil
}
// Update inserts or updates the LAN coordinate of a node.
func (c *Coordinate) Update(coord *CoordinateEntry, q *WriteOptions) (*WriteMeta, error) {
r := c.c.newRequest("PUT", "/v1/coordinate/update")
r.setWriteOptions(q)
r.obj = coord
rtt, resp, err := requireOK(c.c.doRequest(r))
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
defer resp.Body.Close()
wm := &WriteMeta{}
wm.RequestTime = rtt
return wm, nil
}
// Node is used to return the coordinates of a single in the LAN pool.
func (c *Coordinate) Node(node string, q *QueryOptions) ([]*CoordinateEntry, *QueryMeta, error) {
r := c.c.newRequest("GET", "/v1/coordinate/node/"+node)
r.setQueryOptions(q)
rtt, resp, err := requireOK(c.c.doRequest(r))
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
defer resp.Body.Close()
qm := &QueryMeta{}
parseQueryMeta(resp, qm)
qm.RequestTime = rtt
var out []*CoordinateEntry
if err := decodeBody(resp, &out); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
return out, qm, nil
}

106
vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/debug.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
package api
import (
"fmt"
"io/ioutil"
"strconv"
)
// Debug can be used to query the /debug/pprof endpoints to gather
// profiling information about the target agent.Debug
//
// The agent must have enable_debug set to true for profiling to be enabled
// and for these endpoints to function.
type Debug struct {
c *Client
}
// Debug returns a handle that exposes the internal debug endpoints.
func (c *Client) Debug() *Debug {
return &Debug{c}
}
// Heap returns a pprof heap dump
func (d *Debug) Heap() ([]byte, error) {
r := d.c.newRequest("GET", "/debug/pprof/heap")
_, resp, err := d.c.doRequest(r)
if err != nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("error making request: %s", err)
}
defer resp.Body.Close()
// We return a raw response because we're just passing through a response
// from the pprof handlers
body, err := ioutil.ReadAll(resp.Body)
if err != nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("error decoding body: %s", err)
}
return body, nil
}
// Profile returns a pprof CPU profile for the specified number of seconds
func (d *Debug) Profile(seconds int) ([]byte, error) {
r := d.c.newRequest("GET", "/debug/pprof/profile")
// Capture a profile for the specified number of seconds
r.params.Set("seconds", strconv.Itoa(seconds))
_, resp, err := d.c.doRequest(r)
if err != nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("error making request: %s", err)
}
defer resp.Body.Close()
// We return a raw response because we're just passing through a response
// from the pprof handlers
body, err := ioutil.ReadAll(resp.Body)
if err != nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("error decoding body: %s", err)
}
return body, nil
}
// Trace returns an execution trace
func (d *Debug) Trace(seconds int) ([]byte, error) {
r := d.c.newRequest("GET", "/debug/pprof/trace")
// Capture a trace for the specified number of seconds
r.params.Set("seconds", strconv.Itoa(seconds))
_, resp, err := d.c.doRequest(r)
if err != nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("error making request: %s", err)
}
defer resp.Body.Close()
// We return a raw response because we're just passing through a response
// from the pprof handlers
body, err := ioutil.ReadAll(resp.Body)
if err != nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("error decoding body: %s", err)
}
return body, nil
}
// Goroutine returns a pprof goroutine profile
func (d *Debug) Goroutine() ([]byte, error) {
r := d.c.newRequest("GET", "/debug/pprof/goroutine")
_, resp, err := d.c.doRequest(r)
if err != nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("error making request: %s", err)
}
defer resp.Body.Close()
// We return a raw response because we're just passing through a response
// from the pprof handlers
body, err := ioutil.ReadAll(resp.Body)
if err != nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("error decoding body: %s", err)
}
return body, nil
}

104
vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/event.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,104 @@
package api
import (
"bytes"
"strconv"
)
// Event can be used to query the Event endpoints
type Event struct {
c *Client
}
// UserEvent represents an event that was fired by the user
type UserEvent struct {
ID string
Name string
Payload []byte
NodeFilter string
ServiceFilter string
TagFilter string
Version int
LTime uint64
}
// Event returns a handle to the event endpoints
func (c *Client) Event() *Event {
return &Event{c}
}
// Fire is used to fire a new user event. Only the Name, Payload and Filters
// are respected. This returns the ID or an associated error. Cross DC requests
// are supported.
func (e *Event) Fire(params *UserEvent, q *WriteOptions) (string, *WriteMeta, error) {
r := e.c.newRequest("PUT", "/v1/event/fire/"+params.Name)
r.setWriteOptions(q)
if params.NodeFilter != "" {
r.params.Set("node", params.NodeFilter)
}
if params.ServiceFilter != "" {
r.params.Set("service", params.ServiceFilter)
}
if params.TagFilter != "" {
r.params.Set("tag", params.TagFilter)
}
if params.Payload != nil {
r.body = bytes.NewReader(params.Payload)
}
rtt, resp, err := requireOK(e.c.doRequest(r))
if err != nil {
return "", nil, err
}
defer resp.Body.Close()
wm := &WriteMeta{RequestTime: rtt}
var out UserEvent
if err := decodeBody(resp, &out); err != nil {
return "", nil, err
}
return out.ID, wm, nil
}
// List is used to get the most recent events an agent has received.
// This list can be optionally filtered by the name. This endpoint supports
// quasi-blocking queries. The index is not monotonic, nor does it provide provide
// LastContact or KnownLeader.
func (e *Event) List(name string, q *QueryOptions) ([]*UserEvent, *QueryMeta, error) {
r := e.c.newRequest("GET", "/v1/event/list")
r.setQueryOptions(q)
if name != "" {
r.params.Set("name", name)
}
rtt, resp, err := requireOK(e.c.doRequest(r))
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
defer resp.Body.Close()
qm := &QueryMeta{}
parseQueryMeta(resp, qm)
qm.RequestTime = rtt
var entries []*UserEvent
if err := decodeBody(resp, &entries); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
return entries, qm, nil
}
// IDToIndex is a bit of a hack. This simulates the index generation to
// convert an event ID into a WaitIndex.
func (e *Event) IDToIndex(uuid string) uint64 {
lower := uuid[0:8] + uuid[9:13] + uuid[14:18]
upper := uuid[19:23] + uuid[24:36]
lowVal, err := strconv.ParseUint(lower, 16, 64)
if err != nil {
panic("Failed to convert " + lower)
}
highVal, err := strconv.ParseUint(upper, 16, 64)
if err != nil {
panic("Failed to convert " + upper)
}
return lowVal ^ highVal
}

250
vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/health.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,250 @@
package api
import (
"fmt"
"strings"
)
const (
// HealthAny is special, and is used as a wild card,
// not as a specific state.
HealthAny = "any"
HealthPassing = "passing"
HealthWarning = "warning"
HealthCritical = "critical"
HealthMaint = "maintenance"
)
const (
// NodeMaint is the special key set by a node in maintenance mode.
NodeMaint = "_node_maintenance"
// ServiceMaintPrefix is the prefix for a service in maintenance mode.
ServiceMaintPrefix = "_service_maintenance:"
)
// HealthCheck is used to represent a single check
type HealthCheck struct {
Node string
CheckID string
Name string
Status string
Notes string
Output string
ServiceID string
ServiceName string
ServiceTags []string
Definition HealthCheckDefinition
}
// HealthCheckDefinition is used to store the details about
// a health check's execution.
type HealthCheckDefinition struct {
HTTP string
Header map[string][]string
Method string
TLSSkipVerify bool
TCP string
Interval ReadableDuration
Timeout ReadableDuration
DeregisterCriticalServiceAfter ReadableDuration
}
// HealthChecks is a collection of HealthCheck structs.
type HealthChecks []*HealthCheck
// AggregatedStatus returns the "best" status for the list of health checks.
// Because a given entry may have many service and node-level health checks
// attached, this function determines the best representative of the status as
// as single string using the following heuristic:
//
// maintenance > critical > warning > passing
//
func (c HealthChecks) AggregatedStatus() string {
var passing, warning, critical, maintenance bool
for _, check := range c {
id := string(check.CheckID)
if id == NodeMaint || strings.HasPrefix(id, ServiceMaintPrefix) {
maintenance = true
continue
}
switch check.Status {
case HealthPassing:
passing = true
case HealthWarning:
warning = true
case HealthCritical:
critical = true
default:
return ""
}
}
switch {
case maintenance:
return HealthMaint
case critical:
return HealthCritical
case warning:
return HealthWarning
case passing:
return HealthPassing
default:
return HealthPassing
}
}
// ServiceEntry is used for the health service endpoint
type ServiceEntry struct {
Node *Node
Service *AgentService
Checks HealthChecks
}
// Health can be used to query the Health endpoints
type Health struct {
c *Client
}
// Health returns a handle to the health endpoints
func (c *Client) Health() *Health {
return &Health{c}
}
// Node is used to query for checks belonging to a given node
func (h *Health) Node(node string, q *QueryOptions) (HealthChecks, *QueryMeta, error) {
r := h.c.newRequest("GET", "/v1/health/node/"+node)
r.setQueryOptions(q)
rtt, resp, err := requireOK(h.c.doRequest(r))
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
defer resp.Body.Close()
qm := &QueryMeta{}
parseQueryMeta(resp, qm)
qm.RequestTime = rtt
var out HealthChecks
if err := decodeBody(resp, &out); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
return out, qm, nil
}
// Checks is used to return the checks associated with a service
func (h *Health) Checks(service string, q *QueryOptions) (HealthChecks, *QueryMeta, error) {
r := h.c.newRequest("GET", "/v1/health/checks/"+service)
r.setQueryOptions(q)
rtt, resp, err := requireOK(h.c.doRequest(r))
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
defer resp.Body.Close()
qm := &QueryMeta{}
parseQueryMeta(resp, qm)
qm.RequestTime = rtt
var out HealthChecks
if err := decodeBody(resp, &out); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
return out, qm, nil
}
// Service is used to query health information along with service info
// for a given service. It can optionally do server-side filtering on a tag
// or nodes with passing health checks only.
func (h *Health) Service(service, tag string, passingOnly bool, q *QueryOptions) ([]*ServiceEntry, *QueryMeta, error) {
var tags []string
if tag != "" {
tags = []string{tag}
}
return h.service(service, tags, passingOnly, q, false)
}
func (h *Health) ServiceMultipleTags(service string, tags []string, passingOnly bool, q *QueryOptions) ([]*ServiceEntry, *QueryMeta, error) {
return h.service(service, tags, passingOnly, q, false)
}
// Connect is equivalent to Service except that it will only return services
// which are Connect-enabled and will returns the connection address for Connect
// client's to use which may be a proxy in front of the named service. If
// passingOnly is true only instances where both the service and any proxy are
// healthy will be returned.
func (h *Health) Connect(service, tag string, passingOnly bool, q *QueryOptions) ([]*ServiceEntry, *QueryMeta, error) {
var tags []string
if tag != "" {
tags = []string{tag}
}
return h.service(service, tags, passingOnly, q, true)
}
func (h *Health) ConnectMultipleTags(service string, tags []string, passingOnly bool, q *QueryOptions) ([]*ServiceEntry, *QueryMeta, error) {
return h.service(service, tags, passingOnly, q, true)
}
func (h *Health) service(service string, tags []string, passingOnly bool, q *QueryOptions, connect bool) ([]*ServiceEntry, *QueryMeta, error) {
path := "/v1/health/service/" + service
if connect {
path = "/v1/health/connect/" + service
}
r := h.c.newRequest("GET", path)
r.setQueryOptions(q)
if len(tags) > 0 {
for _, tag := range tags {
r.params.Add("tag", tag)
}
}
if passingOnly {
r.params.Set(HealthPassing, "1")
}
rtt, resp, err := requireOK(h.c.doRequest(r))
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
defer resp.Body.Close()
qm := &QueryMeta{}
parseQueryMeta(resp, qm)
qm.RequestTime = rtt
var out []*ServiceEntry
if err := decodeBody(resp, &out); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
return out, qm, nil
}
// State is used to retrieve all the checks in a given state.
// The wildcard "any" state can also be used for all checks.
func (h *Health) State(state string, q *QueryOptions) (HealthChecks, *QueryMeta, error) {
switch state {
case HealthAny:
case HealthWarning:
case HealthCritical:
case HealthPassing:
default:
return nil, nil, fmt.Errorf("Unsupported state: %v", state)
}
r := h.c.newRequest("GET", "/v1/health/state/"+state)
r.setQueryOptions(q)
rtt, resp, err := requireOK(h.c.doRequest(r))
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
defer resp.Body.Close()
qm := &QueryMeta{}
parseQueryMeta(resp, qm)
qm.RequestTime = rtt
var out HealthChecks
if err := decodeBody(resp, &out); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
return out, qm, nil
}

420
vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/kv.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,420 @@
package api
import (
"bytes"
"fmt"
"io"
"net/http"
"strconv"
"strings"
)
// KVPair is used to represent a single K/V entry
type KVPair struct {
// Key is the name of the key. It is also part of the URL path when accessed
// via the API.
Key string
// CreateIndex holds the index corresponding the creation of this KVPair. This
// is a read-only field.
CreateIndex uint64
// ModifyIndex is used for the Check-And-Set operations and can also be fed
// back into the WaitIndex of the QueryOptions in order to perform blocking
// queries.
ModifyIndex uint64
// LockIndex holds the index corresponding to a lock on this key, if any. This
// is a read-only field.
LockIndex uint64
// Flags are any user-defined flags on the key. It is up to the implementer
// to check these values, since Consul does not treat them specially.
Flags uint64
// Value is the value for the key. This can be any value, but it will be
// base64 encoded upon transport.
Value []byte
// Session is a string representing the ID of the session. Any other
// interactions with this key over the same session must specify the same
// session ID.
Session string
}
// KVPairs is a list of KVPair objects
type KVPairs []*KVPair
// KVOp constants give possible operations available in a KVTxn.
type KVOp string
const (
KVSet KVOp = "set"
KVDelete KVOp = "delete"
KVDeleteCAS KVOp = "delete-cas"
KVDeleteTree KVOp = "delete-tree"
KVCAS KVOp = "cas"
KVLock KVOp = "lock"
KVUnlock KVOp = "unlock"
KVGet KVOp = "get"
KVGetTree KVOp = "get-tree"
KVCheckSession KVOp = "check-session"
KVCheckIndex KVOp = "check-index"
KVCheckNotExists KVOp = "check-not-exists"
)
// KVTxnOp defines a single operation inside a transaction.
type KVTxnOp struct {
Verb KVOp
Key string
Value []byte
Flags uint64
Index uint64
Session string
}
// KVTxnOps defines a set of operations to be performed inside a single
// transaction.
type KVTxnOps []*KVTxnOp
// KVTxnResponse has the outcome of a transaction.
type KVTxnResponse struct {
Results []*KVPair
Errors TxnErrors
}
// KV is used to manipulate the K/V API
type KV struct {
c *Client
}
// KV is used to return a handle to the K/V apis
func (c *Client) KV() *KV {
return &KV{c}
}
// Get is used to lookup a single key. The returned pointer
// to the KVPair will be nil if the key does not exist.
func (k *KV) Get(key string, q *QueryOptions) (*KVPair, *QueryMeta, error) {
resp, qm, err := k.getInternal(key, nil, q)
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
if resp == nil {
return nil, qm, nil
}
defer resp.Body.Close()
var entries []*KVPair
if err := decodeBody(resp, &entries); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
if len(entries) > 0 {
return entries[0], qm, nil
}
return nil, qm, nil
}
// List is used to lookup all keys under a prefix
func (k *KV) List(prefix string, q *QueryOptions) (KVPairs, *QueryMeta, error) {
resp, qm, err := k.getInternal(prefix, map[string]string{"recurse": ""}, q)
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
if resp == nil {
return nil, qm, nil
}
defer resp.Body.Close()
var entries []*KVPair
if err := decodeBody(resp, &entries); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
return entries, qm, nil
}
// Keys is used to list all the keys under a prefix. Optionally,
// a separator can be used to limit the responses.
func (k *KV) Keys(prefix, separator string, q *QueryOptions) ([]string, *QueryMeta, error) {
params := map[string]string{"keys": ""}
if separator != "" {
params["separator"] = separator
}
resp, qm, err := k.getInternal(prefix, params, q)
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
if resp == nil {
return nil, qm, nil
}
defer resp.Body.Close()
var entries []string
if err := decodeBody(resp, &entries); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
return entries, qm, nil
}
func (k *KV) getInternal(key string, params map[string]string, q *QueryOptions) (*http.Response, *QueryMeta, error) {
r := k.c.newRequest("GET", "/v1/kv/"+strings.TrimPrefix(key, "/"))
r.setQueryOptions(q)
for param, val := range params {
r.params.Set(param, val)
}
rtt, resp, err := k.c.doRequest(r)
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
qm := &QueryMeta{}
parseQueryMeta(resp, qm)
qm.RequestTime = rtt
if resp.StatusCode == 404 {
resp.Body.Close()
return nil, qm, nil
} else if resp.StatusCode != 200 {
resp.Body.Close()
return nil, nil, fmt.Errorf("Unexpected response code: %d", resp.StatusCode)
}
return resp, qm, nil
}
// Put is used to write a new value. Only the
// Key, Flags and Value is respected.
func (k *KV) Put(p *KVPair, q *WriteOptions) (*WriteMeta, error) {
params := make(map[string]string, 1)
if p.Flags != 0 {
params["flags"] = strconv.FormatUint(p.Flags, 10)
}
_, wm, err := k.put(p.Key, params, p.Value, q)
return wm, err
}
// CAS is used for a Check-And-Set operation. The Key,
// ModifyIndex, Flags and Value are respected. Returns true
// on success or false on failures.
func (k *KV) CAS(p *KVPair, q *WriteOptions) (bool, *WriteMeta, error) {
params := make(map[string]string, 2)
if p.Flags != 0 {
params["flags"] = strconv.FormatUint(p.Flags, 10)
}
params["cas"] = strconv.FormatUint(p.ModifyIndex, 10)
return k.put(p.Key, params, p.Value, q)
}
// Acquire is used for a lock acquisition operation. The Key,
// Flags, Value and Session are respected. Returns true
// on success or false on failures.
func (k *KV) Acquire(p *KVPair, q *WriteOptions) (bool, *WriteMeta, error) {
params := make(map[string]string, 2)
if p.Flags != 0 {
params["flags"] = strconv.FormatUint(p.Flags, 10)
}
params["acquire"] = p.Session
return k.put(p.Key, params, p.Value, q)
}
// Release is used for a lock release operation. The Key,
// Flags, Value and Session are respected. Returns true
// on success or false on failures.
func (k *KV) Release(p *KVPair, q *WriteOptions) (bool, *WriteMeta, error) {
params := make(map[string]string, 2)
if p.Flags != 0 {
params["flags"] = strconv.FormatUint(p.Flags, 10)
}
params["release"] = p.Session
return k.put(p.Key, params, p.Value, q)
}
func (k *KV) put(key string, params map[string]string, body []byte, q *WriteOptions) (bool, *WriteMeta, error) {
if len(key) > 0 && key[0] == '/' {
return false, nil, fmt.Errorf("Invalid key. Key must not begin with a '/': %s", key)
}
r := k.c.newRequest("PUT", "/v1/kv/"+key)
r.setWriteOptions(q)
for param, val := range params {
r.params.Set(param, val)
}
r.body = bytes.NewReader(body)
rtt, resp, err := requireOK(k.c.doRequest(r))
if err != nil {
return false, nil, err
}
defer resp.Body.Close()
qm := &WriteMeta{}
qm.RequestTime = rtt
var buf bytes.Buffer
if _, err := io.Copy(&buf, resp.Body); err != nil {
return false, nil, fmt.Errorf("Failed to read response: %v", err)
}
res := strings.Contains(buf.String(), "true")
return res, qm, nil
}
// Delete is used to delete a single key
func (k *KV) Delete(key string, w *WriteOptions) (*WriteMeta, error) {
_, qm, err := k.deleteInternal(key, nil, w)
return qm, err
}
// DeleteCAS is used for a Delete Check-And-Set operation. The Key
// and ModifyIndex are respected. Returns true on success or false on failures.
func (k *KV) DeleteCAS(p *KVPair, q *WriteOptions) (bool, *WriteMeta, error) {
params := map[string]string{
"cas": strconv.FormatUint(p.ModifyIndex, 10),
}
return k.deleteInternal(p.Key, params, q)
}
// DeleteTree is used to delete all keys under a prefix
func (k *KV) DeleteTree(prefix string, w *WriteOptions) (*WriteMeta, error) {
_, qm, err := k.deleteInternal(prefix, map[string]string{"recurse": ""}, w)
return qm, err
}
func (k *KV) deleteInternal(key string, params map[string]string, q *WriteOptions) (bool, *WriteMeta, error) {
r := k.c.newRequest("DELETE", "/v1/kv/"+strings.TrimPrefix(key, "/"))
r.setWriteOptions(q)
for param, val := range params {
r.params.Set(param, val)
}
rtt, resp, err := requireOK(k.c.doRequest(r))
if err != nil {
return false, nil, err
}
defer resp.Body.Close()
qm := &WriteMeta{}
qm.RequestTime = rtt
var buf bytes.Buffer
if _, err := io.Copy(&buf, resp.Body); err != nil {
return false, nil, fmt.Errorf("Failed to read response: %v", err)
}
res := strings.Contains(buf.String(), "true")
return res, qm, nil
}
// TxnOp is the internal format we send to Consul. It's not specific to KV,
// though currently only KV operations are supported.
type TxnOp struct {
KV *KVTxnOp
}
// TxnOps is a list of transaction operations.
type TxnOps []*TxnOp
// TxnResult is the internal format we receive from Consul.
type TxnResult struct {
KV *KVPair
}
// TxnResults is a list of TxnResult objects.
type TxnResults []*TxnResult
// TxnError is used to return information about an operation in a transaction.
type TxnError struct {
OpIndex int
What string
}
// TxnErrors is a list of TxnError objects.
type TxnErrors []*TxnError
// TxnResponse is the internal format we receive from Consul.
type TxnResponse struct {
Results TxnResults
Errors TxnErrors
}
// Txn is used to apply multiple KV operations in a single, atomic transaction.
//
// Note that Go will perform the required base64 encoding on the values
// automatically because the type is a byte slice. Transactions are defined as a
// list of operations to perform, using the KVOp constants and KVTxnOp structure
// to define operations. If any operation fails, none of the changes are applied
// to the state store. Note that this hides the internal raw transaction interface
// and munges the input and output types into KV-specific ones for ease of use.
// If there are more non-KV operations in the future we may break out a new
// transaction API client, but it will be easy to keep this KV-specific variant
// supported.
//
// Even though this is generally a write operation, we take a QueryOptions input
// and return a QueryMeta output. If the transaction contains only read ops, then
// Consul will fast-path it to a different endpoint internally which supports
// consistency controls, but not blocking. If there are write operations then
// the request will always be routed through raft and any consistency settings
// will be ignored.
//
// Here's an example:
//
// ops := KVTxnOps{
// &KVTxnOp{
// Verb: KVLock,
// Key: "test/lock",
// Session: "adf4238a-882b-9ddc-4a9d-5b6758e4159e",
// Value: []byte("hello"),
// },
// &KVTxnOp{
// Verb: KVGet,
// Key: "another/key",
// },
// }
// ok, response, _, err := kv.Txn(&ops, nil)
//
// If there is a problem making the transaction request then an error will be
// returned. Otherwise, the ok value will be true if the transaction succeeded
// or false if it was rolled back. The response is a structured return value which
// will have the outcome of the transaction. Its Results member will have entries
// for each operation. Deleted keys will have a nil entry in the, and to save
// space, the Value of each key in the Results will be nil unless the operation
// is a KVGet. If the transaction was rolled back, the Errors member will have
// entries referencing the index of the operation that failed along with an error
// message.
func (k *KV) Txn(txn KVTxnOps, q *QueryOptions) (bool, *KVTxnResponse, *QueryMeta, error) {
r := k.c.newRequest("PUT", "/v1/txn")
r.setQueryOptions(q)
// Convert into the internal format since this is an all-KV txn.
ops := make(TxnOps, 0, len(txn))
for _, kvOp := range txn {
ops = append(ops, &TxnOp{KV: kvOp})
}
r.obj = ops
rtt, resp, err := k.c.doRequest(r)
if err != nil {
return false, nil, nil, err
}
defer resp.Body.Close()
qm := &QueryMeta{}
parseQueryMeta(resp, qm)
qm.RequestTime = rtt
if resp.StatusCode == http.StatusOK || resp.StatusCode == http.StatusConflict {
var txnResp TxnResponse
if err := decodeBody(resp, &txnResp); err != nil {
return false, nil, nil, err
}
// Convert from the internal format.
kvResp := KVTxnResponse{
Errors: txnResp.Errors,
}
for _, result := range txnResp.Results {
kvResp.Results = append(kvResp.Results, result.KV)
}
return resp.StatusCode == http.StatusOK, &kvResp, qm, nil
}
var buf bytes.Buffer
if _, err := io.Copy(&buf, resp.Body); err != nil {
return false, nil, nil, fmt.Errorf("Failed to read response: %v", err)
}
return false, nil, nil, fmt.Errorf("Failed request: %s", buf.String())
}

386
vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/lock.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,386 @@
package api
import (
"fmt"
"sync"
"time"
)
const (
// DefaultLockSessionName is the Session Name we assign if none is provided
DefaultLockSessionName = "Consul API Lock"
// DefaultLockSessionTTL is the default session TTL if no Session is provided
// when creating a new Lock. This is used because we do not have another
// other check to depend upon.
DefaultLockSessionTTL = "15s"
// DefaultLockWaitTime is how long we block for at a time to check if lock
// acquisition is possible. This affects the minimum time it takes to cancel
// a Lock acquisition.
DefaultLockWaitTime = 15 * time.Second
// DefaultLockRetryTime is how long we wait after a failed lock acquisition
// before attempting to do the lock again. This is so that once a lock-delay
// is in effect, we do not hot loop retrying the acquisition.
DefaultLockRetryTime = 5 * time.Second
// DefaultMonitorRetryTime is how long we wait after a failed monitor check
// of a lock (500 response code). This allows the monitor to ride out brief
// periods of unavailability, subject to the MonitorRetries setting in the
// lock options which is by default set to 0, disabling this feature. This
// affects locks and semaphores.
DefaultMonitorRetryTime = 2 * time.Second
// LockFlagValue is a magic flag we set to indicate a key
// is being used for a lock. It is used to detect a potential
// conflict with a semaphore.
LockFlagValue = 0x2ddccbc058a50c18
)
var (
// ErrLockHeld is returned if we attempt to double lock
ErrLockHeld = fmt.Errorf("Lock already held")
// ErrLockNotHeld is returned if we attempt to unlock a lock
// that we do not hold.
ErrLockNotHeld = fmt.Errorf("Lock not held")
// ErrLockInUse is returned if we attempt to destroy a lock
// that is in use.
ErrLockInUse = fmt.Errorf("Lock in use")
// ErrLockConflict is returned if the flags on a key
// used for a lock do not match expectation
ErrLockConflict = fmt.Errorf("Existing key does not match lock use")
)
// Lock is used to implement client-side leader election. It is follows the
// algorithm as described here: https://www.consul.io/docs/guides/leader-election.html.
type Lock struct {
c *Client
opts *LockOptions
isHeld bool
sessionRenew chan struct{}
lockSession string
l sync.Mutex
}
// LockOptions is used to parameterize the Lock behavior.
type LockOptions struct {
Key string // Must be set and have write permissions
Value []byte // Optional, value to associate with the lock
Session string // Optional, created if not specified
SessionOpts *SessionEntry // Optional, options to use when creating a session
SessionName string // Optional, defaults to DefaultLockSessionName (ignored if SessionOpts is given)
SessionTTL string // Optional, defaults to DefaultLockSessionTTL (ignored if SessionOpts is given)
MonitorRetries int // Optional, defaults to 0 which means no retries
MonitorRetryTime time.Duration // Optional, defaults to DefaultMonitorRetryTime
LockWaitTime time.Duration // Optional, defaults to DefaultLockWaitTime
LockTryOnce bool // Optional, defaults to false which means try forever
}
// LockKey returns a handle to a lock struct which can be used
// to acquire and release the mutex. The key used must have
// write permissions.
func (c *Client) LockKey(key string) (*Lock, error) {
opts := &LockOptions{
Key: key,
}
return c.LockOpts(opts)
}
// LockOpts returns a handle to a lock struct which can be used
// to acquire and release the mutex. The key used must have
// write permissions.
func (c *Client) LockOpts(opts *LockOptions) (*Lock, error) {
if opts.Key == "" {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("missing key")
}
if opts.SessionName == "" {
opts.SessionName = DefaultLockSessionName
}
if opts.SessionTTL == "" {
opts.SessionTTL = DefaultLockSessionTTL
} else {
if _, err := time.ParseDuration(opts.SessionTTL); err != nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("invalid SessionTTL: %v", err)
}
}
if opts.MonitorRetryTime == 0 {
opts.MonitorRetryTime = DefaultMonitorRetryTime
}
if opts.LockWaitTime == 0 {
opts.LockWaitTime = DefaultLockWaitTime
}
l := &Lock{
c: c,
opts: opts,
}
return l, nil
}
// Lock attempts to acquire the lock and blocks while doing so.
// Providing a non-nil stopCh can be used to abort the lock attempt.
// Returns a channel that is closed if our lock is lost or an error.
// This channel could be closed at any time due to session invalidation,
// communication errors, operator intervention, etc. It is NOT safe to
// assume that the lock is held until Unlock() unless the Session is specifically
// created without any associated health checks. By default Consul sessions
// prefer liveness over safety and an application must be able to handle
// the lock being lost.
func (l *Lock) Lock(stopCh <-chan struct{}) (<-chan struct{}, error) {
// Hold the lock as we try to acquire
l.l.Lock()
defer l.l.Unlock()
// Check if we already hold the lock
if l.isHeld {
return nil, ErrLockHeld
}
// Check if we need to create a session first
l.lockSession = l.opts.Session
if l.lockSession == "" {
s, err := l.createSession()
if err != nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("failed to create session: %v", err)
}
l.sessionRenew = make(chan struct{})
l.lockSession = s
session := l.c.Session()
go session.RenewPeriodic(l.opts.SessionTTL, s, nil, l.sessionRenew)
// If we fail to acquire the lock, cleanup the session
defer func() {
if !l.isHeld {
close(l.sessionRenew)
l.sessionRenew = nil
}
}()
}
// Setup the query options
kv := l.c.KV()
qOpts := &QueryOptions{
WaitTime: l.opts.LockWaitTime,
}
start := time.Now()
attempts := 0
WAIT:
// Check if we should quit
select {
case <-stopCh:
return nil, nil
default:
}
// Handle the one-shot mode.
if l.opts.LockTryOnce && attempts > 0 {
elapsed := time.Since(start)
if elapsed > l.opts.LockWaitTime {
return nil, nil
}
// Query wait time should not exceed the lock wait time
qOpts.WaitTime = l.opts.LockWaitTime - elapsed
}
attempts++
// Look for an existing lock, blocking until not taken
pair, meta, err := kv.Get(l.opts.Key, qOpts)
if err != nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("failed to read lock: %v", err)
}
if pair != nil && pair.Flags != LockFlagValue {
return nil, ErrLockConflict
}
locked := false
if pair != nil && pair.Session == l.lockSession {
goto HELD
}
if pair != nil && pair.Session != "" {
qOpts.WaitIndex = meta.LastIndex
goto WAIT
}
// Try to acquire the lock
pair = l.lockEntry(l.lockSession)
locked, _, err = kv.Acquire(pair, nil)
if err != nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("failed to acquire lock: %v", err)
}
// Handle the case of not getting the lock
if !locked {
// Determine why the lock failed
qOpts.WaitIndex = 0
pair, meta, err = kv.Get(l.opts.Key, qOpts)
if pair != nil && pair.Session != "" {
//If the session is not null, this means that a wait can safely happen
//using a long poll
qOpts.WaitIndex = meta.LastIndex
goto WAIT
} else {
// If the session is empty and the lock failed to acquire, then it means
// a lock-delay is in effect and a timed wait must be used
select {
case <-time.After(DefaultLockRetryTime):
goto WAIT
case <-stopCh:
return nil, nil
}
}
}
HELD:
// Watch to ensure we maintain leadership
leaderCh := make(chan struct{})
go l.monitorLock(l.lockSession, leaderCh)
// Set that we own the lock
l.isHeld = true
// Locked! All done
return leaderCh, nil
}
// Unlock released the lock. It is an error to call this
// if the lock is not currently held.
func (l *Lock) Unlock() error {
// Hold the lock as we try to release
l.l.Lock()
defer l.l.Unlock()
// Ensure the lock is actually held
if !l.isHeld {
return ErrLockNotHeld
}
// Set that we no longer own the lock
l.isHeld = false
// Stop the session renew
if l.sessionRenew != nil {
defer func() {
close(l.sessionRenew)
l.sessionRenew = nil
}()
}
// Get the lock entry, and clear the lock session
lockEnt := l.lockEntry(l.lockSession)
l.lockSession = ""
// Release the lock explicitly
kv := l.c.KV()
_, _, err := kv.Release(lockEnt, nil)
if err != nil {
return fmt.Errorf("failed to release lock: %v", err)
}
return nil
}
// Destroy is used to cleanup the lock entry. It is not necessary
// to invoke. It will fail if the lock is in use.
func (l *Lock) Destroy() error {
// Hold the lock as we try to release
l.l.Lock()
defer l.l.Unlock()
// Check if we already hold the lock
if l.isHeld {
return ErrLockHeld
}
// Look for an existing lock
kv := l.c.KV()
pair, _, err := kv.Get(l.opts.Key, nil)
if err != nil {
return fmt.Errorf("failed to read lock: %v", err)
}
// Nothing to do if the lock does not exist
if pair == nil {
return nil
}
// Check for possible flag conflict
if pair.Flags != LockFlagValue {
return ErrLockConflict
}
// Check if it is in use
if pair.Session != "" {
return ErrLockInUse
}
// Attempt the delete
didRemove, _, err := kv.DeleteCAS(pair, nil)
if err != nil {
return fmt.Errorf("failed to remove lock: %v", err)
}
if !didRemove {
return ErrLockInUse
}
return nil
}
// createSession is used to create a new managed session
func (l *Lock) createSession() (string, error) {
session := l.c.Session()
se := l.opts.SessionOpts
if se == nil {
se = &SessionEntry{
Name: l.opts.SessionName,
TTL: l.opts.SessionTTL,
}
}
id, _, err := session.Create(se, nil)
if err != nil {
return "", err
}
return id, nil
}
// lockEntry returns a formatted KVPair for the lock
func (l *Lock) lockEntry(session string) *KVPair {
return &KVPair{
Key: l.opts.Key,
Value: l.opts.Value,
Session: session,
Flags: LockFlagValue,
}
}
// monitorLock is a long running routine to monitor a lock ownership
// It closes the stopCh if we lose our leadership.
func (l *Lock) monitorLock(session string, stopCh chan struct{}) {
defer close(stopCh)
kv := l.c.KV()
opts := &QueryOptions{RequireConsistent: true}
WAIT:
retries := l.opts.MonitorRetries
RETRY:
pair, meta, err := kv.Get(l.opts.Key, opts)
if err != nil {
// If configured we can try to ride out a brief Consul unavailability
// by doing retries. Note that we have to attempt the retry in a non-
// blocking fashion so that we have a clean place to reset the retry
// counter if service is restored.
if retries > 0 && IsRetryableError(err) {
time.Sleep(l.opts.MonitorRetryTime)
retries--
opts.WaitIndex = 0
goto RETRY
}
return
}
if pair != nil && pair.Session == session {
opts.WaitIndex = meta.LastIndex
goto WAIT
}
}

11
vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/operator.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
package api
// Operator can be used to perform low-level operator tasks for Consul.
type Operator struct {
c *Client
}
// Operator returns a handle to the operator endpoints.
func (c *Client) Operator() *Operator {
return &Operator{c}
}

194
vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/operator_area.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,194 @@
package api
// The /v1/operator/area endpoints are available only in Consul Enterprise and
// interact with its network area subsystem. Network areas are used to link
// together Consul servers in different Consul datacenters. With network areas,
// Consul datacenters can be linked together in ways other than a fully-connected
// mesh, as is required for Consul's WAN.
import (
"net"
"time"
)
// Area defines a network area.
type Area struct {
// ID is this identifier for an area (a UUID). This must be left empty
// when creating a new area.
ID string
// PeerDatacenter is the peer Consul datacenter that will make up the
// other side of this network area. Network areas always involve a pair
// of datacenters: the datacenter where the area was created, and the
// peer datacenter. This is required.
PeerDatacenter string
// RetryJoin specifies the address of Consul servers to join to, such as
// an IPs or hostnames with an optional port number. This is optional.
RetryJoin []string
// UseTLS specifies whether gossip over this area should be encrypted with TLS
// if possible.
UseTLS bool
}
// AreaJoinResponse is returned when a join occurs and gives the result for each
// address.
type AreaJoinResponse struct {
// The address that was joined.
Address string
// Whether or not the join was a success.
Joined bool
// If we couldn't join, this is the message with information.
Error string
}
// SerfMember is a generic structure for reporting information about members in
// a Serf cluster. This is only used by the area endpoints right now, but this
// could be expanded to other endpoints in the future.
type SerfMember struct {
// ID is the node identifier (a UUID).
ID string
// Name is the node name.
Name string
// Addr has the IP address.
Addr net.IP
// Port is the RPC port.
Port uint16
// Datacenter is the DC name.
Datacenter string
// Role is "client", "server", or "unknown".
Role string
// Build has the version of the Consul agent.
Build string
// Protocol is the protocol of the Consul agent.
Protocol int
// Status is the Serf health status "none", "alive", "leaving", "left",
// or "failed".
Status string
// RTT is the estimated round trip time from the server handling the
// request to the this member. This will be negative if no RTT estimate
// is available.
RTT time.Duration
}
// AreaCreate will create a new network area. The ID in the given structure must
// be empty and a generated ID will be returned on success.
func (op *Operator) AreaCreate(area *Area, q *WriteOptions) (string, *WriteMeta, error) {
r := op.c.newRequest("POST", "/v1/operator/area")
r.setWriteOptions(q)
r.obj = area
rtt, resp, err := requireOK(op.c.doRequest(r))
if err != nil {
return "", nil, err
}
defer resp.Body.Close()
wm := &WriteMeta{}
wm.RequestTime = rtt
var out struct{ ID string }
if err := decodeBody(resp, &out); err != nil {
return "", nil, err
}
return out.ID, wm, nil
}
// AreaUpdate will update the configuration of the network area with the given ID.
func (op *Operator) AreaUpdate(areaID string, area *Area, q *WriteOptions) (string, *WriteMeta, error) {
r := op.c.newRequest("PUT", "/v1/operator/area/"+areaID)
r.setWriteOptions(q)
r.obj = area
rtt, resp, err := requireOK(op.c.doRequest(r))
if err != nil {
return "", nil, err
}
defer resp.Body.Close()
wm := &WriteMeta{}
wm.RequestTime = rtt
var out struct{ ID string }
if err := decodeBody(resp, &out); err != nil {
return "", nil, err
}
return out.ID, wm, nil
}
// AreaGet returns a single network area.
func (op *Operator) AreaGet(areaID string, q *QueryOptions) ([]*Area, *QueryMeta, error) {
var out []*Area
qm, err := op.c.query("/v1/operator/area/"+areaID, &out, q)
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
return out, qm, nil
}
// AreaList returns all the available network areas.
func (op *Operator) AreaList(q *QueryOptions) ([]*Area, *QueryMeta, error) {
var out []*Area
qm, err := op.c.query("/v1/operator/area", &out, q)
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
return out, qm, nil
}
// AreaDelete deletes the given network area.
func (op *Operator) AreaDelete(areaID string, q *WriteOptions) (*WriteMeta, error) {
r := op.c.newRequest("DELETE", "/v1/operator/area/"+areaID)
r.setWriteOptions(q)
rtt, resp, err := requireOK(op.c.doRequest(r))
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
defer resp.Body.Close()
wm := &WriteMeta{}
wm.RequestTime = rtt
return wm, nil
}
// AreaJoin attempts to join the given set of join addresses to the given
// network area. See the Area structure for details about join addresses.
func (op *Operator) AreaJoin(areaID string, addresses []string, q *WriteOptions) ([]*AreaJoinResponse, *WriteMeta, error) {
r := op.c.newRequest("PUT", "/v1/operator/area/"+areaID+"/join")
r.setWriteOptions(q)
r.obj = addresses
rtt, resp, err := requireOK(op.c.doRequest(r))
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
defer resp.Body.Close()
wm := &WriteMeta{}
wm.RequestTime = rtt
var out []*AreaJoinResponse
if err := decodeBody(resp, &out); err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
return out, wm, nil
}
// AreaMembers lists the Serf information about the members in the given area.
func (op *Operator) AreaMembers(areaID string, q *QueryOptions) ([]*SerfMember, *QueryMeta, error) {
var out []*SerfMember
qm, err := op.c.query("/v1/operator/area/"+areaID+"/members", &out, q)
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
return out, qm, nil
}

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,219 @@
package api
import (
"bytes"
"fmt"
"io"
"strconv"
"strings"
"time"
)
// AutopilotConfiguration is used for querying/setting the Autopilot configuration.
// Autopilot helps manage operator tasks related to Consul servers like removing
// failed servers from the Raft quorum.
type AutopilotConfiguration struct {
// CleanupDeadServers controls whether to remove dead servers from the Raft
// peer list when a new server joins
CleanupDeadServers bool
// LastContactThreshold is the limit on the amount of time a server can go
// without leader contact before being considered unhealthy.
LastContactThreshold *ReadableDuration
// MaxTrailingLogs is the amount of entries in the Raft Log that a server can
// be behind before being considered unhealthy.
MaxTrailingLogs uint64
// ServerStabilizationTime is the minimum amount of time a server must be
// in a stable, healthy state before it can be added to the cluster. Only
// applicable with Raft protocol version 3 or higher.
ServerStabilizationTime *ReadableDuration
// (Enterprise-only) RedundancyZoneTag is the node tag to use for separating
// servers into zones for redundancy. If left blank, this feature will be disabled.
RedundancyZoneTag string
// (Enterprise-only) DisableUpgradeMigration will disable Autopilot's upgrade migration
// strategy of waiting until enough newer-versioned servers have been added to the
// cluster before promoting them to voters.
DisableUpgradeMigration bool
// (Enterprise-only) UpgradeVersionTag is the node tag to use for version info when
// performing upgrade migrations. If left blank, the Consul version will be used.
UpgradeVersionTag string
// CreateIndex holds the index corresponding the creation of this configuration.
// This is a read-only field.
CreateIndex uint64
// ModifyIndex will be set to the index of the last update when retrieving the
// Autopilot configuration. Resubmitting a configuration with
// AutopilotCASConfiguration will perform a check-and-set operation which ensures
// there hasn't been a subsequent update since the configuration was retrieved.
ModifyIndex uint64
}
// ServerHealth is the health (from the leader's point of view) of a server.
type ServerHealth struct {
// ID is the raft ID of the server.
ID string
// Name is the node name of the server.
Name string
// Address is the address of the server.
Address string
// The status of the SerfHealth check for the server.
SerfStatus string
// Version is the Consul version of the server.
Version string
// Leader is whether this server is currently the leader.
Leader bool
// LastContact is the time since this node's last contact with the leader.
LastContact *ReadableDuration
// LastTerm is the highest leader term this server has a record of in its Raft log.
LastTerm uint64
// LastIndex is the last log index this server has a record of in its Raft log.
LastIndex uint64
// Healthy is whether or not the server is healthy according to the current
// Autopilot config.
Healthy bool
// Voter is whether this is a voting server.
Voter bool
// StableSince is the last time this server's Healthy value changed.
StableSince time.Time
}
// OperatorHealthReply is a representation of the overall health of the cluster
type OperatorHealthReply struct {
// Healthy is true if all the servers in the cluster are healthy.
Healthy bool
// FailureTolerance is the number of healthy servers that could be lost without
// an outage occurring.
FailureTolerance int
// Servers holds the health of each server.
Servers []ServerHealth
}
// ReadableDuration is a duration type that is serialized to JSON in human readable format.
type ReadableDuration time.Duration
func NewReadableDuration(dur time.Duration) *ReadableDuration {
d := ReadableDuration(dur)
return &d
}
func (d *ReadableDuration) String() string {
return d.Duration().String()
}
func (d *ReadableDuration) Duration() time.Duration {
if d == nil {
return time.Duration(0)
}
return time.Duration(*d)
}
func (d *ReadableDuration) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) {
return []byte(fmt.Sprintf(`"%s"`, d.Duration().String())), nil
}
func (d *ReadableDuration) UnmarshalJSON(raw []byte) error {
if d == nil {
return fmt.Errorf("cannot unmarshal to nil pointer")
}
str := string(raw)
if len(str) < 2 || str[0] != '"' || str[len(str)-1] != '"' {
return fmt.Errorf("must be enclosed with quotes: %s", str)
}
dur, err := time.ParseDuration(str[1 : len(str)-1])
if err != nil {
return err
}
*d = ReadableDuration(dur)
return nil
}
// AutopilotGetConfiguration is used to query the current Autopilot configuration.
func (op *Operator) AutopilotGetConfiguration(q *QueryOptions) (*AutopilotConfiguration, error) {
r := op.c.newRequest("GET", "/v1/operator/autopilot/configuration")
r.setQueryOptions(q)
_, resp, err := requireOK(op.c.doRequest(r))
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
defer resp.Body.Close()
var out AutopilotConfiguration
if err := decodeBody(resp, &out); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
return &out, nil
}
// AutopilotSetConfiguration is used to set the current Autopilot configuration.
func (op *Operator) AutopilotSetConfiguration(conf *AutopilotConfiguration, q *WriteOptions) error {
r := op.c.newRequest("PUT", "/v1/operator/autopilot/configuration")
r.setWriteOptions(q)
r.obj = conf
_, resp, err := requireOK(op.c.doRequest(r))
if err != nil {
return err
}
resp.Body.Close()
return nil
}
// AutopilotCASConfiguration is used to perform a Check-And-Set update on the
// Autopilot configuration. The ModifyIndex value will be respected. Returns
// true on success or false on failures.
func (op *Operator) AutopilotCASConfiguration(conf *AutopilotConfiguration, q *WriteOptions) (bool, error) {
r := op.c.newRequest("PUT", "/v1/operator/autopilot/configuration")
r.setWriteOptions(q)
r.params.Set("cas", strconv.FormatUint(conf.ModifyIndex, 10))
r.obj = conf
_, resp, err := requireOK(op.c.doRequest(r))
if err != nil {
return false, err
}
defer resp.Body.Close()
var buf bytes.Buffer
if _, err := io.Copy(&buf, resp.Body); err != nil {
return false, fmt.Errorf("Failed to read response: %v", err)
}
res := strings.Contains(buf.String(), "true")
return res, nil
}
// AutopilotServerHealth
func (op *Operator) AutopilotServerHealth(q *QueryOptions) (*OperatorHealthReply, error) {
r := op.c.newRequest("GET", "/v1/operator/autopilot/health")
r.setQueryOptions(q)
_, resp, err := requireOK(op.c.doRequest(r))
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
defer resp.Body.Close()
var out OperatorHealthReply
if err := decodeBody(resp, &out); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
return &out, nil
}

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
package api
// keyringRequest is used for performing Keyring operations
type keyringRequest struct {
Key string
}
// KeyringResponse is returned when listing the gossip encryption keys
type KeyringResponse struct {
// Whether this response is for a WAN ring
WAN bool
// The datacenter name this request corresponds to
Datacenter string
// Segment has the network segment this request corresponds to.
Segment string
// A map of the encryption keys to the number of nodes they're installed on
Keys map[string]int
// The total number of nodes in this ring
NumNodes int
}
// KeyringInstall is used to install a new gossip encryption key into the cluster
func (op *Operator) KeyringInstall(key string, q *WriteOptions) error {
r := op.c.newRequest("POST", "/v1/operator/keyring")
r.setWriteOptions(q)
r.obj = keyringRequest{
Key: key,
}
_, resp, err := requireOK(op.c.doRequest(r))
if err != nil {
return err
}
resp.Body.Close()
return nil
}
// KeyringList is used to list the gossip keys installed in the cluster
func (op *Operator) KeyringList(q *QueryOptions) ([]*KeyringResponse, error) {
r := op.c.newRequest("GET", "/v1/operator/keyring")
r.setQueryOptions(q)
_, resp, err := requireOK(op.c.doRequest(r))
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
defer resp.Body.Close()
var out []*KeyringResponse
if err := decodeBody(resp, &out); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
return out, nil
}
// KeyringRemove is used to remove a gossip encryption key from the cluster
func (op *Operator) KeyringRemove(key string, q *WriteOptions) error {
r := op.c.newRequest("DELETE", "/v1/operator/keyring")
r.setWriteOptions(q)
r.obj = keyringRequest{
Key: key,
}
_, resp, err := requireOK(op.c.doRequest(r))
if err != nil {
return err
}
resp.Body.Close()
return nil
}
// KeyringUse is used to change the active gossip encryption key
func (op *Operator) KeyringUse(key string, q *WriteOptions) error {
r := op.c.newRequest("PUT", "/v1/operator/keyring")
r.setWriteOptions(q)
r.obj = keyringRequest{
Key: key,
}
_, resp, err := requireOK(op.c.doRequest(r))
if err != nil {
return err
}
resp.Body.Close()
return nil
}

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
package api
// RaftServer has information about a server in the Raft configuration.
type RaftServer struct {
// ID is the unique ID for the server. These are currently the same
// as the address, but they will be changed to a real GUID in a future
// release of Consul.
ID string
// Node is the node name of the server, as known by Consul, or this
// will be set to "(unknown)" otherwise.
Node string
// Address is the IP:port of the server, used for Raft communications.
Address string
// Leader is true if this server is the current cluster leader.
Leader bool
// Protocol version is the raft protocol version used by the server
ProtocolVersion string
// Voter is true if this server has a vote in the cluster. This might
// be false if the server is staging and still coming online, or if
// it's a non-voting server, which will be added in a future release of
// Consul.
Voter bool
}
// RaftConfiguration is returned when querying for the current Raft configuration.
type RaftConfiguration struct {
// Servers has the list of servers in the Raft configuration.
Servers []*RaftServer
// Index has the Raft index of this configuration.
Index uint64
}
// RaftGetConfiguration is used to query the current Raft peer set.
func (op *Operator) RaftGetConfiguration(q *QueryOptions) (*RaftConfiguration, error) {
r := op.c.newRequest("GET", "/v1/operator/raft/configuration")
r.setQueryOptions(q)
_, resp, err := requireOK(op.c.doRequest(r))
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
defer resp.Body.Close()
var out RaftConfiguration
if err := decodeBody(resp, &out); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
return &out, nil
}
// RaftRemovePeerByAddress is used to kick a stale peer (one that it in the Raft
// quorum but no longer known to Serf or the catalog) by address in the form of
// "IP:port".
func (op *Operator) RaftRemovePeerByAddress(address string, q *WriteOptions) error {
r := op.c.newRequest("DELETE", "/v1/operator/raft/peer")
r.setWriteOptions(q)
r.params.Set("address", string(address))
_, resp, err := requireOK(op.c.doRequest(r))
if err != nil {
return err
}
resp.Body.Close()
return nil
}
// RaftRemovePeerByID is used to kick a stale peer (one that it in the Raft
// quorum but no longer known to Serf or the catalog) by ID.
func (op *Operator) RaftRemovePeerByID(id string, q *WriteOptions) error {
r := op.c.newRequest("DELETE", "/v1/operator/raft/peer")
r.setWriteOptions(q)
r.params.Set("id", string(id))
_, resp, err := requireOK(op.c.doRequest(r))
if err != nil {
return err
}
resp.Body.Close()
return nil
}

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
package api
// SegmentList returns all the available LAN segments.
func (op *Operator) SegmentList(q *QueryOptions) ([]string, *QueryMeta, error) {
var out []string
qm, err := op.c.query("/v1/operator/segment", &out, q)
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
return out, qm, nil
}

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,212 @@
package api
// QueryDatacenterOptions sets options about how we fail over if there are no
// healthy nodes in the local datacenter.
type QueryDatacenterOptions struct {
// NearestN is set to the number of remote datacenters to try, based on
// network coordinates.
NearestN int
// Datacenters is a fixed list of datacenters to try after NearestN. We
// never try a datacenter multiple times, so those are subtracted from
// this list before proceeding.
Datacenters []string
}
// QueryDNSOptions controls settings when query results are served over DNS.
type QueryDNSOptions struct {
// TTL is the time to live for the served DNS results.
TTL string
}
// ServiceQuery is used to query for a set of healthy nodes offering a specific
// service.
type ServiceQuery struct {
// Service is the service to query.
Service string
// Near allows baking in the name of a node to automatically distance-
// sort from. The magic "_agent" value is supported, which sorts near
// the agent which initiated the request by default.
Near string
// Failover controls what we do if there are no healthy nodes in the
// local datacenter.
Failover QueryDatacenterOptions
// IgnoreCheckIDs is an optional list of health check IDs to ignore when
// considering which nodes are healthy. It is useful as an emergency measure
// to temporarily override some health check that is producing false negatives
// for example.
IgnoreCheckIDs []string
// If OnlyPassing is true then we will only include nodes with passing
// health checks (critical AND warning checks will cause a node to be
// discarded)
OnlyPassing bool
// Tags are a set of required and/or disallowed tags. If a tag is in
// this list it must be present. If the tag is preceded with "!" then
// it is disallowed.
Tags []string
// NodeMeta is a map of required node metadata fields. If a key/value
// pair is in this map it must be present on the node in order for the
// service entry to be returned.
NodeMeta map[string]string
// Connect if true will filter the prepared query results to only
// include Connect-capable services. These include both native services
// and proxies for matching services. Note that if a proxy matches,
// the constraints in the query above (Near, OnlyPassing, etc.) apply
// to the _proxy_ and not the service being proxied. In practice, proxies
// should be directly next to their services so this isn't an issue.
Connect bool
}
// QueryTemplate carries the arguments for creating a templated query.
type QueryTemplate struct {
// Type specifies the type of the query template. Currently only
// "name_prefix_match" is supported. This field is required.
Type string
// Regexp allows specifying a regex pattern to match against the name
// of the query being executed.
Regexp string
}
// PreparedQueryDefinition defines a complete prepared query.
type PreparedQueryDefinition struct {
// ID is this UUID-based ID for the query, always generated by Consul.
ID string
// Name is an optional friendly name for the query supplied by the
// user. NOTE - if this feature is used then it will reduce the security
// of any read ACL associated with this query/service since this name
// can be used to locate nodes with supplying any ACL.
Name string
// Session is an optional session to tie this query's lifetime to. If
// this is omitted then the query will not expire.
Session string
// Token is the ACL token used when the query was created, and it is
// used when a query is subsequently executed. This token, or a token
// with management privileges, must be used to change the query later.
Token string
// Service defines a service query (leaving things open for other types
// later).
Service ServiceQuery
// DNS has options that control how the results of this query are
// served over DNS.
DNS QueryDNSOptions
// Template is used to pass through the arguments for creating a
// prepared query with an attached template. If a template is given,
// interpolations are possible in other struct fields.
Template QueryTemplate
}
// PreparedQueryExecuteResponse has the results of executing a query.
type PreparedQueryExecuteResponse struct {
// Service is the service that was queried.
Service string
// Nodes has the nodes that were output by the query.
Nodes []ServiceEntry
// DNS has the options for serving these results over DNS.
DNS QueryDNSOptions
// Datacenter is the datacenter that these results came from.
Datacenter string
// Failovers is a count of how many times we had to query a remote
// datacenter.
Failovers int
}
// PreparedQuery can be used to query the prepared query endpoints.
type PreparedQuery struct {
c *Client
}
// PreparedQuery returns a handle to the prepared query endpoints.
func (c *Client) PreparedQuery() *PreparedQuery {
return &PreparedQuery{c}
}
// Create makes a new prepared query. The ID of the new query is returned.
func (c *PreparedQuery) Create(query *PreparedQueryDefinition, q *WriteOptions) (string, *WriteMeta, error) {
r := c.c.newRequest("POST", "/v1/query")
r.setWriteOptions(q)
r.obj = query
rtt, resp, err := requireOK(c.c.doRequest(r))
if err != nil {
return "", nil, err
}
defer resp.Body.Close()
wm := &WriteMeta{}
wm.RequestTime = rtt
var out struct{ ID string }
if err := decodeBody(resp, &out); err != nil {
return "", nil, err
}
return out.ID, wm, nil
}
// Update makes updates to an existing prepared query.
func (c *PreparedQuery) Update(query *PreparedQueryDefinition, q *WriteOptions) (*WriteMeta, error) {
return c.c.write("/v1/query/"+query.ID, query, nil, q)
}
// List is used to fetch all the prepared queries (always requires a management
// token).
func (c *PreparedQuery) List(q *QueryOptions) ([]*PreparedQueryDefinition, *QueryMeta, error) {
var out []*PreparedQueryDefinition
qm, err := c.c.query("/v1/query", &out, q)
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
return out, qm, nil
}
// Get is used to fetch a specific prepared query.
func (c *PreparedQuery) Get(queryID string, q *QueryOptions) ([]*PreparedQueryDefinition, *QueryMeta, error) {
var out []*PreparedQueryDefinition
qm, err := c.c.query("/v1/query/"+queryID, &out, q)
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
return out, qm, nil
}
// Delete is used to delete a specific prepared query.
func (c *PreparedQuery) Delete(queryID string, q *WriteOptions) (*WriteMeta, error) {
r := c.c.newRequest("DELETE", "/v1/query/"+queryID)
r.setWriteOptions(q)
rtt, resp, err := requireOK(c.c.doRequest(r))
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
defer resp.Body.Close()
wm := &WriteMeta{}
wm.RequestTime = rtt
return wm, nil
}
// Execute is used to execute a specific prepared query. You can execute using
// a query ID or name.
func (c *PreparedQuery) Execute(queryIDOrName string, q *QueryOptions) (*PreparedQueryExecuteResponse, *QueryMeta, error) {
var out *PreparedQueryExecuteResponse
qm, err := c.c.query("/v1/query/"+queryIDOrName+"/execute", &out, q)
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
return out, qm, nil
}

24
vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/raw.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
package api
// Raw can be used to do raw queries against custom endpoints
type Raw struct {
c *Client
}
// Raw returns a handle to query endpoints
func (c *Client) Raw() *Raw {
return &Raw{c}
}
// Query is used to do a GET request against an endpoint
// and deserialize the response into an interface using
// standard Consul conventions.
func (raw *Raw) Query(endpoint string, out interface{}, q *QueryOptions) (*QueryMeta, error) {
return raw.c.query(endpoint, out, q)
}
// Write is used to do a PUT request against an endpoint
// and serialize/deserialized using the standard Consul conventions.
func (raw *Raw) Write(endpoint string, in, out interface{}, q *WriteOptions) (*WriteMeta, error) {
return raw.c.write(endpoint, in, out, q)
}

514
vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/semaphore.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,514 @@
package api
import (
"encoding/json"
"fmt"
"path"
"sync"
"time"
)
const (
// DefaultSemaphoreSessionName is the Session Name we assign if none is provided
DefaultSemaphoreSessionName = "Consul API Semaphore"
// DefaultSemaphoreSessionTTL is the default session TTL if no Session is provided
// when creating a new Semaphore. This is used because we do not have another
// other check to depend upon.
DefaultSemaphoreSessionTTL = "15s"
// DefaultSemaphoreWaitTime is how long we block for at a time to check if semaphore
// acquisition is possible. This affects the minimum time it takes to cancel
// a Semaphore acquisition.
DefaultSemaphoreWaitTime = 15 * time.Second
// DefaultSemaphoreKey is the key used within the prefix to
// use for coordination between all the contenders.
DefaultSemaphoreKey = ".lock"
// SemaphoreFlagValue is a magic flag we set to indicate a key
// is being used for a semaphore. It is used to detect a potential
// conflict with a lock.
SemaphoreFlagValue = 0xe0f69a2baa414de0
)
var (
// ErrSemaphoreHeld is returned if we attempt to double lock
ErrSemaphoreHeld = fmt.Errorf("Semaphore already held")
// ErrSemaphoreNotHeld is returned if we attempt to unlock a semaphore
// that we do not hold.
ErrSemaphoreNotHeld = fmt.Errorf("Semaphore not held")
// ErrSemaphoreInUse is returned if we attempt to destroy a semaphore
// that is in use.
ErrSemaphoreInUse = fmt.Errorf("Semaphore in use")
// ErrSemaphoreConflict is returned if the flags on a key
// used for a semaphore do not match expectation
ErrSemaphoreConflict = fmt.Errorf("Existing key does not match semaphore use")
)
// Semaphore is used to implement a distributed semaphore
// using the Consul KV primitives.
type Semaphore struct {
c *Client
opts *SemaphoreOptions
isHeld bool
sessionRenew chan struct{}
lockSession string
l sync.Mutex
}
// SemaphoreOptions is used to parameterize the Semaphore
type SemaphoreOptions struct {
Prefix string // Must be set and have write permissions
Limit int // Must be set, and be positive
Value []byte // Optional, value to associate with the contender entry
Session string // Optional, created if not specified
SessionName string // Optional, defaults to DefaultLockSessionName
SessionTTL string // Optional, defaults to DefaultLockSessionTTL
MonitorRetries int // Optional, defaults to 0 which means no retries
MonitorRetryTime time.Duration // Optional, defaults to DefaultMonitorRetryTime
SemaphoreWaitTime time.Duration // Optional, defaults to DefaultSemaphoreWaitTime
SemaphoreTryOnce bool // Optional, defaults to false which means try forever
}
// semaphoreLock is written under the DefaultSemaphoreKey and
// is used to coordinate between all the contenders.
type semaphoreLock struct {
// Limit is the integer limit of holders. This is used to
// verify that all the holders agree on the value.
Limit int
// Holders is a list of all the semaphore holders.
// It maps the session ID to true. It is used as a set effectively.
Holders map[string]bool
}
// SemaphorePrefix is used to created a Semaphore which will operate
// at the given KV prefix and uses the given limit for the semaphore.
// The prefix must have write privileges, and the limit must be agreed
// upon by all contenders.
func (c *Client) SemaphorePrefix(prefix string, limit int) (*Semaphore, error) {
opts := &SemaphoreOptions{
Prefix: prefix,
Limit: limit,
}
return c.SemaphoreOpts(opts)
}
// SemaphoreOpts is used to create a Semaphore with the given options.
// The prefix must have write privileges, and the limit must be agreed
// upon by all contenders. If a Session is not provided, one will be created.
func (c *Client) SemaphoreOpts(opts *SemaphoreOptions) (*Semaphore, error) {
if opts.Prefix == "" {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("missing prefix")
}
if opts.Limit <= 0 {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("semaphore limit must be positive")
}
if opts.SessionName == "" {
opts.SessionName = DefaultSemaphoreSessionName
}
if opts.SessionTTL == "" {
opts.SessionTTL = DefaultSemaphoreSessionTTL
} else {
if _, err := time.ParseDuration(opts.SessionTTL); err != nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("invalid SessionTTL: %v", err)
}
}
if opts.MonitorRetryTime == 0 {
opts.MonitorRetryTime = DefaultMonitorRetryTime
}
if opts.SemaphoreWaitTime == 0 {
opts.SemaphoreWaitTime = DefaultSemaphoreWaitTime
}
s := &Semaphore{
c: c,
opts: opts,
}
return s, nil
}
// Acquire attempts to reserve a slot in the semaphore, blocking until
// success, interrupted via the stopCh or an error is encountered.
// Providing a non-nil stopCh can be used to abort the attempt.
// On success, a channel is returned that represents our slot.
// This channel could be closed at any time due to session invalidation,
// communication errors, operator intervention, etc. It is NOT safe to
// assume that the slot is held until Release() unless the Session is specifically
// created without any associated health checks. By default Consul sessions
// prefer liveness over safety and an application must be able to handle
// the session being lost.
func (s *Semaphore) Acquire(stopCh <-chan struct{}) (<-chan struct{}, error) {
// Hold the lock as we try to acquire
s.l.Lock()
defer s.l.Unlock()
// Check if we already hold the semaphore
if s.isHeld {
return nil, ErrSemaphoreHeld
}
// Check if we need to create a session first
s.lockSession = s.opts.Session
if s.lockSession == "" {
sess, err := s.createSession()
if err != nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("failed to create session: %v", err)
}
s.sessionRenew = make(chan struct{})
s.lockSession = sess
session := s.c.Session()
go session.RenewPeriodic(s.opts.SessionTTL, sess, nil, s.sessionRenew)
// If we fail to acquire the lock, cleanup the session
defer func() {
if !s.isHeld {
close(s.sessionRenew)
s.sessionRenew = nil
}
}()
}
// Create the contender entry
kv := s.c.KV()
made, _, err := kv.Acquire(s.contenderEntry(s.lockSession), nil)
if err != nil || !made {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("failed to make contender entry: %v", err)
}
// Setup the query options
qOpts := &QueryOptions{
WaitTime: s.opts.SemaphoreWaitTime,
}
start := time.Now()
attempts := 0
WAIT:
// Check if we should quit
select {
case <-stopCh:
return nil, nil
default:
}
// Handle the one-shot mode.
if s.opts.SemaphoreTryOnce && attempts > 0 {
elapsed := time.Since(start)
if elapsed > s.opts.SemaphoreWaitTime {
return nil, nil
}
// Query wait time should not exceed the semaphore wait time
qOpts.WaitTime = s.opts.SemaphoreWaitTime - elapsed
}
attempts++
// Read the prefix
pairs, meta, err := kv.List(s.opts.Prefix, qOpts)
if err != nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("failed to read prefix: %v", err)
}
// Decode the lock
lockPair := s.findLock(pairs)
if lockPair.Flags != SemaphoreFlagValue {
return nil, ErrSemaphoreConflict
}
lock, err := s.decodeLock(lockPair)
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
// Verify we agree with the limit
if lock.Limit != s.opts.Limit {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("semaphore limit conflict (lock: %d, local: %d)",
lock.Limit, s.opts.Limit)
}
// Prune the dead holders
s.pruneDeadHolders(lock, pairs)
// Check if the lock is held
if len(lock.Holders) >= lock.Limit {
qOpts.WaitIndex = meta.LastIndex
goto WAIT
}
// Create a new lock with us as a holder
lock.Holders[s.lockSession] = true
newLock, err := s.encodeLock(lock, lockPair.ModifyIndex)
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
// Attempt the acquisition
didSet, _, err := kv.CAS(newLock, nil)
if err != nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("failed to update lock: %v", err)
}
if !didSet {
// Update failed, could have been a race with another contender,
// retry the operation
goto WAIT
}
// Watch to ensure we maintain ownership of the slot
lockCh := make(chan struct{})
go s.monitorLock(s.lockSession, lockCh)
// Set that we own the lock
s.isHeld = true
// Acquired! All done
return lockCh, nil
}
// Release is used to voluntarily give up our semaphore slot. It is
// an error to call this if the semaphore has not been acquired.
func (s *Semaphore) Release() error {
// Hold the lock as we try to release
s.l.Lock()
defer s.l.Unlock()
// Ensure the lock is actually held
if !s.isHeld {
return ErrSemaphoreNotHeld
}
// Set that we no longer own the lock
s.isHeld = false
// Stop the session renew
if s.sessionRenew != nil {
defer func() {
close(s.sessionRenew)
s.sessionRenew = nil
}()
}
// Get and clear the lock session
lockSession := s.lockSession
s.lockSession = ""
// Remove ourselves as a lock holder
kv := s.c.KV()
key := path.Join(s.opts.Prefix, DefaultSemaphoreKey)
READ:
pair, _, err := kv.Get(key, nil)
if err != nil {
return err
}
if pair == nil {
pair = &KVPair{}
}
lock, err := s.decodeLock(pair)
if err != nil {
return err
}
// Create a new lock without us as a holder
if _, ok := lock.Holders[lockSession]; ok {
delete(lock.Holders, lockSession)
newLock, err := s.encodeLock(lock, pair.ModifyIndex)
if err != nil {
return err
}
// Swap the locks
didSet, _, err := kv.CAS(newLock, nil)
if err != nil {
return fmt.Errorf("failed to update lock: %v", err)
}
if !didSet {
goto READ
}
}
// Destroy the contender entry
contenderKey := path.Join(s.opts.Prefix, lockSession)
if _, err := kv.Delete(contenderKey, nil); err != nil {
return err
}
return nil
}
// Destroy is used to cleanup the semaphore entry. It is not necessary
// to invoke. It will fail if the semaphore is in use.
func (s *Semaphore) Destroy() error {
// Hold the lock as we try to acquire
s.l.Lock()
defer s.l.Unlock()
// Check if we already hold the semaphore
if s.isHeld {
return ErrSemaphoreHeld
}
// List for the semaphore
kv := s.c.KV()
pairs, _, err := kv.List(s.opts.Prefix, nil)
if err != nil {
return fmt.Errorf("failed to read prefix: %v", err)
}
// Find the lock pair, bail if it doesn't exist
lockPair := s.findLock(pairs)
if lockPair.ModifyIndex == 0 {
return nil
}
if lockPair.Flags != SemaphoreFlagValue {
return ErrSemaphoreConflict
}
// Decode the lock
lock, err := s.decodeLock(lockPair)
if err != nil {
return err
}
// Prune the dead holders
s.pruneDeadHolders(lock, pairs)
// Check if there are any holders
if len(lock.Holders) > 0 {
return ErrSemaphoreInUse
}
// Attempt the delete
didRemove, _, err := kv.DeleteCAS(lockPair, nil)
if err != nil {
return fmt.Errorf("failed to remove semaphore: %v", err)
}
if !didRemove {
return ErrSemaphoreInUse
}
return nil
}
// createSession is used to create a new managed session
func (s *Semaphore) createSession() (string, error) {
session := s.c.Session()
se := &SessionEntry{
Name: s.opts.SessionName,
TTL: s.opts.SessionTTL,
Behavior: SessionBehaviorDelete,
}
id, _, err := session.Create(se, nil)
if err != nil {
return "", err
}
return id, nil
}
// contenderEntry returns a formatted KVPair for the contender
func (s *Semaphore) contenderEntry(session string) *KVPair {
return &KVPair{
Key: path.Join(s.opts.Prefix, session),
Value: s.opts.Value,
Session: session,
Flags: SemaphoreFlagValue,
}
}
// findLock is used to find the KV Pair which is used for coordination
func (s *Semaphore) findLock(pairs KVPairs) *KVPair {
key := path.Join(s.opts.Prefix, DefaultSemaphoreKey)
for _, pair := range pairs {
if pair.Key == key {
return pair
}
}
return &KVPair{Flags: SemaphoreFlagValue}
}
// decodeLock is used to decode a semaphoreLock from an
// entry in Consul
func (s *Semaphore) decodeLock(pair *KVPair) (*semaphoreLock, error) {
// Handle if there is no lock
if pair == nil || pair.Value == nil {
return &semaphoreLock{
Limit: s.opts.Limit,
Holders: make(map[string]bool),
}, nil
}
l := &semaphoreLock{}
if err := json.Unmarshal(pair.Value, l); err != nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("lock decoding failed: %v", err)
}
return l, nil
}
// encodeLock is used to encode a semaphoreLock into a KVPair
// that can be PUT
func (s *Semaphore) encodeLock(l *semaphoreLock, oldIndex uint64) (*KVPair, error) {
enc, err := json.Marshal(l)
if err != nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("lock encoding failed: %v", err)
}
pair := &KVPair{
Key: path.Join(s.opts.Prefix, DefaultSemaphoreKey),
Value: enc,
Flags: SemaphoreFlagValue,
ModifyIndex: oldIndex,
}
return pair, nil
}
// pruneDeadHolders is used to remove all the dead lock holders
func (s *Semaphore) pruneDeadHolders(lock *semaphoreLock, pairs KVPairs) {
// Gather all the live holders
alive := make(map[string]struct{}, len(pairs))
for _, pair := range pairs {
if pair.Session != "" {
alive[pair.Session] = struct{}{}
}
}
// Remove any holders that are dead
for holder := range lock.Holders {
if _, ok := alive[holder]; !ok {
delete(lock.Holders, holder)
}
}
}
// monitorLock is a long running routine to monitor a semaphore ownership
// It closes the stopCh if we lose our slot.
func (s *Semaphore) monitorLock(session string, stopCh chan struct{}) {
defer close(stopCh)
kv := s.c.KV()
opts := &QueryOptions{RequireConsistent: true}
WAIT:
retries := s.opts.MonitorRetries
RETRY:
pairs, meta, err := kv.List(s.opts.Prefix, opts)
if err != nil {
// If configured we can try to ride out a brief Consul unavailability
// by doing retries. Note that we have to attempt the retry in a non-
// blocking fashion so that we have a clean place to reset the retry
// counter if service is restored.
if retries > 0 && IsRetryableError(err) {
time.Sleep(s.opts.MonitorRetryTime)
retries--
opts.WaitIndex = 0
goto RETRY
}
return
}
lockPair := s.findLock(pairs)
lock, err := s.decodeLock(lockPair)
if err != nil {
return
}
s.pruneDeadHolders(lock, pairs)
if _, ok := lock.Holders[session]; ok {
opts.WaitIndex = meta.LastIndex
goto WAIT
}
}

224
vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/session.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,224 @@
package api
import (
"errors"
"fmt"
"time"
)
const (
// SessionBehaviorRelease is the default behavior and causes
// all associated locks to be released on session invalidation.
SessionBehaviorRelease = "release"
// SessionBehaviorDelete is new in Consul 0.5 and changes the
// behavior to delete all associated locks on session invalidation.
// It can be used in a way similar to Ephemeral Nodes in ZooKeeper.
SessionBehaviorDelete = "delete"
)
var ErrSessionExpired = errors.New("session expired")
// SessionEntry represents a session in consul
type SessionEntry struct {
CreateIndex uint64
ID string
Name string
Node string
Checks []string
LockDelay time.Duration
Behavior string
TTL string
}
// Session can be used to query the Session endpoints
type Session struct {
c *Client
}
// Session returns a handle to the session endpoints
func (c *Client) Session() *Session {
return &Session{c}
}
// CreateNoChecks is like Create but is used specifically to create
// a session with no associated health checks.
func (s *Session) CreateNoChecks(se *SessionEntry, q *WriteOptions) (string, *WriteMeta, error) {
body := make(map[string]interface{})
body["Checks"] = []string{}
if se != nil {
if se.Name != "" {
body["Name"] = se.Name
}
if se.Node != "" {
body["Node"] = se.Node
}
if se.LockDelay != 0 {
body["LockDelay"] = durToMsec(se.LockDelay)
}
if se.Behavior != "" {
body["Behavior"] = se.Behavior
}
if se.TTL != "" {
body["TTL"] = se.TTL
}
}
return s.create(body, q)
}
// Create makes a new session. Providing a session entry can
// customize the session. It can also be nil to use defaults.
func (s *Session) Create(se *SessionEntry, q *WriteOptions) (string, *WriteMeta, error) {
var obj interface{}
if se != nil {
body := make(map[string]interface{})
obj = body
if se.Name != "" {
body["Name"] = se.Name
}
if se.Node != "" {
body["Node"] = se.Node
}
if se.LockDelay != 0 {
body["LockDelay"] = durToMsec(se.LockDelay)
}
if len(se.Checks) > 0 {
body["Checks"] = se.Checks
}
if se.Behavior != "" {
body["Behavior"] = se.Behavior
}
if se.TTL != "" {
body["TTL"] = se.TTL
}
}
return s.create(obj, q)
}
func (s *Session) create(obj interface{}, q *WriteOptions) (string, *WriteMeta, error) {
var out struct{ ID string }
wm, err := s.c.write("/v1/session/create", obj, &out, q)
if err != nil {
return "", nil, err
}
return out.ID, wm, nil
}
// Destroy invalidates a given session
func (s *Session) Destroy(id string, q *WriteOptions) (*WriteMeta, error) {
wm, err := s.c.write("/v1/session/destroy/"+id, nil, nil, q)
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
return wm, nil
}
// Renew renews the TTL on a given session
func (s *Session) Renew(id string, q *WriteOptions) (*SessionEntry, *WriteMeta, error) {
r := s.c.newRequest("PUT", "/v1/session/renew/"+id)
r.setWriteOptions(q)
rtt, resp, err := s.c.doRequest(r)
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
defer resp.Body.Close()
wm := &WriteMeta{RequestTime: rtt}
if resp.StatusCode == 404 {
return nil, wm, nil
} else if resp.StatusCode != 200 {
return nil, nil, fmt.Errorf("Unexpected response code: %d", resp.StatusCode)
}
var entries []*SessionEntry
if err := decodeBody(resp, &entries); err != nil {
return nil, nil, fmt.Errorf("Failed to read response: %v", err)
}
if len(entries) > 0 {
return entries[0], wm, nil
}
return nil, wm, nil
}
// RenewPeriodic is used to periodically invoke Session.Renew on a
// session until a doneCh is closed. This is meant to be used in a long running
// goroutine to ensure a session stays valid.
func (s *Session) RenewPeriodic(initialTTL string, id string, q *WriteOptions, doneCh <-chan struct{}) error {
ctx := q.Context()
ttl, err := time.ParseDuration(initialTTL)
if err != nil {
return err
}
waitDur := ttl / 2
lastRenewTime := time.Now()
var lastErr error
for {
if time.Since(lastRenewTime) > ttl {
return lastErr
}
select {
case <-time.After(waitDur):
entry, _, err := s.Renew(id, q)
if err != nil {
waitDur = time.Second
lastErr = err
continue
}
if entry == nil {
return ErrSessionExpired
}
// Handle the server updating the TTL
ttl, _ = time.ParseDuration(entry.TTL)
waitDur = ttl / 2
lastRenewTime = time.Now()
case <-doneCh:
// Attempt a session destroy
s.Destroy(id, q)
return nil
case <-ctx.Done():
// Bail immediately since attempting the destroy would
// use the canceled context in q, which would just bail.
return ctx.Err()
}
}
}
// Info looks up a single session
func (s *Session) Info(id string, q *QueryOptions) (*SessionEntry, *QueryMeta, error) {
var entries []*SessionEntry
qm, err := s.c.query("/v1/session/info/"+id, &entries, q)
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
if len(entries) > 0 {
return entries[0], qm, nil
}
return nil, qm, nil
}
// List gets sessions for a node
func (s *Session) Node(node string, q *QueryOptions) ([]*SessionEntry, *QueryMeta, error) {
var entries []*SessionEntry
qm, err := s.c.query("/v1/session/node/"+node, &entries, q)
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
return entries, qm, nil
}
// List gets all active sessions
func (s *Session) List(q *QueryOptions) ([]*SessionEntry, *QueryMeta, error) {
var entries []*SessionEntry
qm, err := s.c.query("/v1/session/list", &entries, q)
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
return entries, qm, nil
}

47
vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/snapshot.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
package api
import (
"io"
)
// Snapshot can be used to query the /v1/snapshot endpoint to take snapshots of
// Consul's internal state and restore snapshots for disaster recovery.
type Snapshot struct {
c *Client
}
// Snapshot returns a handle that exposes the snapshot endpoints.
func (c *Client) Snapshot() *Snapshot {
return &Snapshot{c}
}
// Save requests a new snapshot and provides an io.ReadCloser with the snapshot
// data to save. If this doesn't return an error, then it's the responsibility
// of the caller to close it. Only a subset of the QueryOptions are supported:
// Datacenter, AllowStale, and Token.
func (s *Snapshot) Save(q *QueryOptions) (io.ReadCloser, *QueryMeta, error) {
r := s.c.newRequest("GET", "/v1/snapshot")
r.setQueryOptions(q)
rtt, resp, err := requireOK(s.c.doRequest(r))
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
qm := &QueryMeta{}
parseQueryMeta(resp, qm)
qm.RequestTime = rtt
return resp.Body, qm, nil
}
// Restore streams in an existing snapshot and attempts to restore it.
func (s *Snapshot) Restore(q *WriteOptions, in io.Reader) error {
r := s.c.newRequest("PUT", "/v1/snapshot")
r.body = in
r.setWriteOptions(q)
_, _, err := requireOK(s.c.doRequest(r))
if err != nil {
return err
}
return nil
}

43
vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/api/status.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
package api
// Status can be used to query the Status endpoints
type Status struct {
c *Client
}
// Status returns a handle to the status endpoints
func (c *Client) Status() *Status {
return &Status{c}
}
// Leader is used to query for a known leader
func (s *Status) Leader() (string, error) {
r := s.c.newRequest("GET", "/v1/status/leader")
_, resp, err := requireOK(s.c.doRequest(r))
if err != nil {
return "", err
}
defer resp.Body.Close()
var leader string
if err := decodeBody(resp, &leader); err != nil {
return "", err
}
return leader, nil
}
// Peers is used to query for a known raft peers
func (s *Status) Peers() ([]string, error) {
r := s.c.newRequest("GET", "/v1/status/peers")
_, resp, err := requireOK(s.c.doRequest(r))
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
defer resp.Body.Close()
var peers []string
if err := decodeBody(resp, &peers); err != nil {
return nil, err
}
return peers, nil
}

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,139 @@
// Package freeport provides a helper for allocating free ports across multiple
// processes on the same machine.
package freeport
import (
"fmt"
"math/rand"
"net"
"sync"
"time"
"github.com/mitchellh/go-testing-interface"
)
const (
// blockSize is the size of the allocated port block. ports are given out
// consecutively from that block with roll-over for the lifetime of the
// application/test run.
blockSize = 1500
// maxBlocks is the number of available port blocks.
// lowPort + maxBlocks * blockSize must be less than 65535.
maxBlocks = 30
// lowPort is the lowest port number that should be used.
lowPort = 10000
// attempts is how often we try to allocate a port block
// before giving up.
attempts = 10
)
var (
// firstPort is the first port of the allocated block.
firstPort int
// lockLn is the system-wide mutex for the port block.
lockLn net.Listener
// mu guards nextPort
mu sync.Mutex
// once is used to do the initialization on the first call to retrieve free
// ports
once sync.Once
// port is the last allocated port.
port int
)
// initialize is used to initialize freeport.
func initialize() {
if lowPort+maxBlocks*blockSize > 65535 {
panic("freeport: block size too big or too many blocks requested")
}
rand.Seed(time.Now().UnixNano())
firstPort, lockLn = alloc()
}
// alloc reserves a port block for exclusive use for the lifetime of the
// application. lockLn serves as a system-wide mutex for the port block and is
// implemented as a TCP listener which is bound to the firstPort and which will
// be automatically released when the application terminates.
func alloc() (int, net.Listener) {
for i := 0; i < attempts; i++ {
block := int(rand.Int31n(int32(maxBlocks)))
firstPort := lowPort + block*blockSize
ln, err := net.ListenTCP("tcp", tcpAddr("127.0.0.1", firstPort))
if err != nil {
continue
}
// log.Printf("[DEBUG] freeport: allocated port block %d (%d-%d)", block, firstPort, firstPort+blockSize-1)
return firstPort, ln
}
panic("freeport: cannot allocate port block")
}
func tcpAddr(ip string, port int) *net.TCPAddr {
return &net.TCPAddr{IP: net.ParseIP(ip), Port: port}
}
// Get wraps the Free function and panics on any failure retrieving ports.
func Get(n int) (ports []int) {
ports, err := Free(n)
if err != nil {
panic(err)
}
return ports
}
// GetT is suitable for use when retrieving unused ports in tests. If there is
// an error retrieving free ports, the test will be failed.
func GetT(t testing.T, n int) (ports []int) {
ports, err := Free(n)
if err != nil {
t.Fatalf("Failed retrieving free port: %v", err)
}
return ports
}
// Free returns a list of free ports from the allocated port block. It is safe
// to call this method concurrently. Ports have been tested to be available on
// 127.0.0.1 TCP but there is no guarantee that they will remain free in the
// future.
func Free(n int) (ports []int, err error) {
mu.Lock()
defer mu.Unlock()
if n > blockSize-1 {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("freeport: block size too small")
}
// Reserve a port block
once.Do(initialize)
for len(ports) < n {
port++
// roll-over the port
if port < firstPort+1 || port >= firstPort+blockSize {
port = firstPort + 1
}
// if the port is in use then skip it
ln, err := net.ListenTCP("tcp", tcpAddr("127.0.0.1", port))
if err != nil {
// log.Println("[DEBUG] freeport: port already in use: ", port)
continue
}
ln.Close()
ports = append(ports, port)
}
// log.Println("[DEBUG] freeport: free ports:", ports)
return ports, nil
}

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
@import './notice/index';
.notice.warning {
@extend %notice-warning;
}
.notice.info {
@extend %notice-info;
}
.notice.policy-management {
@extend %notice-highlight;
}

10
vendor/github.com/hashicorp/consul/website/LICENSE.md generated vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
# Proprietary License
This license is temporary while a more official one is drafted. However,
this should make it clear:
The text contents of this website are MPL 2.0 licensed.
The design contents of this website are proprietary and may not be reproduced
or reused in any way other than to run the website locally. The license for
the design is owned solely by HashiCorp, Inc.

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,145 @@
---
layout: api
page_title: License - Operator - HTTP API
sidebar_current: api-operator-license
description: |-
The /operator/license endpoints allow for setting and retrieving the Consul
Enterprise License.
---
# License - Operator HTTP API
~> **Enterprise Only!** This API endpoint and functionality only exists in
Consul Enterprise. This is not present in the open source version of Consul.
The licensing functionality described here is available only in
[Consul Enterprise](https://www.hashicorp.com/products/consul/) version 1.1.0 and later.
## Getting the Consul License
This endpoint gets information about the current license.
| Method | Path | Produces |
| ------ | ---------------------------- | -------------------------- |
| `GET` | `/operator/license` | `application/json` |
The table below shows this endpoint's support for
[blocking queries](/api/index.html#blocking-queries),
[consistency modes](/api/index.html#consistency-modes),
[agent caching](/api/index.html#agent-caching), and
[required ACLs](/api/index.html#acls).
| Blocking Queries | Consistency Modes | Agent Caching | ACL Required |
| ---------------- | ----------------- | ------------- | ---------------- |
| `NO` | `all` | `none` | `none` |
### Parameters
- `dc` `(string: "")` - Specifies the datacenter whose license should be retrieved.
This will default to the datacenter of the agent serving the HTTP request.
This is specified as a URL query parameter.
### Sample Request
```text
$ curl \
http://127.0.0.1:8500/v1/operator/license
```
### Sample Response
```json
{
"Valid": true,
"License": {
"license_id": "2afbf681-0d1a-0649-cb6c-333ec9f0989c",
"customer_id": "0259271d-8ffc-e85e-0830-c0822c1f5f2b",
"installation_id": "*",
"issue_time": "2018-05-21T20:03:35.911567355Z",
"start_time": "2018-05-21T04:00:00Z",
"expiration_time": "2019-05-22T03:59:59.999Z",
"product": "consul",
"flags": {
"package": "premium"
},
"features": [
"Automated Backups",
"Automated Upgrades",
"Enhanced Read Scalability",
"Network Segments",
"Redundancy Zone",
"Advanced Network Federation"
],
"temporary": false
},
"Warnings": []
}
```
## Updating the Consul License
This endpoint updates the Consul license and returns some of the
license contents as well as any warning messages regarding its validity.
| Method | Path | Produces |
| ------ | ---------------------------- | -------------------------- |
| `PUT` | `/operator/license` | `application/json` |
The table below shows this endpoint's support for
[blocking queries](/api/index.html#blocking-queries),
[consistency modes](/api/index.html#consistency-modes),
[agent caching](/api/index.html#agent-caching), and
[required ACLs](/api/index.html#acls).
| Blocking Queries | Consistency Modes | Agent Caching | ACL Required |
| ---------------- | ----------------- | ------------- | ---------------- |
| `NO` | `none` | `none` | `operator:write` |
### Parameters
- `dc` `(string: "")` - Specifies the datacenter whose license should be updated.
This will default to the datacenter of the agent serving the HTTP request.
This is specified as a URL query parameter.
### Sample Payload
The payload is the raw license blob.
### Sample Request
```text
$ curl \
--request PUT \
--data @consul.license \
http://127.0.0.1:8500/v1/operator/license
```
### Sample Response
```json
{
"Valid": true,
"License": {
"license_id": "2afbf681-0d1a-0649-cb6c-333ec9f0989c",
"customer_id": "0259271d-8ffc-e85e-0830-c0822c1f5f2b",
"installation_id": "*",
"issue_time": "2018-05-21T20:03:35.911567355Z",
"start_time": "2018-05-21T04:00:00Z",
"expiration_time": "2019-05-22T03:59:59.999Z",
"product": "consul",
"flags": {
"package": "premium"
},
"features": [
"Automated Backups",
"Automated Upgrades",
"Enhanced Read Scalability",
"Network Segments",
"Redundancy Zone",
"Advanced Network Federation"
],
"temporary": false
},
"Warnings": []
}
```

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
---
layout: "docs"
page_title: "Commands: License"
sidebar_current: "docs-commands-license"
description: >
The license command provides datacenter-level management of the Consul Enterprise license.
---
# Consul License
Command: `consul license`
<%= enterprise_alert :consul %>
The `license` command provides datacenter-level management of the Consul Enterprise license. This was added in Consul 1.1.0.
If ACLs are enabled then a token with operator privileges may be required in
order to use this command. Requests are forwarded internally to the leader
if required, so this can be run from any Consul node in a cluster. See the
[ACL Guide](/docs/guides/acl.html#operator) for more information.
```text
Usage: consul license <subcommand> [options] [args]
This command has subcommands for managing the Consul Enterprise license
Here are some simple examples, and more detailed examples are
available in the subcommands or the documentation.
Install a new license from a file:
$ consul license put @consul.license
Install a new license from stdin:
$ consul license put -
Install a new license from a string:
$ consul license put "<license blob>"
Retrieve the current license:
$ consul license get
For more examples, ask for subcommand help or view the documentation.
Subcommands:
get Get the current license
put Puts a new license in the datacenter
```
## put
This command sets the Consul Enterprise license.
Usage: `consul license put [options] LICENSE`
#### API Options
<%= partial "docs/commands/http_api_options_client" %>
<%= partial "docs/commands/http_api_options_server" %>
The output looks like this:
```
License is valid
License ID: 2afbf681-0d1a-0649-cb6c-333ec9f0989c
Customer ID: 0259271d-8ffc-e85e-0830-c0822c1f5f2b
Expires At: 2019-05-22 03:59:59.999 +0000 UTC
Datacenter: *
Package: premium
Licensed Features:
Automated Backups
Automated Upgrades
Enhanced Read Scalability
Network Segments
Redundancy Zone
Advanced Network Federation
```
## get
This command gets the Consul Enterprise license.
Usage: `consul license get [options]`
#### API Options
<%= partial "docs/commands/http_api_options_client" %>
<%= partial "docs/commands/http_api_options_server" %>
The output looks like this:
```
License is valid
License ID: 2afbf681-0d1a-0649-cb6c-333ec9f0989c
Customer ID: 0259271d-8ffc-e85e-0830-c0822c1f5f2b
Expires At: 2019-05-22 03:59:59.999 +0000 UTC
Datacenter: *
Package: premium
Licensed Features:
Automated Backups
Automated Upgrades
Enhanced Read Scalability
Network Segments
Redundancy Zone
Advanced Network Federation
```

354
vendor/github.com/hashicorp/errwrap/LICENSE generated vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,354 @@
Mozilla Public License, version 2.0
1. Definitions
1.1. “Contributor”
means each individual or legal entity that creates, contributes to the
creation of, or owns Covered Software.
1.2. “Contributor Version”
means the combination of the Contributions of others (if any) used by a
Contributor and that particular Contributors Contribution.
1.3. “Contribution”
means Covered Software of a particular Contributor.
1.4. “Covered Software”
means Source Code Form to which the initial Contributor has attached the
notice in Exhibit A, the Executable Form of such Source Code Form, and
Modifications of such Source Code Form, in each case including portions
thereof.
1.5. “Incompatible With Secondary Licenses”
means
a. that the initial Contributor has attached the notice described in
Exhibit B to the Covered Software; or
b. that the Covered Software was made available under the terms of version
1.1 or earlier of the License, but not also under the terms of a
Secondary License.
1.6. “Executable Form”
means any form of the work other than Source Code Form.
1.7. “Larger Work”
means a work that combines Covered Software with other material, in a separate
file or files, that is not Covered Software.
1.8. “License”
means this document.
1.9. “Licensable”
means having the right to grant, to the maximum extent possible, whether at the
time of the initial grant or subsequently, any and all of the rights conveyed by
this License.
1.10. “Modifications”
means any of the following:
a. any file in Source Code Form that results from an addition to, deletion
from, or modification of the contents of Covered Software; or
b. any new file in Source Code Form that contains any Covered Software.
1.11. “Patent Claims” of a Contributor
means any patent claim(s), including without limitation, method, process,
and apparatus claims, in any patent Licensable by such Contributor that
would be infringed, but for the grant of the License, by the making,
using, selling, offering for sale, having made, import, or transfer of
either its Contributions or its Contributor Version.
1.12. “Secondary License”
means either the GNU General Public License, Version 2.0, the GNU Lesser
General Public License, Version 2.1, the GNU Affero General Public
License, Version 3.0, or any later versions of those licenses.
1.13. “Source Code Form”
means the form of the work preferred for making modifications.
1.14. “You” (or “Your”)
means an individual or a legal entity exercising rights under this
License. For legal entities, “You” includes any entity that controls, is
controlled by, or is under common control with You. For purposes of this
definition, “control” means (a) the power, direct or indirect, to cause
the direction or management of such entity, whether by contract or
otherwise, or (b) ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the
outstanding shares or beneficial ownership of such entity.
2. License Grants and Conditions
2.1. Grants
Each Contributor hereby grants You a world-wide, royalty-free,
non-exclusive license:
a. under intellectual property rights (other than patent or trademark)
Licensable by such Contributor to use, reproduce, make available,
modify, display, perform, distribute, and otherwise exploit its
Contributions, either on an unmodified basis, with Modifications, or as
part of a Larger Work; and
b. under Patent Claims of such Contributor to make, use, sell, offer for
sale, have made, import, and otherwise transfer either its Contributions
or its Contributor Version.
2.2. Effective Date
The licenses granted in Section 2.1 with respect to any Contribution become
effective for each Contribution on the date the Contributor first distributes
such Contribution.
2.3. Limitations on Grant Scope
The licenses granted in this Section 2 are the only rights granted under this
License. No additional rights or licenses will be implied from the distribution
or licensing of Covered Software under this License. Notwithstanding Section
2.1(b) above, no patent license is granted by a Contributor:
a. for any code that a Contributor has removed from Covered Software; or
b. for infringements caused by: (i) Your and any other third partys
modifications of Covered Software, or (ii) the combination of its
Contributions with other software (except as part of its Contributor
Version); or
c. under Patent Claims infringed by Covered Software in the absence of its
Contributions.
This License does not grant any rights in the trademarks, service marks, or
logos of any Contributor (except as may be necessary to comply with the
notice requirements in Section 3.4).
2.4. Subsequent Licenses
No Contributor makes additional grants as a result of Your choice to
distribute the Covered Software under a subsequent version of this License
(see Section 10.2) or under the terms of a Secondary License (if permitted
under the terms of Section 3.3).
2.5. Representation
Each Contributor represents that the Contributor believes its Contributions
are its original creation(s) or it has sufficient rights to grant the
rights to its Contributions conveyed by this License.
2.6. Fair Use
This License is not intended to limit any rights You have under applicable
copyright doctrines of fair use, fair dealing, or other equivalents.
2.7. Conditions
Sections 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, and 3.4 are conditions of the licenses granted in
Section 2.1.
3. Responsibilities
3.1. Distribution of Source Form
All distribution of Covered Software in Source Code Form, including any
Modifications that You create or to which You contribute, must be under the
terms of this License. You must inform recipients that the Source Code Form
of the Covered Software is governed by the terms of this License, and how
they can obtain a copy of this License. You may not attempt to alter or
restrict the recipients rights in the Source Code Form.
3.2. Distribution of Executable Form
If You distribute Covered Software in Executable Form then:
a. such Covered Software must also be made available in Source Code Form,
as described in Section 3.1, and You must inform recipients of the
Executable Form how they can obtain a copy of such Source Code Form by
reasonable means in a timely manner, at a charge no more than the cost
of distribution to the recipient; and
b. You may distribute such Executable Form under the terms of this License,
or sublicense it under different terms, provided that the license for
the Executable Form does not attempt to limit or alter the recipients
rights in the Source Code Form under this License.
3.3. Distribution of a Larger Work
You may create and distribute a Larger Work under terms of Your choice,
provided that You also comply with the requirements of this License for the
Covered Software. If the Larger Work is a combination of Covered Software
with a work governed by one or more Secondary Licenses, and the Covered
Software is not Incompatible With Secondary Licenses, this License permits
You to additionally distribute such Covered Software under the terms of
such Secondary License(s), so that the recipient of the Larger Work may, at
their option, further distribute the Covered Software under the terms of
either this License or such Secondary License(s).
3.4. Notices
You may not remove or alter the substance of any license notices (including
copyright notices, patent notices, disclaimers of warranty, or limitations
of liability) contained within the Source Code Form of the Covered
Software, except that You may alter any license notices to the extent
required to remedy known factual inaccuracies.
3.5. Application of Additional Terms
You may choose to offer, and to charge a fee for, warranty, support,
indemnity or liability obligations to one or more recipients of Covered
Software. However, You may do so only on Your own behalf, and not on behalf
of any Contributor. You must make it absolutely clear that any such
warranty, support, indemnity, or liability obligation is offered by You
alone, and You hereby agree to indemnify every Contributor for any
liability incurred by such Contributor as a result of warranty, support,
indemnity or liability terms You offer. You may include additional
disclaimers of warranty and limitations of liability specific to any
jurisdiction.
4. Inability to Comply Due to Statute or Regulation
If it is impossible for You to comply with any of the terms of this License
with respect to some or all of the Covered Software due to statute, judicial
order, or regulation then You must: (a) comply with the terms of this License
to the maximum extent possible; and (b) describe the limitations and the code
they affect. Such description must be placed in a text file included with all
distributions of the Covered Software under this License. Except to the
extent prohibited by statute or regulation, such description must be
sufficiently detailed for a recipient of ordinary skill to be able to
understand it.
5. Termination
5.1. The rights granted under this License will terminate automatically if You
fail to comply with any of its terms. However, if You become compliant,
then the rights granted under this License from a particular Contributor
are reinstated (a) provisionally, unless and until such Contributor
explicitly and finally terminates Your grants, and (b) on an ongoing basis,
if such Contributor fails to notify You of the non-compliance by some
reasonable means prior to 60 days after You have come back into compliance.
Moreover, Your grants from a particular Contributor are reinstated on an
ongoing basis if such Contributor notifies You of the non-compliance by
some reasonable means, this is the first time You have received notice of
non-compliance with this License from such Contributor, and You become
compliant prior to 30 days after Your receipt of the notice.
5.2. If You initiate litigation against any entity by asserting a patent
infringement claim (excluding declaratory judgment actions, counter-claims,
and cross-claims) alleging that a Contributor Version directly or
indirectly infringes any patent, then the rights granted to You by any and
all Contributors for the Covered Software under Section 2.1 of this License
shall terminate.
5.3. In the event of termination under Sections 5.1 or 5.2 above, all end user
license agreements (excluding distributors and resellers) which have been
validly granted by You or Your distributors under this License prior to
termination shall survive termination.
6. Disclaimer of Warranty
Covered Software is provided under this License on an “as is” basis, without
warranty of any kind, either expressed, implied, or statutory, including,
without limitation, warranties that the Covered Software is free of defects,
merchantable, fit for a particular purpose or non-infringing. The entire
risk as to the quality and performance of the Covered Software is with You.
Should any Covered Software prove defective in any respect, You (not any
Contributor) assume the cost of any necessary servicing, repair, or
correction. This disclaimer of warranty constitutes an essential part of this
License. No use of any Covered Software is authorized under this License
except under this disclaimer.
7. Limitation of Liability
Under no circumstances and under no legal theory, whether tort (including
negligence), contract, or otherwise, shall any Contributor, or anyone who
distributes Covered Software as permitted above, be liable to You for any
direct, indirect, special, incidental, or consequential damages of any
character including, without limitation, damages for lost profits, loss of
goodwill, work stoppage, computer failure or malfunction, or any and all
other commercial damages or losses, even if such party shall have been
informed of the possibility of such damages. This limitation of liability
shall not apply to liability for death or personal injury resulting from such
partys negligence to the extent applicable law prohibits such limitation.
Some jurisdictions do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental or
consequential damages, so this exclusion and limitation may not apply to You.
8. Litigation
Any litigation relating to this License may be brought only in the courts of
a jurisdiction where the defendant maintains its principal place of business
and such litigation shall be governed by laws of that jurisdiction, without
reference to its conflict-of-law provisions. Nothing in this Section shall
prevent a partys ability to bring cross-claims or counter-claims.
9. Miscellaneous
This License represents the complete agreement concerning the subject matter
hereof. If any provision of this License is held to be unenforceable, such
provision shall be reformed only to the extent necessary to make it
enforceable. Any law or regulation which provides that the language of a
contract shall be construed against the drafter shall not be used to construe
this License against a Contributor.
10. Versions of the License
10.1. New Versions
Mozilla Foundation is the license steward. Except as provided in Section
10.3, no one other than the license steward has the right to modify or
publish new versions of this License. Each version will be given a
distinguishing version number.
10.2. Effect of New Versions
You may distribute the Covered Software under the terms of the version of
the License under which You originally received the Covered Software, or
under the terms of any subsequent version published by the license
steward.
10.3. Modified Versions
If you create software not governed by this License, and you want to
create a new license for such software, you may create and use a modified
version of this License if you rename the license and remove any
references to the name of the license steward (except to note that such
modified license differs from this License).
10.4. Distributing Source Code Form that is Incompatible With Secondary Licenses
If You choose to distribute Source Code Form that is Incompatible With
Secondary Licenses under the terms of this version of the License, the
notice described in Exhibit B of this License must be attached.
Exhibit A - Source Code Form License Notice
This Source Code Form is subject to the
terms of the Mozilla Public License, v.
2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not
distributed with this file, You can
obtain one at
http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
If it is not possible or desirable to put the notice in a particular file, then
You may include the notice in a location (such as a LICENSE file in a relevant
directory) where a recipient would be likely to look for such a notice.
You may add additional accurate notices of copyright ownership.
Exhibit B - “Incompatible With Secondary Licenses” Notice
This Source Code Form is “Incompatible
With Secondary Licenses”, as defined by
the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0.

169
vendor/github.com/hashicorp/errwrap/errwrap.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,169 @@
// Package errwrap implements methods to formalize error wrapping in Go.
//
// All of the top-level functions that take an `error` are built to be able
// to take any error, not just wrapped errors. This allows you to use errwrap
// without having to type-check and type-cast everywhere.
package errwrap
import (
"errors"
"reflect"
"strings"
)
// WalkFunc is the callback called for Walk.
type WalkFunc func(error)
// Wrapper is an interface that can be implemented by custom types to
// have all the Contains, Get, etc. functions in errwrap work.
//
// When Walk reaches a Wrapper, it will call the callback for every
// wrapped error in addition to the wrapper itself. Since all the top-level
// functions in errwrap use Walk, this means that all those functions work
// with your custom type.
type Wrapper interface {
WrappedErrors() []error
}
// Wrap defines that outer wraps inner, returning an error type that
// can be cleanly used with the other methods in this package, such as
// Contains, GetAll, etc.
//
// This function won't modify the error message at all (the outer message
// will be used).
func Wrap(outer, inner error) error {
return &wrappedError{
Outer: outer,
Inner: inner,
}
}
// Wrapf wraps an error with a formatting message. This is similar to using
// `fmt.Errorf` to wrap an error. If you're using `fmt.Errorf` to wrap
// errors, you should replace it with this.
//
// format is the format of the error message. The string '{{err}}' will
// be replaced with the original error message.
func Wrapf(format string, err error) error {
outerMsg := "<nil>"
if err != nil {
outerMsg = err.Error()
}
outer := errors.New(strings.Replace(
format, "{{err}}", outerMsg, -1))
return Wrap(outer, err)
}
// Contains checks if the given error contains an error with the
// message msg. If err is not a wrapped error, this will always return
// false unless the error itself happens to match this msg.
func Contains(err error, msg string) bool {
return len(GetAll(err, msg)) > 0
}
// ContainsType checks if the given error contains an error with
// the same concrete type as v. If err is not a wrapped error, this will
// check the err itself.
func ContainsType(err error, v interface{}) bool {
return len(GetAllType(err, v)) > 0
}
// Get is the same as GetAll but returns the deepest matching error.
func Get(err error, msg string) error {
es := GetAll(err, msg)
if len(es) > 0 {
return es[len(es)-1]
}
return nil
}
// GetType is the same as GetAllType but returns the deepest matching error.
func GetType(err error, v interface{}) error {
es := GetAllType(err, v)
if len(es) > 0 {
return es[len(es)-1]
}
return nil
}
// GetAll gets all the errors that might be wrapped in err with the
// given message. The order of the errors is such that the outermost
// matching error (the most recent wrap) is index zero, and so on.
func GetAll(err error, msg string) []error {
var result []error
Walk(err, func(err error) {
if err.Error() == msg {
result = append(result, err)
}
})
return result
}
// GetAllType gets all the errors that are the same type as v.
//
// The order of the return value is the same as described in GetAll.
func GetAllType(err error, v interface{}) []error {
var result []error
var search string
if v != nil {
search = reflect.TypeOf(v).String()
}
Walk(err, func(err error) {
var needle string
if err != nil {
needle = reflect.TypeOf(err).String()
}
if needle == search {
result = append(result, err)
}
})
return result
}
// Walk walks all the wrapped errors in err and calls the callback. If
// err isn't a wrapped error, this will be called once for err. If err
// is a wrapped error, the callback will be called for both the wrapper
// that implements error as well as the wrapped error itself.
func Walk(err error, cb WalkFunc) {
if err == nil {
return
}
switch e := err.(type) {
case *wrappedError:
cb(e.Outer)
Walk(e.Inner, cb)
case Wrapper:
cb(err)
for _, err := range e.WrappedErrors() {
Walk(err, cb)
}
default:
cb(err)
}
}
// wrappedError is an implementation of error that has both the
// outer and inner errors.
type wrappedError struct {
Outer error
Inner error
}
func (w *wrappedError) Error() string {
return w.Outer.Error()
}
func (w *wrappedError) WrappedErrors() []error {
return []error{w.Outer, w.Inner}
}

363
vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-cleanhttp/LICENSE generated vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,363 @@
Mozilla Public License, version 2.0
1. Definitions
1.1. "Contributor"
means each individual or legal entity that creates, contributes to the
creation of, or owns Covered Software.
1.2. "Contributor Version"
means the combination of the Contributions of others (if any) used by a
Contributor and that particular Contributor's Contribution.
1.3. "Contribution"
means Covered Software of a particular Contributor.
1.4. "Covered Software"
means Source Code Form to which the initial Contributor has attached the
notice in Exhibit A, the Executable Form of such Source Code Form, and
Modifications of such Source Code Form, in each case including portions
thereof.
1.5. "Incompatible With Secondary Licenses"
means
a. that the initial Contributor has attached the notice described in
Exhibit B to the Covered Software; or
b. that the Covered Software was made available under the terms of
version 1.1 or earlier of the License, but not also under the terms of
a Secondary License.
1.6. "Executable Form"
means any form of the work other than Source Code Form.
1.7. "Larger Work"
means a work that combines Covered Software with other material, in a
separate file or files, that is not Covered Software.
1.8. "License"
means this document.
1.9. "Licensable"
means having the right to grant, to the maximum extent possible, whether
at the time of the initial grant or subsequently, any and all of the
rights conveyed by this License.
1.10. "Modifications"
means any of the following:
a. any file in Source Code Form that results from an addition to,
deletion from, or modification of the contents of Covered Software; or
b. any new file in Source Code Form that contains any Covered Software.
1.11. "Patent Claims" of a Contributor
means any patent claim(s), including without limitation, method,
process, and apparatus claims, in any patent Licensable by such
Contributor that would be infringed, but for the grant of the License,
by the making, using, selling, offering for sale, having made, import,
or transfer of either its Contributions or its Contributor Version.
1.12. "Secondary License"
means either the GNU General Public License, Version 2.0, the GNU Lesser
General Public License, Version 2.1, the GNU Affero General Public
License, Version 3.0, or any later versions of those licenses.
1.13. "Source Code Form"
means the form of the work preferred for making modifications.
1.14. "You" (or "Your")
means an individual or a legal entity exercising rights under this
License. For legal entities, "You" includes any entity that controls, is
controlled by, or is under common control with You. For purposes of this
definition, "control" means (a) the power, direct or indirect, to cause
the direction or management of such entity, whether by contract or
otherwise, or (b) ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the
outstanding shares or beneficial ownership of such entity.
2. License Grants and Conditions
2.1. Grants
Each Contributor hereby grants You a world-wide, royalty-free,
non-exclusive license:
a. under intellectual property rights (other than patent or trademark)
Licensable by such Contributor to use, reproduce, make available,
modify, display, perform, distribute, and otherwise exploit its
Contributions, either on an unmodified basis, with Modifications, or
as part of a Larger Work; and
b. under Patent Claims of such Contributor to make, use, sell, offer for
sale, have made, import, and otherwise transfer either its
Contributions or its Contributor Version.
2.2. Effective Date
The licenses granted in Section 2.1 with respect to any Contribution
become effective for each Contribution on the date the Contributor first
distributes such Contribution.
2.3. Limitations on Grant Scope
The licenses granted in this Section 2 are the only rights granted under
this License. No additional rights or licenses will be implied from the
distribution or licensing of Covered Software under this License.
Notwithstanding Section 2.1(b) above, no patent license is granted by a
Contributor:
a. for any code that a Contributor has removed from Covered Software; or
b. for infringements caused by: (i) Your and any other third party's
modifications of Covered Software, or (ii) the combination of its
Contributions with other software (except as part of its Contributor
Version); or
c. under Patent Claims infringed by Covered Software in the absence of
its Contributions.
This License does not grant any rights in the trademarks, service marks,
or logos of any Contributor (except as may be necessary to comply with
the notice requirements in Section 3.4).
2.4. Subsequent Licenses
No Contributor makes additional grants as a result of Your choice to
distribute the Covered Software under a subsequent version of this
License (see Section 10.2) or under the terms of a Secondary License (if
permitted under the terms of Section 3.3).
2.5. Representation
Each Contributor represents that the Contributor believes its
Contributions are its original creation(s) or it has sufficient rights to
grant the rights to its Contributions conveyed by this License.
2.6. Fair Use
This License is not intended to limit any rights You have under
applicable copyright doctrines of fair use, fair dealing, or other
equivalents.
2.7. Conditions
Sections 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, and 3.4 are conditions of the licenses granted in
Section 2.1.
3. Responsibilities
3.1. Distribution of Source Form
All distribution of Covered Software in Source Code Form, including any
Modifications that You create or to which You contribute, must be under
the terms of this License. You must inform recipients that the Source
Code Form of the Covered Software is governed by the terms of this
License, and how they can obtain a copy of this License. You may not
attempt to alter or restrict the recipients' rights in the Source Code
Form.
3.2. Distribution of Executable Form
If You distribute Covered Software in Executable Form then:
a. such Covered Software must also be made available in Source Code Form,
as described in Section 3.1, and You must inform recipients of the
Executable Form how they can obtain a copy of such Source Code Form by
reasonable means in a timely manner, at a charge no more than the cost
of distribution to the recipient; and
b. You may distribute such Executable Form under the terms of this
License, or sublicense it under different terms, provided that the
license for the Executable Form does not attempt to limit or alter the
recipients' rights in the Source Code Form under this License.
3.3. Distribution of a Larger Work
You may create and distribute a Larger Work under terms of Your choice,
provided that You also comply with the requirements of this License for
the Covered Software. If the Larger Work is a combination of Covered
Software with a work governed by one or more Secondary Licenses, and the
Covered Software is not Incompatible With Secondary Licenses, this
License permits You to additionally distribute such Covered Software
under the terms of such Secondary License(s), so that the recipient of
the Larger Work may, at their option, further distribute the Covered
Software under the terms of either this License or such Secondary
License(s).
3.4. Notices
You may not remove or alter the substance of any license notices
(including copyright notices, patent notices, disclaimers of warranty, or
limitations of liability) contained within the Source Code Form of the
Covered Software, except that You may alter any license notices to the
extent required to remedy known factual inaccuracies.
3.5. Application of Additional Terms
You may choose to offer, and to charge a fee for, warranty, support,
indemnity or liability obligations to one or more recipients of Covered
Software. However, You may do so only on Your own behalf, and not on
behalf of any Contributor. You must make it absolutely clear that any
such warranty, support, indemnity, or liability obligation is offered by
You alone, and You hereby agree to indemnify every Contributor for any
liability incurred by such Contributor as a result of warranty, support,
indemnity or liability terms You offer. You may include additional
disclaimers of warranty and limitations of liability specific to any
jurisdiction.
4. Inability to Comply Due to Statute or Regulation
If it is impossible for You to comply with any of the terms of this License
with respect to some or all of the Covered Software due to statute,
judicial order, or regulation then You must: (a) comply with the terms of
this License to the maximum extent possible; and (b) describe the
limitations and the code they affect. Such description must be placed in a
text file included with all distributions of the Covered Software under
this License. Except to the extent prohibited by statute or regulation,
such description must be sufficiently detailed for a recipient of ordinary
skill to be able to understand it.
5. Termination
5.1. The rights granted under this License will terminate automatically if You
fail to comply with any of its terms. However, if You become compliant,
then the rights granted under this License from a particular Contributor
are reinstated (a) provisionally, unless and until such Contributor
explicitly and finally terminates Your grants, and (b) on an ongoing
basis, if such Contributor fails to notify You of the non-compliance by
some reasonable means prior to 60 days after You have come back into
compliance. Moreover, Your grants from a particular Contributor are
reinstated on an ongoing basis if such Contributor notifies You of the
non-compliance by some reasonable means, this is the first time You have
received notice of non-compliance with this License from such
Contributor, and You become compliant prior to 30 days after Your receipt
of the notice.
5.2. If You initiate litigation against any entity by asserting a patent
infringement claim (excluding declaratory judgment actions,
counter-claims, and cross-claims) alleging that a Contributor Version
directly or indirectly infringes any patent, then the rights granted to
You by any and all Contributors for the Covered Software under Section
2.1 of this License shall terminate.
5.3. In the event of termination under Sections 5.1 or 5.2 above, all end user
license agreements (excluding distributors and resellers) which have been
validly granted by You or Your distributors under this License prior to
termination shall survive termination.
6. Disclaimer of Warranty
Covered Software is provided under this License on an "as is" basis,
without warranty of any kind, either expressed, implied, or statutory,
including, without limitation, warranties that the Covered Software is free
of defects, merchantable, fit for a particular purpose or non-infringing.
The entire risk as to the quality and performance of the Covered Software
is with You. Should any Covered Software prove defective in any respect,
You (not any Contributor) assume the cost of any necessary servicing,
repair, or correction. This disclaimer of warranty constitutes an essential
part of this License. No use of any Covered Software is authorized under
this License except under this disclaimer.
7. Limitation of Liability
Under no circumstances and under no legal theory, whether tort (including
negligence), contract, or otherwise, shall any Contributor, or anyone who
distributes Covered Software as permitted above, be liable to You for any
direct, indirect, special, incidental, or consequential damages of any
character including, without limitation, damages for lost profits, loss of
goodwill, work stoppage, computer failure or malfunction, or any and all
other commercial damages or losses, even if such party shall have been
informed of the possibility of such damages. This limitation of liability
shall not apply to liability for death or personal injury resulting from
such party's negligence to the extent applicable law prohibits such
limitation. Some jurisdictions do not allow the exclusion or limitation of
incidental or consequential damages, so this exclusion and limitation may
not apply to You.
8. Litigation
Any litigation relating to this License may be brought only in the courts
of a jurisdiction where the defendant maintains its principal place of
business and such litigation shall be governed by laws of that
jurisdiction, without reference to its conflict-of-law provisions. Nothing
in this Section shall prevent a party's ability to bring cross-claims or
counter-claims.
9. Miscellaneous
This License represents the complete agreement concerning the subject
matter hereof. If any provision of this License is held to be
unenforceable, such provision shall be reformed only to the extent
necessary to make it enforceable. Any law or regulation which provides that
the language of a contract shall be construed against the drafter shall not
be used to construe this License against a Contributor.
10. Versions of the License
10.1. New Versions
Mozilla Foundation is the license steward. Except as provided in Section
10.3, no one other than the license steward has the right to modify or
publish new versions of this License. Each version will be given a
distinguishing version number.
10.2. Effect of New Versions
You may distribute the Covered Software under the terms of the version
of the License under which You originally received the Covered Software,
or under the terms of any subsequent version published by the license
steward.
10.3. Modified Versions
If you create software not governed by this License, and you want to
create a new license for such software, you may create and use a
modified version of this License if you rename the license and remove
any references to the name of the license steward (except to note that
such modified license differs from this License).
10.4. Distributing Source Code Form that is Incompatible With Secondary
Licenses If You choose to distribute Source Code Form that is
Incompatible With Secondary Licenses under the terms of this version of
the License, the notice described in Exhibit B of this License must be
attached.
Exhibit A - Source Code Form License Notice
This Source Code Form is subject to the
terms of the Mozilla Public License, v.
2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not
distributed with this file, You can
obtain one at
http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
If it is not possible or desirable to put the notice in a particular file,
then You may include the notice in a location (such as a LICENSE file in a
relevant directory) where a recipient would be likely to look for such a
notice.
You may add additional accurate notices of copyright ownership.
Exhibit B - "Incompatible With Secondary Licenses" Notice
This Source Code Form is "Incompatible
With Secondary Licenses", as defined by
the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0.

57
vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-cleanhttp/cleanhttp.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
package cleanhttp
import (
"net"
"net/http"
"runtime"
"time"
)
// DefaultTransport returns a new http.Transport with similar default values to
// http.DefaultTransport, but with idle connections and keepalives disabled.
func DefaultTransport() *http.Transport {
transport := DefaultPooledTransport()
transport.DisableKeepAlives = true
transport.MaxIdleConnsPerHost = -1
return transport
}
// DefaultPooledTransport returns a new http.Transport with similar default
// values to http.DefaultTransport. Do not use this for transient transports as
// it can leak file descriptors over time. Only use this for transports that
// will be re-used for the same host(s).
func DefaultPooledTransport() *http.Transport {
transport := &http.Transport{
Proxy: http.ProxyFromEnvironment,
DialContext: (&net.Dialer{
Timeout: 30 * time.Second,
KeepAlive: 30 * time.Second,
DualStack: true,
}).DialContext,
MaxIdleConns: 100,
IdleConnTimeout: 90 * time.Second,
TLSHandshakeTimeout: 10 * time.Second,
ExpectContinueTimeout: 1 * time.Second,
MaxIdleConnsPerHost: runtime.GOMAXPROCS(0) + 1,
}
return transport
}
// DefaultClient returns a new http.Client with similar default values to
// http.Client, but with a non-shared Transport, idle connections disabled, and
// keepalives disabled.
func DefaultClient() *http.Client {
return &http.Client{
Transport: DefaultTransport(),
}
}
// DefaultPooledClient returns a new http.Client with similar default values to
// http.Client, but with a shared Transport. Do not use this function for
// transient clients as it can leak file descriptors over time. Only use this
// for clients that will be re-used for the same host(s).
func DefaultPooledClient() *http.Client {
return &http.Client{
Transport: DefaultPooledTransport(),
}
}

20
vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-cleanhttp/doc.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
// Package cleanhttp offers convenience utilities for acquiring "clean"
// http.Transport and http.Client structs.
//
// Values set on http.DefaultClient and http.DefaultTransport affect all
// callers. This can have detrimental effects, esepcially in TLS contexts,
// where client or root certificates set to talk to multiple endpoints can end
// up displacing each other, leading to hard-to-debug issues. This package
// provides non-shared http.Client and http.Transport structs to ensure that
// the configuration will not be overwritten by other parts of the application
// or dependencies.
//
// The DefaultClient and DefaultTransport functions disable idle connections
// and keepalives. Without ensuring that idle connections are closed before
// garbage collection, short-term clients/transports can leak file descriptors,
// eventually leading to "too many open files" errors. If you will be
// connecting to the same hosts repeatedly from the same client, you can use
// DefaultPooledClient to receive a client that has connection pooling
// semantics similar to http.DefaultClient.
//
package cleanhttp

43
vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-cleanhttp/handlers.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
package cleanhttp
import (
"net/http"
"strings"
"unicode"
)
// HandlerInput provides input options to cleanhttp's handlers
type HandlerInput struct {
ErrStatus int
}
// PrintablePathCheckHandler is a middleware that ensures the request path
// contains only printable runes.
func PrintablePathCheckHandler(next http.Handler, input *HandlerInput) http.Handler {
// Nil-check on input to make it optional
if input == nil {
input = &HandlerInput{
ErrStatus: http.StatusBadRequest,
}
}
// Default to http.StatusBadRequest on error
if input.ErrStatus == 0 {
input.ErrStatus = http.StatusBadRequest
}
return http.HandlerFunc(func(w http.ResponseWriter, r *http.Request) {
// Check URL path for non-printable characters
idx := strings.IndexFunc(r.URL.Path, func(c rune) bool {
return !unicode.IsPrint(c)
})
if idx != -1 {
w.WriteHeader(input.ErrStatus)
return
}
next.ServeHTTP(w, r)
return
})
}

363
vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-immutable-radix/LICENSE generated vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,363 @@
Mozilla Public License, version 2.0
1. Definitions
1.1. "Contributor"
means each individual or legal entity that creates, contributes to the
creation of, or owns Covered Software.
1.2. "Contributor Version"
means the combination of the Contributions of others (if any) used by a
Contributor and that particular Contributor's Contribution.
1.3. "Contribution"
means Covered Software of a particular Contributor.
1.4. "Covered Software"
means Source Code Form to which the initial Contributor has attached the
notice in Exhibit A, the Executable Form of such Source Code Form, and
Modifications of such Source Code Form, in each case including portions
thereof.
1.5. "Incompatible With Secondary Licenses"
means
a. that the initial Contributor has attached the notice described in
Exhibit B to the Covered Software; or
b. that the Covered Software was made available under the terms of
version 1.1 or earlier of the License, but not also under the terms of
a Secondary License.
1.6. "Executable Form"
means any form of the work other than Source Code Form.
1.7. "Larger Work"
means a work that combines Covered Software with other material, in a
separate file or files, that is not Covered Software.
1.8. "License"
means this document.
1.9. "Licensable"
means having the right to grant, to the maximum extent possible, whether
at the time of the initial grant or subsequently, any and all of the
rights conveyed by this License.
1.10. "Modifications"
means any of the following:
a. any file in Source Code Form that results from an addition to,
deletion from, or modification of the contents of Covered Software; or
b. any new file in Source Code Form that contains any Covered Software.
1.11. "Patent Claims" of a Contributor
means any patent claim(s), including without limitation, method,
process, and apparatus claims, in any patent Licensable by such
Contributor that would be infringed, but for the grant of the License,
by the making, using, selling, offering for sale, having made, import,
or transfer of either its Contributions or its Contributor Version.
1.12. "Secondary License"
means either the GNU General Public License, Version 2.0, the GNU Lesser
General Public License, Version 2.1, the GNU Affero General Public
License, Version 3.0, or any later versions of those licenses.
1.13. "Source Code Form"
means the form of the work preferred for making modifications.
1.14. "You" (or "Your")
means an individual or a legal entity exercising rights under this
License. For legal entities, "You" includes any entity that controls, is
controlled by, or is under common control with You. For purposes of this
definition, "control" means (a) the power, direct or indirect, to cause
the direction or management of such entity, whether by contract or
otherwise, or (b) ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the
outstanding shares or beneficial ownership of such entity.
2. License Grants and Conditions
2.1. Grants
Each Contributor hereby grants You a world-wide, royalty-free,
non-exclusive license:
a. under intellectual property rights (other than patent or trademark)
Licensable by such Contributor to use, reproduce, make available,
modify, display, perform, distribute, and otherwise exploit its
Contributions, either on an unmodified basis, with Modifications, or
as part of a Larger Work; and
b. under Patent Claims of such Contributor to make, use, sell, offer for
sale, have made, import, and otherwise transfer either its
Contributions or its Contributor Version.
2.2. Effective Date
The licenses granted in Section 2.1 with respect to any Contribution
become effective for each Contribution on the date the Contributor first
distributes such Contribution.
2.3. Limitations on Grant Scope
The licenses granted in this Section 2 are the only rights granted under
this License. No additional rights or licenses will be implied from the
distribution or licensing of Covered Software under this License.
Notwithstanding Section 2.1(b) above, no patent license is granted by a
Contributor:
a. for any code that a Contributor has removed from Covered Software; or
b. for infringements caused by: (i) Your and any other third party's
modifications of Covered Software, or (ii) the combination of its
Contributions with other software (except as part of its Contributor
Version); or
c. under Patent Claims infringed by Covered Software in the absence of
its Contributions.
This License does not grant any rights in the trademarks, service marks,
or logos of any Contributor (except as may be necessary to comply with
the notice requirements in Section 3.4).
2.4. Subsequent Licenses
No Contributor makes additional grants as a result of Your choice to
distribute the Covered Software under a subsequent version of this
License (see Section 10.2) or under the terms of a Secondary License (if
permitted under the terms of Section 3.3).
2.5. Representation
Each Contributor represents that the Contributor believes its
Contributions are its original creation(s) or it has sufficient rights to
grant the rights to its Contributions conveyed by this License.
2.6. Fair Use
This License is not intended to limit any rights You have under
applicable copyright doctrines of fair use, fair dealing, or other
equivalents.
2.7. Conditions
Sections 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, and 3.4 are conditions of the licenses granted in
Section 2.1.
3. Responsibilities
3.1. Distribution of Source Form
All distribution of Covered Software in Source Code Form, including any
Modifications that You create or to which You contribute, must be under
the terms of this License. You must inform recipients that the Source
Code Form of the Covered Software is governed by the terms of this
License, and how they can obtain a copy of this License. You may not
attempt to alter or restrict the recipients' rights in the Source Code
Form.
3.2. Distribution of Executable Form
If You distribute Covered Software in Executable Form then:
a. such Covered Software must also be made available in Source Code Form,
as described in Section 3.1, and You must inform recipients of the
Executable Form how they can obtain a copy of such Source Code Form by
reasonable means in a timely manner, at a charge no more than the cost
of distribution to the recipient; and
b. You may distribute such Executable Form under the terms of this
License, or sublicense it under different terms, provided that the
license for the Executable Form does not attempt to limit or alter the
recipients' rights in the Source Code Form under this License.
3.3. Distribution of a Larger Work
You may create and distribute a Larger Work under terms of Your choice,
provided that You also comply with the requirements of this License for
the Covered Software. If the Larger Work is a combination of Covered
Software with a work governed by one or more Secondary Licenses, and the
Covered Software is not Incompatible With Secondary Licenses, this
License permits You to additionally distribute such Covered Software
under the terms of such Secondary License(s), so that the recipient of
the Larger Work may, at their option, further distribute the Covered
Software under the terms of either this License or such Secondary
License(s).
3.4. Notices
You may not remove or alter the substance of any license notices
(including copyright notices, patent notices, disclaimers of warranty, or
limitations of liability) contained within the Source Code Form of the
Covered Software, except that You may alter any license notices to the
extent required to remedy known factual inaccuracies.
3.5. Application of Additional Terms
You may choose to offer, and to charge a fee for, warranty, support,
indemnity or liability obligations to one or more recipients of Covered
Software. However, You may do so only on Your own behalf, and not on
behalf of any Contributor. You must make it absolutely clear that any
such warranty, support, indemnity, or liability obligation is offered by
You alone, and You hereby agree to indemnify every Contributor for any
liability incurred by such Contributor as a result of warranty, support,
indemnity or liability terms You offer. You may include additional
disclaimers of warranty and limitations of liability specific to any
jurisdiction.
4. Inability to Comply Due to Statute or Regulation
If it is impossible for You to comply with any of the terms of this License
with respect to some or all of the Covered Software due to statute,
judicial order, or regulation then You must: (a) comply with the terms of
this License to the maximum extent possible; and (b) describe the
limitations and the code they affect. Such description must be placed in a
text file included with all distributions of the Covered Software under
this License. Except to the extent prohibited by statute or regulation,
such description must be sufficiently detailed for a recipient of ordinary
skill to be able to understand it.
5. Termination
5.1. The rights granted under this License will terminate automatically if You
fail to comply with any of its terms. However, if You become compliant,
then the rights granted under this License from a particular Contributor
are reinstated (a) provisionally, unless and until such Contributor
explicitly and finally terminates Your grants, and (b) on an ongoing
basis, if such Contributor fails to notify You of the non-compliance by
some reasonable means prior to 60 days after You have come back into
compliance. Moreover, Your grants from a particular Contributor are
reinstated on an ongoing basis if such Contributor notifies You of the
non-compliance by some reasonable means, this is the first time You have
received notice of non-compliance with this License from such
Contributor, and You become compliant prior to 30 days after Your receipt
of the notice.
5.2. If You initiate litigation against any entity by asserting a patent
infringement claim (excluding declaratory judgment actions,
counter-claims, and cross-claims) alleging that a Contributor Version
directly or indirectly infringes any patent, then the rights granted to
You by any and all Contributors for the Covered Software under Section
2.1 of this License shall terminate.
5.3. In the event of termination under Sections 5.1 or 5.2 above, all end user
license agreements (excluding distributors and resellers) which have been
validly granted by You or Your distributors under this License prior to
termination shall survive termination.
6. Disclaimer of Warranty
Covered Software is provided under this License on an "as is" basis,
without warranty of any kind, either expressed, implied, or statutory,
including, without limitation, warranties that the Covered Software is free
of defects, merchantable, fit for a particular purpose or non-infringing.
The entire risk as to the quality and performance of the Covered Software
is with You. Should any Covered Software prove defective in any respect,
You (not any Contributor) assume the cost of any necessary servicing,
repair, or correction. This disclaimer of warranty constitutes an essential
part of this License. No use of any Covered Software is authorized under
this License except under this disclaimer.
7. Limitation of Liability
Under no circumstances and under no legal theory, whether tort (including
negligence), contract, or otherwise, shall any Contributor, or anyone who
distributes Covered Software as permitted above, be liable to You for any
direct, indirect, special, incidental, or consequential damages of any
character including, without limitation, damages for lost profits, loss of
goodwill, work stoppage, computer failure or malfunction, or any and all
other commercial damages or losses, even if such party shall have been
informed of the possibility of such damages. This limitation of liability
shall not apply to liability for death or personal injury resulting from
such party's negligence to the extent applicable law prohibits such
limitation. Some jurisdictions do not allow the exclusion or limitation of
incidental or consequential damages, so this exclusion and limitation may
not apply to You.
8. Litigation
Any litigation relating to this License may be brought only in the courts
of a jurisdiction where the defendant maintains its principal place of
business and such litigation shall be governed by laws of that
jurisdiction, without reference to its conflict-of-law provisions. Nothing
in this Section shall prevent a party's ability to bring cross-claims or
counter-claims.
9. Miscellaneous
This License represents the complete agreement concerning the subject
matter hereof. If any provision of this License is held to be
unenforceable, such provision shall be reformed only to the extent
necessary to make it enforceable. Any law or regulation which provides that
the language of a contract shall be construed against the drafter shall not
be used to construe this License against a Contributor.
10. Versions of the License
10.1. New Versions
Mozilla Foundation is the license steward. Except as provided in Section
10.3, no one other than the license steward has the right to modify or
publish new versions of this License. Each version will be given a
distinguishing version number.
10.2. Effect of New Versions
You may distribute the Covered Software under the terms of the version
of the License under which You originally received the Covered Software,
or under the terms of any subsequent version published by the license
steward.
10.3. Modified Versions
If you create software not governed by this License, and you want to
create a new license for such software, you may create and use a
modified version of this License if you rename the license and remove
any references to the name of the license steward (except to note that
such modified license differs from this License).
10.4. Distributing Source Code Form that is Incompatible With Secondary
Licenses If You choose to distribute Source Code Form that is
Incompatible With Secondary Licenses under the terms of this version of
the License, the notice described in Exhibit B of this License must be
attached.
Exhibit A - Source Code Form License Notice
This Source Code Form is subject to the
terms of the Mozilla Public License, v.
2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not
distributed with this file, You can
obtain one at
http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
If it is not possible or desirable to put the notice in a particular file,
then You may include the notice in a location (such as a LICENSE file in a
relevant directory) where a recipient would be likely to look for such a
notice.
You may add additional accurate notices of copyright ownership.
Exhibit B - "Incompatible With Secondary Licenses" Notice
This Source Code Form is "Incompatible
With Secondary Licenses", as defined by
the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0.

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
package iradix
import "sort"
type edges []edge
func (e edges) Len() int {
return len(e)
}
func (e edges) Less(i, j int) bool {
return e[i].label < e[j].label
}
func (e edges) Swap(i, j int) {
e[i], e[j] = e[j], e[i]
}
func (e edges) Sort() {
sort.Sort(e)
}

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,662 @@
package iradix
import (
"bytes"
"strings"
"github.com/hashicorp/golang-lru/simplelru"
)
const (
// defaultModifiedCache is the default size of the modified node
// cache used per transaction. This is used to cache the updates
// to the nodes near the root, while the leaves do not need to be
// cached. This is important for very large transactions to prevent
// the modified cache from growing to be enormous. This is also used
// to set the max size of the mutation notify maps since those should
// also be bounded in a similar way.
defaultModifiedCache = 8192
)
// Tree implements an immutable radix tree. This can be treated as a
// Dictionary abstract data type. The main advantage over a standard
// hash map is prefix-based lookups and ordered iteration. The immutability
// means that it is safe to concurrently read from a Tree without any
// coordination.
type Tree struct {
root *Node
size int
}
// New returns an empty Tree
func New() *Tree {
t := &Tree{
root: &Node{
mutateCh: make(chan struct{}),
},
}
return t
}
// Len is used to return the number of elements in the tree
func (t *Tree) Len() int {
return t.size
}
// Txn is a transaction on the tree. This transaction is applied
// atomically and returns a new tree when committed. A transaction
// is not thread safe, and should only be used by a single goroutine.
type Txn struct {
// root is the modified root for the transaction.
root *Node
// snap is a snapshot of the root node for use if we have to run the
// slow notify algorithm.
snap *Node
// size tracks the size of the tree as it is modified during the
// transaction.
size int
// writable is a cache of writable nodes that have been created during
// the course of the transaction. This allows us to re-use the same
// nodes for further writes and avoid unnecessary copies of nodes that
// have never been exposed outside the transaction. This will only hold
// up to defaultModifiedCache number of entries.
writable *simplelru.LRU
// trackChannels is used to hold channels that need to be notified to
// signal mutation of the tree. This will only hold up to
// defaultModifiedCache number of entries, after which we will set the
// trackOverflow flag, which will cause us to use a more expensive
// algorithm to perform the notifications. Mutation tracking is only
// performed if trackMutate is true.
trackChannels map[chan struct{}]struct{}
trackOverflow bool
trackMutate bool
}
// Txn starts a new transaction that can be used to mutate the tree
func (t *Tree) Txn() *Txn {
txn := &Txn{
root: t.root,
snap: t.root,
size: t.size,
}
return txn
}
// TrackMutate can be used to toggle if mutations are tracked. If this is enabled
// then notifications will be issued for affected internal nodes and leaves when
// the transaction is committed.
func (t *Txn) TrackMutate(track bool) {
t.trackMutate = track
}
// trackChannel safely attempts to track the given mutation channel, setting the
// overflow flag if we can no longer track any more. This limits the amount of
// state that will accumulate during a transaction and we have a slower algorithm
// to switch to if we overflow.
func (t *Txn) trackChannel(ch chan struct{}) {
// In overflow, make sure we don't store any more objects.
if t.trackOverflow {
return
}
// If this would overflow the state we reject it and set the flag (since
// we aren't tracking everything that's required any longer).
if len(t.trackChannels) >= defaultModifiedCache {
// Mark that we are in the overflow state
t.trackOverflow = true
// Clear the map so that the channels can be garbage collected. It is
// safe to do this since we have already overflowed and will be using
// the slow notify algorithm.
t.trackChannels = nil
return
}
// Create the map on the fly when we need it.
if t.trackChannels == nil {
t.trackChannels = make(map[chan struct{}]struct{})
}
// Otherwise we are good to track it.
t.trackChannels[ch] = struct{}{}
}
// writeNode returns a node to be modified, if the current node has already been
// modified during the course of the transaction, it is used in-place. Set
// forLeafUpdate to true if you are getting a write node to update the leaf,
// which will set leaf mutation tracking appropriately as well.
func (t *Txn) writeNode(n *Node, forLeafUpdate bool) *Node {
// Ensure the writable set exists.
if t.writable == nil {
lru, err := simplelru.NewLRU(defaultModifiedCache, nil)
if err != nil {
panic(err)
}
t.writable = lru
}
// If this node has already been modified, we can continue to use it
// during this transaction. We know that we don't need to track it for
// a node update since the node is writable, but if this is for a leaf
// update we track it, in case the initial write to this node didn't
// update the leaf.
if _, ok := t.writable.Get(n); ok {
if t.trackMutate && forLeafUpdate && n.leaf != nil {
t.trackChannel(n.leaf.mutateCh)
}
return n
}
// Mark this node as being mutated.
if t.trackMutate {
t.trackChannel(n.mutateCh)
}
// Mark its leaf as being mutated, if appropriate.
if t.trackMutate && forLeafUpdate && n.leaf != nil {
t.trackChannel(n.leaf.mutateCh)
}
// Copy the existing node. If you have set forLeafUpdate it will be
// safe to replace this leaf with another after you get your node for
// writing. You MUST replace it, because the channel associated with
// this leaf will be closed when this transaction is committed.
nc := &Node{
mutateCh: make(chan struct{}),
leaf: n.leaf,
}
if n.prefix != nil {
nc.prefix = make([]byte, len(n.prefix))
copy(nc.prefix, n.prefix)
}
if len(n.edges) != 0 {
nc.edges = make([]edge, len(n.edges))
copy(nc.edges, n.edges)
}
// Mark this node as writable.
t.writable.Add(nc, nil)
return nc
}
// Visit all the nodes in the tree under n, and add their mutateChannels to the transaction
// Returns the size of the subtree visited
func (t *Txn) trackChannelsAndCount(n *Node) int {
// Count only leaf nodes
leaves := 0
if n.leaf != nil {
leaves = 1
}
// Mark this node as being mutated.
if t.trackMutate {
t.trackChannel(n.mutateCh)
}
// Mark its leaf as being mutated, if appropriate.
if t.trackMutate && n.leaf != nil {
t.trackChannel(n.leaf.mutateCh)
}
// Recurse on the children
for _, e := range n.edges {
leaves += t.trackChannelsAndCount(e.node)
}
return leaves
}
// mergeChild is called to collapse the given node with its child. This is only
// called when the given node is not a leaf and has a single edge.
func (t *Txn) mergeChild(n *Node) {
// Mark the child node as being mutated since we are about to abandon
// it. We don't need to mark the leaf since we are retaining it if it
// is there.
e := n.edges[0]
child := e.node
if t.trackMutate {
t.trackChannel(child.mutateCh)
}
// Merge the nodes.
n.prefix = concat(n.prefix, child.prefix)
n.leaf = child.leaf
if len(child.edges) != 0 {
n.edges = make([]edge, len(child.edges))
copy(n.edges, child.edges)
} else {
n.edges = nil
}
}
// insert does a recursive insertion
func (t *Txn) insert(n *Node, k, search []byte, v interface{}) (*Node, interface{}, bool) {
// Handle key exhaustion
if len(search) == 0 {
var oldVal interface{}
didUpdate := false
if n.isLeaf() {
oldVal = n.leaf.val
didUpdate = true
}
nc := t.writeNode(n, true)
nc.leaf = &leafNode{
mutateCh: make(chan struct{}),
key: k,
val: v,
}
return nc, oldVal, didUpdate
}
// Look for the edge
idx, child := n.getEdge(search[0])
// No edge, create one
if child == nil {
e := edge{
label: search[0],
node: &Node{
mutateCh: make(chan struct{}),
leaf: &leafNode{
mutateCh: make(chan struct{}),
key: k,
val: v,
},
prefix: search,
},
}
nc := t.writeNode(n, false)
nc.addEdge(e)
return nc, nil, false
}
// Determine longest prefix of the search key on match
commonPrefix := longestPrefix(search, child.prefix)
if commonPrefix == len(child.prefix) {
search = search[commonPrefix:]
newChild, oldVal, didUpdate := t.insert(child, k, search, v)
if newChild != nil {
nc := t.writeNode(n, false)
nc.edges[idx].node = newChild
return nc, oldVal, didUpdate
}
return nil, oldVal, didUpdate
}
// Split the node
nc := t.writeNode(n, false)
splitNode := &Node{
mutateCh: make(chan struct{}),
prefix: search[:commonPrefix],
}
nc.replaceEdge(edge{
label: search[0],
node: splitNode,
})
// Restore the existing child node
modChild := t.writeNode(child, false)
splitNode.addEdge(edge{
label: modChild.prefix[commonPrefix],
node: modChild,
})
modChild.prefix = modChild.prefix[commonPrefix:]
// Create a new leaf node
leaf := &leafNode{
mutateCh: make(chan struct{}),
key: k,
val: v,
}
// If the new key is a subset, add to to this node
search = search[commonPrefix:]
if len(search) == 0 {
splitNode.leaf = leaf
return nc, nil, false
}
// Create a new edge for the node
splitNode.addEdge(edge{
label: search[0],
node: &Node{
mutateCh: make(chan struct{}),
leaf: leaf,
prefix: search,
},
})
return nc, nil, false
}
// delete does a recursive deletion
func (t *Txn) delete(parent, n *Node, search []byte) (*Node, *leafNode) {
// Check for key exhaustion
if len(search) == 0 {
if !n.isLeaf() {
return nil, nil
}
// Copy the pointer in case we are in a transaction that already
// modified this node since the node will be reused. Any changes
// made to the node will not affect returning the original leaf
// value.
oldLeaf := n.leaf
// Remove the leaf node
nc := t.writeNode(n, true)
nc.leaf = nil
// Check if this node should be merged
if n != t.root && len(nc.edges) == 1 {
t.mergeChild(nc)
}
return nc, oldLeaf
}
// Look for an edge
label := search[0]
idx, child := n.getEdge(label)
if child == nil || !bytes.HasPrefix(search, child.prefix) {
return nil, nil
}
// Consume the search prefix
search = search[len(child.prefix):]
newChild, leaf := t.delete(n, child, search)
if newChild == nil {
return nil, nil
}
// Copy this node. WATCH OUT - it's safe to pass "false" here because we
// will only ADD a leaf via nc.mergeChild() if there isn't one due to
// the !nc.isLeaf() check in the logic just below. This is pretty subtle,
// so be careful if you change any of the logic here.
nc := t.writeNode(n, false)
// Delete the edge if the node has no edges
if newChild.leaf == nil && len(newChild.edges) == 0 {
nc.delEdge(label)
if n != t.root && len(nc.edges) == 1 && !nc.isLeaf() {
t.mergeChild(nc)
}
} else {
nc.edges[idx].node = newChild
}
return nc, leaf
}
// delete does a recursive deletion
func (t *Txn) deletePrefix(parent, n *Node, search []byte) (*Node, int) {
// Check for key exhaustion
if len(search) == 0 {
nc := t.writeNode(n, true)
if n.isLeaf() {
nc.leaf = nil
}
nc.edges = nil
return nc, t.trackChannelsAndCount(n)
}
// Look for an edge
label := search[0]
idx, child := n.getEdge(label)
// We make sure that either the child node's prefix starts with the search term, or the search term starts with the child node's prefix
// Need to do both so that we can delete prefixes that don't correspond to any node in the tree
if child == nil || (!bytes.HasPrefix(child.prefix, search) && !bytes.HasPrefix(search, child.prefix)) {
return nil, 0
}
// Consume the search prefix
if len(child.prefix) > len(search) {
search = []byte("")
} else {
search = search[len(child.prefix):]
}
newChild, numDeletions := t.deletePrefix(n, child, search)
if newChild == nil {
return nil, 0
}
// Copy this node. WATCH OUT - it's safe to pass "false" here because we
// will only ADD a leaf via nc.mergeChild() if there isn't one due to
// the !nc.isLeaf() check in the logic just below. This is pretty subtle,
// so be careful if you change any of the logic here.
nc := t.writeNode(n, false)
// Delete the edge if the node has no edges
if newChild.leaf == nil && len(newChild.edges) == 0 {
nc.delEdge(label)
if n != t.root && len(nc.edges) == 1 && !nc.isLeaf() {
t.mergeChild(nc)
}
} else {
nc.edges[idx].node = newChild
}
return nc, numDeletions
}
// Insert is used to add or update a given key. The return provides
// the previous value and a bool indicating if any was set.
func (t *Txn) Insert(k []byte, v interface{}) (interface{}, bool) {
newRoot, oldVal, didUpdate := t.insert(t.root, k, k, v)
if newRoot != nil {
t.root = newRoot
}
if !didUpdate {
t.size++
}
return oldVal, didUpdate
}
// Delete is used to delete a given key. Returns the old value if any,
// and a bool indicating if the key was set.
func (t *Txn) Delete(k []byte) (interface{}, bool) {
newRoot, leaf := t.delete(nil, t.root, k)
if newRoot != nil {
t.root = newRoot
}
if leaf != nil {
t.size--
return leaf.val, true
}
return nil, false
}
// DeletePrefix is used to delete an entire subtree that matches the prefix
// This will delete all nodes under that prefix
func (t *Txn) DeletePrefix(prefix []byte) bool {
newRoot, numDeletions := t.deletePrefix(nil, t.root, prefix)
if newRoot != nil {
t.root = newRoot
t.size = t.size - numDeletions
return true
}
return false
}
// Root returns the current root of the radix tree within this
// transaction. The root is not safe across insert and delete operations,
// but can be used to read the current state during a transaction.
func (t *Txn) Root() *Node {
return t.root
}
// Get is used to lookup a specific key, returning
// the value and if it was found
func (t *Txn) Get(k []byte) (interface{}, bool) {
return t.root.Get(k)
}
// GetWatch is used to lookup a specific key, returning
// the watch channel, value and if it was found
func (t *Txn) GetWatch(k []byte) (<-chan struct{}, interface{}, bool) {
return t.root.GetWatch(k)
}
// Commit is used to finalize the transaction and return a new tree. If mutation
// tracking is turned on then notifications will also be issued.
func (t *Txn) Commit() *Tree {
nt := t.CommitOnly()
if t.trackMutate {
t.Notify()
}
return nt
}
// CommitOnly is used to finalize the transaction and return a new tree, but
// does not issue any notifications until Notify is called.
func (t *Txn) CommitOnly() *Tree {
nt := &Tree{t.root, t.size}
t.writable = nil
return nt
}
// slowNotify does a complete comparison of the before and after trees in order
// to trigger notifications. This doesn't require any additional state but it
// is very expensive to compute.
func (t *Txn) slowNotify() {
snapIter := t.snap.rawIterator()
rootIter := t.root.rawIterator()
for snapIter.Front() != nil || rootIter.Front() != nil {
// If we've exhausted the nodes in the old snapshot, we know
// there's nothing remaining to notify.
if snapIter.Front() == nil {
return
}
snapElem := snapIter.Front()
// If we've exhausted the nodes in the new root, we know we need
// to invalidate everything that remains in the old snapshot. We
// know from the loop condition there's something in the old
// snapshot.
if rootIter.Front() == nil {
close(snapElem.mutateCh)
if snapElem.isLeaf() {
close(snapElem.leaf.mutateCh)
}
snapIter.Next()
continue
}
// Do one string compare so we can check the various conditions
// below without repeating the compare.
cmp := strings.Compare(snapIter.Path(), rootIter.Path())
// If the snapshot is behind the root, then we must have deleted
// this node during the transaction.
if cmp < 0 {
close(snapElem.mutateCh)
if snapElem.isLeaf() {
close(snapElem.leaf.mutateCh)
}
snapIter.Next()
continue
}
// If the snapshot is ahead of the root, then we must have added
// this node during the transaction.
if cmp > 0 {
rootIter.Next()
continue
}
// If we have the same path, then we need to see if we mutated a
// node and possibly the leaf.
rootElem := rootIter.Front()
if snapElem != rootElem {
close(snapElem.mutateCh)
if snapElem.leaf != nil && (snapElem.leaf != rootElem.leaf) {
close(snapElem.leaf.mutateCh)
}
}
snapIter.Next()
rootIter.Next()
}
}
// Notify is used along with TrackMutate to trigger notifications. This must
// only be done once a transaction is committed via CommitOnly, and it is called
// automatically by Commit.
func (t *Txn) Notify() {
if !t.trackMutate {
return
}
// If we've overflowed the tracking state we can't use it in any way and
// need to do a full tree compare.
if t.trackOverflow {
t.slowNotify()
} else {
for ch := range t.trackChannels {
close(ch)
}
}
// Clean up the tracking state so that a re-notify is safe (will trigger
// the else clause above which will be a no-op).
t.trackChannels = nil
t.trackOverflow = false
}
// Insert is used to add or update a given key. The return provides
// the new tree, previous value and a bool indicating if any was set.
func (t *Tree) Insert(k []byte, v interface{}) (*Tree, interface{}, bool) {
txn := t.Txn()
old, ok := txn.Insert(k, v)
return txn.Commit(), old, ok
}
// Delete is used to delete a given key. Returns the new tree,
// old value if any, and a bool indicating if the key was set.
func (t *Tree) Delete(k []byte) (*Tree, interface{}, bool) {
txn := t.Txn()
old, ok := txn.Delete(k)
return txn.Commit(), old, ok
}
// DeletePrefix is used to delete all nodes starting with a given prefix. Returns the new tree,
// and a bool indicating if the prefix matched any nodes
func (t *Tree) DeletePrefix(k []byte) (*Tree, bool) {
txn := t.Txn()
ok := txn.DeletePrefix(k)
return txn.Commit(), ok
}
// Root returns the root node of the tree which can be used for richer
// query operations.
func (t *Tree) Root() *Node {
return t.root
}
// Get is used to lookup a specific key, returning
// the value and if it was found
func (t *Tree) Get(k []byte) (interface{}, bool) {
return t.root.Get(k)
}
// longestPrefix finds the length of the shared prefix
// of two strings
func longestPrefix(k1, k2 []byte) int {
max := len(k1)
if l := len(k2); l < max {
max = l
}
var i int
for i = 0; i < max; i++ {
if k1[i] != k2[i] {
break
}
}
return i
}
// concat two byte slices, returning a third new copy
func concat(a, b []byte) []byte {
c := make([]byte, len(a)+len(b))
copy(c, a)
copy(c[len(a):], b)
return c
}

91
vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-immutable-radix/iter.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
package iradix
import "bytes"
// Iterator is used to iterate over a set of nodes
// in pre-order
type Iterator struct {
node *Node
stack []edges
}
// SeekPrefixWatch is used to seek the iterator to a given prefix
// and returns the watch channel of the finest granularity
func (i *Iterator) SeekPrefixWatch(prefix []byte) (watch <-chan struct{}) {
// Wipe the stack
i.stack = nil
n := i.node
watch = n.mutateCh
search := prefix
for {
// Check for key exhaution
if len(search) == 0 {
i.node = n
return
}
// Look for an edge
_, n = n.getEdge(search[0])
if n == nil {
i.node = nil
return
}
// Update to the finest granularity as the search makes progress
watch = n.mutateCh
// Consume the search prefix
if bytes.HasPrefix(search, n.prefix) {
search = search[len(n.prefix):]
} else if bytes.HasPrefix(n.prefix, search) {
i.node = n
return
} else {
i.node = nil
return
}
}
}
// SeekPrefix is used to seek the iterator to a given prefix
func (i *Iterator) SeekPrefix(prefix []byte) {
i.SeekPrefixWatch(prefix)
}
// Next returns the next node in order
func (i *Iterator) Next() ([]byte, interface{}, bool) {
// Initialize our stack if needed
if i.stack == nil && i.node != nil {
i.stack = []edges{
edges{
edge{node: i.node},
},
}
}
for len(i.stack) > 0 {
// Inspect the last element of the stack
n := len(i.stack)
last := i.stack[n-1]
elem := last[0].node
// Update the stack
if len(last) > 1 {
i.stack[n-1] = last[1:]
} else {
i.stack = i.stack[:n-1]
}
// Push the edges onto the frontier
if len(elem.edges) > 0 {
i.stack = append(i.stack, elem.edges)
}
// Return the leaf values if any
if elem.leaf != nil {
return elem.leaf.key, elem.leaf.val, true
}
}
return nil, nil, false
}

292
vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-immutable-radix/node.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,292 @@
package iradix
import (
"bytes"
"sort"
)
// WalkFn is used when walking the tree. Takes a
// key and value, returning if iteration should
// be terminated.
type WalkFn func(k []byte, v interface{}) bool
// leafNode is used to represent a value
type leafNode struct {
mutateCh chan struct{}
key []byte
val interface{}
}
// edge is used to represent an edge node
type edge struct {
label byte
node *Node
}
// Node is an immutable node in the radix tree
type Node struct {
// mutateCh is closed if this node is modified
mutateCh chan struct{}
// leaf is used to store possible leaf
leaf *leafNode
// prefix is the common prefix we ignore
prefix []byte
// Edges should be stored in-order for iteration.
// We avoid a fully materialized slice to save memory,
// since in most cases we expect to be sparse
edges edges
}
func (n *Node) isLeaf() bool {
return n.leaf != nil
}
func (n *Node) addEdge(e edge) {
num := len(n.edges)
idx := sort.Search(num, func(i int) bool {
return n.edges[i].label >= e.label
})
n.edges = append(n.edges, e)
if idx != num {
copy(n.edges[idx+1:], n.edges[idx:num])
n.edges[idx] = e
}
}
func (n *Node) replaceEdge(e edge) {
num := len(n.edges)
idx := sort.Search(num, func(i int) bool {
return n.edges[i].label >= e.label
})
if idx < num && n.edges[idx].label == e.label {
n.edges[idx].node = e.node
return
}
panic("replacing missing edge")
}
func (n *Node) getEdge(label byte) (int, *Node) {
num := len(n.edges)
idx := sort.Search(num, func(i int) bool {
return n.edges[i].label >= label
})
if idx < num && n.edges[idx].label == label {
return idx, n.edges[idx].node
}
return -1, nil
}
func (n *Node) delEdge(label byte) {
num := len(n.edges)
idx := sort.Search(num, func(i int) bool {
return n.edges[i].label >= label
})
if idx < num && n.edges[idx].label == label {
copy(n.edges[idx:], n.edges[idx+1:])
n.edges[len(n.edges)-1] = edge{}
n.edges = n.edges[:len(n.edges)-1]
}
}
func (n *Node) GetWatch(k []byte) (<-chan struct{}, interface{}, bool) {
search := k
watch := n.mutateCh
for {
// Check for key exhaustion
if len(search) == 0 {
if n.isLeaf() {
return n.leaf.mutateCh, n.leaf.val, true
}
break
}
// Look for an edge
_, n = n.getEdge(search[0])
if n == nil {
break
}
// Update to the finest granularity as the search makes progress
watch = n.mutateCh
// Consume the search prefix
if bytes.HasPrefix(search, n.prefix) {
search = search[len(n.prefix):]
} else {
break
}
}
return watch, nil, false
}
func (n *Node) Get(k []byte) (interface{}, bool) {
_, val, ok := n.GetWatch(k)
return val, ok
}
// LongestPrefix is like Get, but instead of an
// exact match, it will return the longest prefix match.
func (n *Node) LongestPrefix(k []byte) ([]byte, interface{}, bool) {
var last *leafNode
search := k
for {
// Look for a leaf node
if n.isLeaf() {
last = n.leaf
}
// Check for key exhaution
if len(search) == 0 {
break
}
// Look for an edge
_, n = n.getEdge(search[0])
if n == nil {
break
}
// Consume the search prefix
if bytes.HasPrefix(search, n.prefix) {
search = search[len(n.prefix):]
} else {
break
}
}
if last != nil {
return last.key, last.val, true
}
return nil, nil, false
}
// Minimum is used to return the minimum value in the tree
func (n *Node) Minimum() ([]byte, interface{}, bool) {
for {
if n.isLeaf() {
return n.leaf.key, n.leaf.val, true
}
if len(n.edges) > 0 {
n = n.edges[0].node
} else {
break
}
}
return nil, nil, false
}
// Maximum is used to return the maximum value in the tree
func (n *Node) Maximum() ([]byte, interface{}, bool) {
for {
if num := len(n.edges); num > 0 {
n = n.edges[num-1].node
continue
}
if n.isLeaf() {
return n.leaf.key, n.leaf.val, true
} else {
break
}
}
return nil, nil, false
}
// Iterator is used to return an iterator at
// the given node to walk the tree
func (n *Node) Iterator() *Iterator {
return &Iterator{node: n}
}
// rawIterator is used to return a raw iterator at the given node to walk the
// tree.
func (n *Node) rawIterator() *rawIterator {
iter := &rawIterator{node: n}
iter.Next()
return iter
}
// Walk is used to walk the tree
func (n *Node) Walk(fn WalkFn) {
recursiveWalk(n, fn)
}
// WalkPrefix is used to walk the tree under a prefix
func (n *Node) WalkPrefix(prefix []byte, fn WalkFn) {
search := prefix
for {
// Check for key exhaution
if len(search) == 0 {
recursiveWalk(n, fn)
return
}
// Look for an edge
_, n = n.getEdge(search[0])
if n == nil {
break
}
// Consume the search prefix
if bytes.HasPrefix(search, n.prefix) {
search = search[len(n.prefix):]
} else if bytes.HasPrefix(n.prefix, search) {
// Child may be under our search prefix
recursiveWalk(n, fn)
return
} else {
break
}
}
}
// WalkPath is used to walk the tree, but only visiting nodes
// from the root down to a given leaf. Where WalkPrefix walks
// all the entries *under* the given prefix, this walks the
// entries *above* the given prefix.
func (n *Node) WalkPath(path []byte, fn WalkFn) {
search := path
for {
// Visit the leaf values if any
if n.leaf != nil && fn(n.leaf.key, n.leaf.val) {
return
}
// Check for key exhaution
if len(search) == 0 {
return
}
// Look for an edge
_, n = n.getEdge(search[0])
if n == nil {
return
}
// Consume the search prefix
if bytes.HasPrefix(search, n.prefix) {
search = search[len(n.prefix):]
} else {
break
}
}
}
// recursiveWalk is used to do a pre-order walk of a node
// recursively. Returns true if the walk should be aborted
func recursiveWalk(n *Node, fn WalkFn) bool {
// Visit the leaf values if any
if n.leaf != nil && fn(n.leaf.key, n.leaf.val) {
return true
}
// Recurse on the children
for _, e := range n.edges {
if recursiveWalk(e.node, fn) {
return true
}
}
return false
}

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
package iradix
// rawIterator visits each of the nodes in the tree, even the ones that are not
// leaves. It keeps track of the effective path (what a leaf at a given node
// would be called), which is useful for comparing trees.
type rawIterator struct {
// node is the starting node in the tree for the iterator.
node *Node
// stack keeps track of edges in the frontier.
stack []rawStackEntry
// pos is the current position of the iterator.
pos *Node
// path is the effective path of the current iterator position,
// regardless of whether the current node is a leaf.
path string
}
// rawStackEntry is used to keep track of the cumulative common path as well as
// its associated edges in the frontier.
type rawStackEntry struct {
path string
edges edges
}
// Front returns the current node that has been iterated to.
func (i *rawIterator) Front() *Node {
return i.pos
}
// Path returns the effective path of the current node, even if it's not actually
// a leaf.
func (i *rawIterator) Path() string {
return i.path
}
// Next advances the iterator to the next node.
func (i *rawIterator) Next() {
// Initialize our stack if needed.
if i.stack == nil && i.node != nil {
i.stack = []rawStackEntry{
rawStackEntry{
edges: edges{
edge{node: i.node},
},
},
}
}
for len(i.stack) > 0 {
// Inspect the last element of the stack.
n := len(i.stack)
last := i.stack[n-1]
elem := last.edges[0].node
// Update the stack.
if len(last.edges) > 1 {
i.stack[n-1].edges = last.edges[1:]
} else {
i.stack = i.stack[:n-1]
}
// Push the edges onto the frontier.
if len(elem.edges) > 0 {
path := last.path + string(elem.prefix)
i.stack = append(i.stack, rawStackEntry{path, elem.edges})
}
i.pos = elem
i.path = last.path + string(elem.prefix)
return
}
i.pos = nil
i.path = ""
}

25
vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-msgpack/LICENSE generated vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
Copyright (c) 2012, 2013 Ugorji Nwoke.
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither the name of the author nor the names of its contributors may be used
to endorse or promote products derived from this software
without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND
ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR
ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON
ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.

143
vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-msgpack/codec/0doc.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,143 @@
// Copyright (c) 2012, 2013 Ugorji Nwoke. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license found in the LICENSE file.
/*
High Performance, Feature-Rich Idiomatic Go encoding library for msgpack and binc .
Supported Serialization formats are:
- msgpack: [https://github.com/msgpack/msgpack]
- binc: [http://github.com/ugorji/binc]
To install:
go get github.com/ugorji/go/codec
The idiomatic Go support is as seen in other encoding packages in
the standard library (ie json, xml, gob, etc).
Rich Feature Set includes:
- Simple but extremely powerful and feature-rich API
- Very High Performance.
Our extensive benchmarks show us outperforming Gob, Json and Bson by 2-4X.
This was achieved by taking extreme care on:
- managing allocation
- function frame size (important due to Go's use of split stacks),
- reflection use (and by-passing reflection for common types)
- recursion implications
- zero-copy mode (encoding/decoding to byte slice without using temp buffers)
- Correct.
Care was taken to precisely handle corner cases like:
overflows, nil maps and slices, nil value in stream, etc.
- Efficient zero-copying into temporary byte buffers
when encoding into or decoding from a byte slice.
- Standard field renaming via tags
- Encoding from any value
(struct, slice, map, primitives, pointers, interface{}, etc)
- Decoding into pointer to any non-nil typed value
(struct, slice, map, int, float32, bool, string, reflect.Value, etc)
- Supports extension functions to handle the encode/decode of custom types
- Support Go 1.2 encoding.BinaryMarshaler/BinaryUnmarshaler
- Schema-less decoding
(decode into a pointer to a nil interface{} as opposed to a typed non-nil value).
Includes Options to configure what specific map or slice type to use
when decoding an encoded list or map into a nil interface{}
- Provides a RPC Server and Client Codec for net/rpc communication protocol.
- Msgpack Specific:
- Provides extension functions to handle spec-defined extensions (binary, timestamp)
- Options to resolve ambiguities in handling raw bytes (as string or []byte)
during schema-less decoding (decoding into a nil interface{})
- RPC Server/Client Codec for msgpack-rpc protocol defined at:
https://github.com/msgpack-rpc/msgpack-rpc/blob/master/spec.md
- Fast Paths for some container types:
For some container types, we circumvent reflection and its associated overhead
and allocation costs, and encode/decode directly. These types are:
[]interface{}
[]int
[]string
map[interface{}]interface{}
map[int]interface{}
map[string]interface{}
Extension Support
Users can register a function to handle the encoding or decoding of
their custom types.
There are no restrictions on what the custom type can be. Some examples:
type BisSet []int
type BitSet64 uint64
type UUID string
type MyStructWithUnexportedFields struct { a int; b bool; c []int; }
type GifImage struct { ... }
As an illustration, MyStructWithUnexportedFields would normally be
encoded as an empty map because it has no exported fields, while UUID
would be encoded as a string. However, with extension support, you can
encode any of these however you like.
RPC
RPC Client and Server Codecs are implemented, so the codecs can be used
with the standard net/rpc package.
Usage
Typical usage model:
// create and configure Handle
var (
bh codec.BincHandle
mh codec.MsgpackHandle
)
mh.MapType = reflect.TypeOf(map[string]interface{}(nil))
// configure extensions
// e.g. for msgpack, define functions and enable Time support for tag 1
// mh.AddExt(reflect.TypeOf(time.Time{}), 1, myMsgpackTimeEncodeExtFn, myMsgpackTimeDecodeExtFn)
// create and use decoder/encoder
var (
r io.Reader
w io.Writer
b []byte
h = &bh // or mh to use msgpack
)
dec = codec.NewDecoder(r, h)
dec = codec.NewDecoderBytes(b, h)
err = dec.Decode(&v)
enc = codec.NewEncoder(w, h)
enc = codec.NewEncoderBytes(&b, h)
err = enc.Encode(v)
//RPC Server
go func() {
for {
conn, err := listener.Accept()
rpcCodec := codec.GoRpc.ServerCodec(conn, h)
//OR rpcCodec := codec.MsgpackSpecRpc.ServerCodec(conn, h)
rpc.ServeCodec(rpcCodec)
}
}()
//RPC Communication (client side)
conn, err = net.Dial("tcp", "localhost:5555")
rpcCodec := codec.GoRpc.ClientCodec(conn, h)
//OR rpcCodec := codec.MsgpackSpecRpc.ClientCodec(conn, h)
client := rpc.NewClientWithCodec(rpcCodec)
Representative Benchmark Results
Run the benchmark suite using:
go test -bi -bench=. -benchmem
To run full benchmark suite (including against vmsgpack and bson),
see notes in ext_dep_test.go
*/
package codec

786
vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-msgpack/codec/binc.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,786 @@
// Copyright (c) 2012, 2013 Ugorji Nwoke. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license found in the LICENSE file.
package codec
import (
"math"
// "reflect"
// "sync/atomic"
"time"
//"fmt"
)
const bincDoPrune = true // No longer needed. Needed before as C lib did not support pruning.
//var _ = fmt.Printf
// vd as low 4 bits (there are 16 slots)
const (
bincVdSpecial byte = iota
bincVdPosInt
bincVdNegInt
bincVdFloat
bincVdString
bincVdByteArray
bincVdArray
bincVdMap
bincVdTimestamp
bincVdSmallInt
bincVdUnicodeOther
bincVdSymbol
bincVdDecimal
_ // open slot
_ // open slot
bincVdCustomExt = 0x0f
)
const (
bincSpNil byte = iota
bincSpFalse
bincSpTrue
bincSpNan
bincSpPosInf
bincSpNegInf
bincSpZeroFloat
bincSpZero
bincSpNegOne
)
const (
bincFlBin16 byte = iota
bincFlBin32
_ // bincFlBin32e
bincFlBin64
_ // bincFlBin64e
// others not currently supported
)
type bincEncDriver struct {
w encWriter
m map[string]uint16 // symbols
s uint32 // symbols sequencer
b [8]byte
}
func (e *bincEncDriver) isBuiltinType(rt uintptr) bool {
return rt == timeTypId
}
func (e *bincEncDriver) encodeBuiltin(rt uintptr, v interface{}) {
switch rt {
case timeTypId:
bs := encodeTime(v.(time.Time))
e.w.writen1(bincVdTimestamp<<4 | uint8(len(bs)))
e.w.writeb(bs)
}
}
func (e *bincEncDriver) encodeNil() {
e.w.writen1(bincVdSpecial<<4 | bincSpNil)
}
func (e *bincEncDriver) encodeBool(b bool) {
if b {
e.w.writen1(bincVdSpecial<<4 | bincSpTrue)
} else {
e.w.writen1(bincVdSpecial<<4 | bincSpFalse)
}
}
func (e *bincEncDriver) encodeFloat32(f float32) {
if f == 0 {
e.w.writen1(bincVdSpecial<<4 | bincSpZeroFloat)
return
}
e.w.writen1(bincVdFloat<<4 | bincFlBin32)
e.w.writeUint32(math.Float32bits(f))
}
func (e *bincEncDriver) encodeFloat64(f float64) {
if f == 0 {
e.w.writen1(bincVdSpecial<<4 | bincSpZeroFloat)
return
}
bigen.PutUint64(e.b[:], math.Float64bits(f))
if bincDoPrune {
i := 7
for ; i >= 0 && (e.b[i] == 0); i-- {
}
i++
if i <= 6 {
e.w.writen1(bincVdFloat<<4 | 0x8 | bincFlBin64)
e.w.writen1(byte(i))
e.w.writeb(e.b[:i])
return
}
}
e.w.writen1(bincVdFloat<<4 | bincFlBin64)
e.w.writeb(e.b[:])
}
func (e *bincEncDriver) encIntegerPrune(bd byte, pos bool, v uint64, lim uint8) {
if lim == 4 {
bigen.PutUint32(e.b[:lim], uint32(v))
} else {
bigen.PutUint64(e.b[:lim], v)
}
if bincDoPrune {
i := pruneSignExt(e.b[:lim], pos)
e.w.writen1(bd | lim - 1 - byte(i))
e.w.writeb(e.b[i:lim])
} else {
e.w.writen1(bd | lim - 1)
e.w.writeb(e.b[:lim])
}
}
func (e *bincEncDriver) encodeInt(v int64) {
const nbd byte = bincVdNegInt << 4
switch {
case v >= 0:
e.encUint(bincVdPosInt<<4, true, uint64(v))
case v == -1:
e.w.writen1(bincVdSpecial<<4 | bincSpNegOne)
default:
e.encUint(bincVdNegInt<<4, false, uint64(-v))
}
}
func (e *bincEncDriver) encodeUint(v uint64) {
e.encUint(bincVdPosInt<<4, true, v)
}
func (e *bincEncDriver) encUint(bd byte, pos bool, v uint64) {
switch {
case v == 0:
e.w.writen1(bincVdSpecial<<4 | bincSpZero)
case pos && v >= 1 && v <= 16:
e.w.writen1(bincVdSmallInt<<4 | byte(v-1))
case v <= math.MaxUint8:
e.w.writen2(bd|0x0, byte(v))
case v <= math.MaxUint16:
e.w.writen1(bd | 0x01)
e.w.writeUint16(uint16(v))
case v <= math.MaxUint32:
e.encIntegerPrune(bd, pos, v, 4)
default:
e.encIntegerPrune(bd, pos, v, 8)
}
}
func (e *bincEncDriver) encodeExtPreamble(xtag byte, length int) {
e.encLen(bincVdCustomExt<<4, uint64(length))
e.w.writen1(xtag)
}
func (e *bincEncDriver) encodeArrayPreamble(length int) {
e.encLen(bincVdArray<<4, uint64(length))
}
func (e *bincEncDriver) encodeMapPreamble(length int) {
e.encLen(bincVdMap<<4, uint64(length))
}
func (e *bincEncDriver) encodeString(c charEncoding, v string) {
l := uint64(len(v))
e.encBytesLen(c, l)
if l > 0 {
e.w.writestr(v)
}
}
func (e *bincEncDriver) encodeSymbol(v string) {
// if WriteSymbolsNoRefs {
// e.encodeString(c_UTF8, v)
// return
// }
//symbols only offer benefit when string length > 1.
//This is because strings with length 1 take only 2 bytes to store
//(bd with embedded length, and single byte for string val).
l := len(v)
switch l {
case 0:
e.encBytesLen(c_UTF8, 0)
return
case 1:
e.encBytesLen(c_UTF8, 1)
e.w.writen1(v[0])
return
}
if e.m == nil {
e.m = make(map[string]uint16, 16)
}
ui, ok := e.m[v]
if ok {
if ui <= math.MaxUint8 {
e.w.writen2(bincVdSymbol<<4, byte(ui))
} else {
e.w.writen1(bincVdSymbol<<4 | 0x8)
e.w.writeUint16(ui)
}
} else {
e.s++
ui = uint16(e.s)
//ui = uint16(atomic.AddUint32(&e.s, 1))
e.m[v] = ui
var lenprec uint8
switch {
case l <= math.MaxUint8:
// lenprec = 0
case l <= math.MaxUint16:
lenprec = 1
case int64(l) <= math.MaxUint32:
lenprec = 2
default:
lenprec = 3
}
if ui <= math.MaxUint8 {
e.w.writen2(bincVdSymbol<<4|0x0|0x4|lenprec, byte(ui))
} else {
e.w.writen1(bincVdSymbol<<4 | 0x8 | 0x4 | lenprec)
e.w.writeUint16(ui)
}
switch lenprec {
case 0:
e.w.writen1(byte(l))
case 1:
e.w.writeUint16(uint16(l))
case 2:
e.w.writeUint32(uint32(l))
default:
e.w.writeUint64(uint64(l))
}
e.w.writestr(v)
}
}
func (e *bincEncDriver) encodeStringBytes(c charEncoding, v []byte) {
l := uint64(len(v))
e.encBytesLen(c, l)
if l > 0 {
e.w.writeb(v)
}
}
func (e *bincEncDriver) encBytesLen(c charEncoding, length uint64) {
//TODO: support bincUnicodeOther (for now, just use string or bytearray)
if c == c_RAW {
e.encLen(bincVdByteArray<<4, length)
} else {
e.encLen(bincVdString<<4, length)
}
}
func (e *bincEncDriver) encLen(bd byte, l uint64) {
if l < 12 {
e.w.writen1(bd | uint8(l+4))
} else {
e.encLenNumber(bd, l)
}
}
func (e *bincEncDriver) encLenNumber(bd byte, v uint64) {
switch {
case v <= math.MaxUint8:
e.w.writen2(bd, byte(v))
case v <= math.MaxUint16:
e.w.writen1(bd | 0x01)
e.w.writeUint16(uint16(v))
case v <= math.MaxUint32:
e.w.writen1(bd | 0x02)
e.w.writeUint32(uint32(v))
default:
e.w.writen1(bd | 0x03)
e.w.writeUint64(uint64(v))
}
}
//------------------------------------
type bincDecDriver struct {
r decReader
bdRead bool
bdType valueType
bd byte
vd byte
vs byte
b [8]byte
m map[uint32]string // symbols (use uint32 as key, as map optimizes for it)
}
func (d *bincDecDriver) initReadNext() {
if d.bdRead {
return
}
d.bd = d.r.readn1()
d.vd = d.bd >> 4
d.vs = d.bd & 0x0f
d.bdRead = true
d.bdType = valueTypeUnset
}
func (d *bincDecDriver) currentEncodedType() valueType {
if d.bdType == valueTypeUnset {
switch d.vd {
case bincVdSpecial:
switch d.vs {
case bincSpNil:
d.bdType = valueTypeNil
case bincSpFalse, bincSpTrue:
d.bdType = valueTypeBool
case bincSpNan, bincSpNegInf, bincSpPosInf, bincSpZeroFloat:
d.bdType = valueTypeFloat
case bincSpZero:
d.bdType = valueTypeUint
case bincSpNegOne:
d.bdType = valueTypeInt
default:
decErr("currentEncodedType: Unrecognized special value 0x%x", d.vs)
}
case bincVdSmallInt:
d.bdType = valueTypeUint
case bincVdPosInt:
d.bdType = valueTypeUint
case bincVdNegInt:
d.bdType = valueTypeInt
case bincVdFloat:
d.bdType = valueTypeFloat
case bincVdString:
d.bdType = valueTypeString
case bincVdSymbol:
d.bdType = valueTypeSymbol
case bincVdByteArray:
d.bdType = valueTypeBytes
case bincVdTimestamp:
d.bdType = valueTypeTimestamp
case bincVdCustomExt:
d.bdType = valueTypeExt
case bincVdArray:
d.bdType = valueTypeArray
case bincVdMap:
d.bdType = valueTypeMap
default:
decErr("currentEncodedType: Unrecognized d.vd: 0x%x", d.vd)
}
}
return d.bdType
}
func (d *bincDecDriver) tryDecodeAsNil() bool {
if d.bd == bincVdSpecial<<4|bincSpNil {
d.bdRead = false
return true
}
return false
}
func (d *bincDecDriver) isBuiltinType(rt uintptr) bool {
return rt == timeTypId
}
func (d *bincDecDriver) decodeBuiltin(rt uintptr, v interface{}) {
switch rt {
case timeTypId:
if d.vd != bincVdTimestamp {
decErr("Invalid d.vd. Expecting 0x%x. Received: 0x%x", bincVdTimestamp, d.vd)
}
tt, err := decodeTime(d.r.readn(int(d.vs)))
if err != nil {
panic(err)
}
var vt *time.Time = v.(*time.Time)
*vt = tt
d.bdRead = false
}
}
func (d *bincDecDriver) decFloatPre(vs, defaultLen byte) {
if vs&0x8 == 0 {
d.r.readb(d.b[0:defaultLen])
} else {
l := d.r.readn1()
if l > 8 {
decErr("At most 8 bytes used to represent float. Received: %v bytes", l)
}
for i := l; i < 8; i++ {
d.b[i] = 0
}
d.r.readb(d.b[0:l])
}
}
func (d *bincDecDriver) decFloat() (f float64) {
//if true { f = math.Float64frombits(d.r.readUint64()); break; }
switch vs := d.vs; vs & 0x7 {
case bincFlBin32:
d.decFloatPre(vs, 4)
f = float64(math.Float32frombits(bigen.Uint32(d.b[0:4])))
case bincFlBin64:
d.decFloatPre(vs, 8)
f = math.Float64frombits(bigen.Uint64(d.b[0:8]))
default:
decErr("only float32 and float64 are supported. d.vd: 0x%x, d.vs: 0x%x", d.vd, d.vs)
}
return
}
func (d *bincDecDriver) decUint() (v uint64) {
// need to inline the code (interface conversion and type assertion expensive)
switch d.vs {
case 0:
v = uint64(d.r.readn1())
case 1:
d.r.readb(d.b[6:])
v = uint64(bigen.Uint16(d.b[6:]))
case 2:
d.b[4] = 0
d.r.readb(d.b[5:])
v = uint64(bigen.Uint32(d.b[4:]))
case 3:
d.r.readb(d.b[4:])
v = uint64(bigen.Uint32(d.b[4:]))
case 4, 5, 6:
lim := int(7 - d.vs)
d.r.readb(d.b[lim:])
for i := 0; i < lim; i++ {
d.b[i] = 0
}
v = uint64(bigen.Uint64(d.b[:]))
case 7:
d.r.readb(d.b[:])
v = uint64(bigen.Uint64(d.b[:]))
default:
decErr("unsigned integers with greater than 64 bits of precision not supported")
}
return
}
func (d *bincDecDriver) decIntAny() (ui uint64, i int64, neg bool) {
switch d.vd {
case bincVdPosInt:
ui = d.decUint()
i = int64(ui)
case bincVdNegInt:
ui = d.decUint()
i = -(int64(ui))
neg = true
case bincVdSmallInt:
i = int64(d.vs) + 1
ui = uint64(d.vs) + 1
case bincVdSpecial:
switch d.vs {
case bincSpZero:
//i = 0
case bincSpNegOne:
neg = true
ui = 1
i = -1
default:
decErr("numeric decode fails for special value: d.vs: 0x%x", d.vs)
}
default:
decErr("number can only be decoded from uint or int values. d.bd: 0x%x, d.vd: 0x%x", d.bd, d.vd)
}
return
}
func (d *bincDecDriver) decodeInt(bitsize uint8) (i int64) {
_, i, _ = d.decIntAny()
checkOverflow(0, i, bitsize)
d.bdRead = false
return
}
func (d *bincDecDriver) decodeUint(bitsize uint8) (ui uint64) {
ui, i, neg := d.decIntAny()
if neg {
decErr("Assigning negative signed value: %v, to unsigned type", i)
}
checkOverflow(ui, 0, bitsize)
d.bdRead = false
return
}
func (d *bincDecDriver) decodeFloat(chkOverflow32 bool) (f float64) {
switch d.vd {
case bincVdSpecial:
d.bdRead = false
switch d.vs {
case bincSpNan:
return math.NaN()
case bincSpPosInf:
return math.Inf(1)
case bincSpZeroFloat, bincSpZero:
return
case bincSpNegInf:
return math.Inf(-1)
default:
decErr("Invalid d.vs decoding float where d.vd=bincVdSpecial: %v", d.vs)
}
case bincVdFloat:
f = d.decFloat()
default:
_, i, _ := d.decIntAny()
f = float64(i)
}
checkOverflowFloat32(f, chkOverflow32)
d.bdRead = false
return
}
// bool can be decoded from bool only (single byte).
func (d *bincDecDriver) decodeBool() (b bool) {
switch d.bd {
case (bincVdSpecial | bincSpFalse):
// b = false
case (bincVdSpecial | bincSpTrue):
b = true
default:
decErr("Invalid single-byte value for bool: %s: %x", msgBadDesc, d.bd)
}
d.bdRead = false
return
}
func (d *bincDecDriver) readMapLen() (length int) {
if d.vd != bincVdMap {
decErr("Invalid d.vd for map. Expecting 0x%x. Got: 0x%x", bincVdMap, d.vd)
}
length = d.decLen()
d.bdRead = false
return
}
func (d *bincDecDriver) readArrayLen() (length int) {
if d.vd != bincVdArray {
decErr("Invalid d.vd for array. Expecting 0x%x. Got: 0x%x", bincVdArray, d.vd)
}
length = d.decLen()
d.bdRead = false
return
}
func (d *bincDecDriver) decLen() int {
if d.vs <= 3 {
return int(d.decUint())
}
return int(d.vs - 4)
}
func (d *bincDecDriver) decodeString() (s string) {
switch d.vd {
case bincVdString, bincVdByteArray:
if length := d.decLen(); length > 0 {
s = string(d.r.readn(length))
}
case bincVdSymbol:
//from vs: extract numSymbolBytes, containsStringVal, strLenPrecision,
//extract symbol
//if containsStringVal, read it and put in map
//else look in map for string value
var symbol uint32
vs := d.vs
//fmt.Printf(">>>> d.vs: 0b%b, & 0x8: %v, & 0x4: %v\n", d.vs, vs & 0x8, vs & 0x4)
if vs&0x8 == 0 {
symbol = uint32(d.r.readn1())
} else {
symbol = uint32(d.r.readUint16())
}
if d.m == nil {
d.m = make(map[uint32]string, 16)
}
if vs&0x4 == 0 {
s = d.m[symbol]
} else {
var slen int
switch vs & 0x3 {
case 0:
slen = int(d.r.readn1())
case 1:
slen = int(d.r.readUint16())
case 2:
slen = int(d.r.readUint32())
case 3:
slen = int(d.r.readUint64())
}
s = string(d.r.readn(slen))
d.m[symbol] = s
}
default:
decErr("Invalid d.vd for string. Expecting string:0x%x, bytearray:0x%x or symbol: 0x%x. Got: 0x%x",
bincVdString, bincVdByteArray, bincVdSymbol, d.vd)
}
d.bdRead = false
return
}
func (d *bincDecDriver) decodeBytes(bs []byte) (bsOut []byte, changed bool) {
var clen int
switch d.vd {
case bincVdString, bincVdByteArray:
clen = d.decLen()
default:
decErr("Invalid d.vd for bytes. Expecting string:0x%x or bytearray:0x%x. Got: 0x%x",
bincVdString, bincVdByteArray, d.vd)
}
if clen > 0 {
// if no contents in stream, don't update the passed byteslice
if len(bs) != clen {
if len(bs) > clen {
bs = bs[:clen]
} else {
bs = make([]byte, clen)
}
bsOut = bs
changed = true
}
d.r.readb(bs)
}
d.bdRead = false
return
}
func (d *bincDecDriver) decodeExt(verifyTag bool, tag byte) (xtag byte, xbs []byte) {
switch d.vd {
case bincVdCustomExt:
l := d.decLen()
xtag = d.r.readn1()
if verifyTag && xtag != tag {
decErr("Wrong extension tag. Got %b. Expecting: %v", xtag, tag)
}
xbs = d.r.readn(l)
case bincVdByteArray:
xbs, _ = d.decodeBytes(nil)
default:
decErr("Invalid d.vd for extensions (Expecting extensions or byte array). Got: 0x%x", d.vd)
}
d.bdRead = false
return
}
func (d *bincDecDriver) decodeNaked() (v interface{}, vt valueType, decodeFurther bool) {
d.initReadNext()
switch d.vd {
case bincVdSpecial:
switch d.vs {
case bincSpNil:
vt = valueTypeNil
case bincSpFalse:
vt = valueTypeBool
v = false
case bincSpTrue:
vt = valueTypeBool
v = true
case bincSpNan:
vt = valueTypeFloat
v = math.NaN()
case bincSpPosInf:
vt = valueTypeFloat
v = math.Inf(1)
case bincSpNegInf:
vt = valueTypeFloat
v = math.Inf(-1)
case bincSpZeroFloat:
vt = valueTypeFloat
v = float64(0)
case bincSpZero:
vt = valueTypeUint
v = int64(0) // int8(0)
case bincSpNegOne:
vt = valueTypeInt
v = int64(-1) // int8(-1)
default:
decErr("decodeNaked: Unrecognized special value 0x%x", d.vs)
}
case bincVdSmallInt:
vt = valueTypeUint
v = uint64(int8(d.vs)) + 1 // int8(d.vs) + 1
case bincVdPosInt:
vt = valueTypeUint
v = d.decUint()
case bincVdNegInt:
vt = valueTypeInt
v = -(int64(d.decUint()))
case bincVdFloat:
vt = valueTypeFloat
v = d.decFloat()
case bincVdSymbol:
vt = valueTypeSymbol
v = d.decodeString()
case bincVdString:
vt = valueTypeString
v = d.decodeString()
case bincVdByteArray:
vt = valueTypeBytes
v, _ = d.decodeBytes(nil)
case bincVdTimestamp:
vt = valueTypeTimestamp
tt, err := decodeTime(d.r.readn(int(d.vs)))
if err != nil {
panic(err)
}
v = tt
case bincVdCustomExt:
vt = valueTypeExt
l := d.decLen()
var re RawExt
re.Tag = d.r.readn1()
re.Data = d.r.readn(l)
v = &re
vt = valueTypeExt
case bincVdArray:
vt = valueTypeArray
decodeFurther = true
case bincVdMap:
vt = valueTypeMap
decodeFurther = true
default:
decErr("decodeNaked: Unrecognized d.vd: 0x%x", d.vd)
}
if !decodeFurther {
d.bdRead = false
}
return
}
//------------------------------------
//BincHandle is a Handle for the Binc Schema-Free Encoding Format
//defined at https://github.com/ugorji/binc .
//
//BincHandle currently supports all Binc features with the following EXCEPTIONS:
// - only integers up to 64 bits of precision are supported.
// big integers are unsupported.
// - Only IEEE 754 binary32 and binary64 floats are supported (ie Go float32 and float64 types).
// extended precision and decimal IEEE 754 floats are unsupported.
// - Only UTF-8 strings supported.
// Unicode_Other Binc types (UTF16, UTF32) are currently unsupported.
//Note that these EXCEPTIONS are temporary and full support is possible and may happen soon.
type BincHandle struct {
BasicHandle
}
func (h *BincHandle) newEncDriver(w encWriter) encDriver {
return &bincEncDriver{w: w}
}
func (h *BincHandle) newDecDriver(r decReader) decDriver {
return &bincDecDriver{r: r}
}
func (_ *BincHandle) writeExt() bool {
return true
}
func (h *BincHandle) getBasicHandle() *BasicHandle {
return &h.BasicHandle
}

1048
vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-msgpack/codec/decode.go generated vendored Normal file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

1001
vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-msgpack/codec/encode.go generated vendored Normal file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

589
vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-msgpack/codec/helper.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,589 @@
// Copyright (c) 2012, 2013 Ugorji Nwoke. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license found in the LICENSE file.
package codec
// Contains code shared by both encode and decode.
import (
"encoding/binary"
"fmt"
"math"
"reflect"
"sort"
"strings"
"sync"
"time"
"unicode"
"unicode/utf8"
)
const (
structTagName = "codec"
// Support
// encoding.BinaryMarshaler: MarshalBinary() (data []byte, err error)
// encoding.BinaryUnmarshaler: UnmarshalBinary(data []byte) error
// This constant flag will enable or disable it.
supportBinaryMarshal = true
// Each Encoder or Decoder uses a cache of functions based on conditionals,
// so that the conditionals are not run every time.
//
// Either a map or a slice is used to keep track of the functions.
// The map is more natural, but has a higher cost than a slice/array.
// This flag (useMapForCodecCache) controls which is used.
useMapForCodecCache = false
// For some common container types, we can short-circuit an elaborate
// reflection dance and call encode/decode directly.
// The currently supported types are:
// - slices of strings, or id's (int64,uint64) or interfaces.
// - maps of str->str, str->intf, id(int64,uint64)->intf, intf->intf
shortCircuitReflectToFastPath = true
// for debugging, set this to false, to catch panic traces.
// Note that this will always cause rpc tests to fail, since they need io.EOF sent via panic.
recoverPanicToErr = true
)
type charEncoding uint8
const (
c_RAW charEncoding = iota
c_UTF8
c_UTF16LE
c_UTF16BE
c_UTF32LE
c_UTF32BE
)
// valueType is the stream type
type valueType uint8
const (
valueTypeUnset valueType = iota
valueTypeNil
valueTypeInt
valueTypeUint
valueTypeFloat
valueTypeBool
valueTypeString
valueTypeSymbol
valueTypeBytes
valueTypeMap
valueTypeArray
valueTypeTimestamp
valueTypeExt
valueTypeInvalid = 0xff
)
var (
bigen = binary.BigEndian
structInfoFieldName = "_struct"
cachedTypeInfo = make(map[uintptr]*typeInfo, 4)
cachedTypeInfoMutex sync.RWMutex
intfSliceTyp = reflect.TypeOf([]interface{}(nil))
intfTyp = intfSliceTyp.Elem()
strSliceTyp = reflect.TypeOf([]string(nil))
boolSliceTyp = reflect.TypeOf([]bool(nil))
uintSliceTyp = reflect.TypeOf([]uint(nil))
uint8SliceTyp = reflect.TypeOf([]uint8(nil))
uint16SliceTyp = reflect.TypeOf([]uint16(nil))
uint32SliceTyp = reflect.TypeOf([]uint32(nil))
uint64SliceTyp = reflect.TypeOf([]uint64(nil))
intSliceTyp = reflect.TypeOf([]int(nil))
int8SliceTyp = reflect.TypeOf([]int8(nil))
int16SliceTyp = reflect.TypeOf([]int16(nil))
int32SliceTyp = reflect.TypeOf([]int32(nil))
int64SliceTyp = reflect.TypeOf([]int64(nil))
float32SliceTyp = reflect.TypeOf([]float32(nil))
float64SliceTyp = reflect.TypeOf([]float64(nil))
mapIntfIntfTyp = reflect.TypeOf(map[interface{}]interface{}(nil))
mapStrIntfTyp = reflect.TypeOf(map[string]interface{}(nil))
mapStrStrTyp = reflect.TypeOf(map[string]string(nil))
mapIntIntfTyp = reflect.TypeOf(map[int]interface{}(nil))
mapInt64IntfTyp = reflect.TypeOf(map[int64]interface{}(nil))
mapUintIntfTyp = reflect.TypeOf(map[uint]interface{}(nil))
mapUint64IntfTyp = reflect.TypeOf(map[uint64]interface{}(nil))
stringTyp = reflect.TypeOf("")
timeTyp = reflect.TypeOf(time.Time{})
rawExtTyp = reflect.TypeOf(RawExt{})
mapBySliceTyp = reflect.TypeOf((*MapBySlice)(nil)).Elem()
binaryMarshalerTyp = reflect.TypeOf((*binaryMarshaler)(nil)).Elem()
binaryUnmarshalerTyp = reflect.TypeOf((*binaryUnmarshaler)(nil)).Elem()
rawExtTypId = reflect.ValueOf(rawExtTyp).Pointer()
intfTypId = reflect.ValueOf(intfTyp).Pointer()
timeTypId = reflect.ValueOf(timeTyp).Pointer()
intfSliceTypId = reflect.ValueOf(intfSliceTyp).Pointer()
strSliceTypId = reflect.ValueOf(strSliceTyp).Pointer()
boolSliceTypId = reflect.ValueOf(boolSliceTyp).Pointer()
uintSliceTypId = reflect.ValueOf(uintSliceTyp).Pointer()
uint8SliceTypId = reflect.ValueOf(uint8SliceTyp).Pointer()
uint16SliceTypId = reflect.ValueOf(uint16SliceTyp).Pointer()
uint32SliceTypId = reflect.ValueOf(uint32SliceTyp).Pointer()
uint64SliceTypId = reflect.ValueOf(uint64SliceTyp).Pointer()
intSliceTypId = reflect.ValueOf(intSliceTyp).Pointer()
int8SliceTypId = reflect.ValueOf(int8SliceTyp).Pointer()
int16SliceTypId = reflect.ValueOf(int16SliceTyp).Pointer()
int32SliceTypId = reflect.ValueOf(int32SliceTyp).Pointer()
int64SliceTypId = reflect.ValueOf(int64SliceTyp).Pointer()
float32SliceTypId = reflect.ValueOf(float32SliceTyp).Pointer()
float64SliceTypId = reflect.ValueOf(float64SliceTyp).Pointer()
mapStrStrTypId = reflect.ValueOf(mapStrStrTyp).Pointer()
mapIntfIntfTypId = reflect.ValueOf(mapIntfIntfTyp).Pointer()
mapStrIntfTypId = reflect.ValueOf(mapStrIntfTyp).Pointer()
mapIntIntfTypId = reflect.ValueOf(mapIntIntfTyp).Pointer()
mapInt64IntfTypId = reflect.ValueOf(mapInt64IntfTyp).Pointer()
mapUintIntfTypId = reflect.ValueOf(mapUintIntfTyp).Pointer()
mapUint64IntfTypId = reflect.ValueOf(mapUint64IntfTyp).Pointer()
// Id = reflect.ValueOf().Pointer()
// mapBySliceTypId = reflect.ValueOf(mapBySliceTyp).Pointer()
binaryMarshalerTypId = reflect.ValueOf(binaryMarshalerTyp).Pointer()
binaryUnmarshalerTypId = reflect.ValueOf(binaryUnmarshalerTyp).Pointer()
intBitsize uint8 = uint8(reflect.TypeOf(int(0)).Bits())
uintBitsize uint8 = uint8(reflect.TypeOf(uint(0)).Bits())
bsAll0x00 = []byte{0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0}
bsAll0xff = []byte{0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff}
)
type binaryUnmarshaler interface {
UnmarshalBinary(data []byte) error
}
type binaryMarshaler interface {
MarshalBinary() (data []byte, err error)
}
// MapBySlice represents a slice which should be encoded as a map in the stream.
// The slice contains a sequence of key-value pairs.
type MapBySlice interface {
MapBySlice()
}
// WARNING: DO NOT USE DIRECTLY. EXPORTED FOR GODOC BENEFIT. WILL BE REMOVED.
//
// BasicHandle encapsulates the common options and extension functions.
type BasicHandle struct {
extHandle
EncodeOptions
DecodeOptions
}
// Handle is the interface for a specific encoding format.
//
// Typically, a Handle is pre-configured before first time use,
// and not modified while in use. Such a pre-configured Handle
// is safe for concurrent access.
type Handle interface {
writeExt() bool
getBasicHandle() *BasicHandle
newEncDriver(w encWriter) encDriver
newDecDriver(r decReader) decDriver
}
// RawExt represents raw unprocessed extension data.
type RawExt struct {
Tag byte
Data []byte
}
type extTypeTagFn struct {
rtid uintptr
rt reflect.Type
tag byte
encFn func(reflect.Value) ([]byte, error)
decFn func(reflect.Value, []byte) error
}
type extHandle []*extTypeTagFn
// AddExt registers an encode and decode function for a reflect.Type.
// Note that the type must be a named type, and specifically not
// a pointer or Interface. An error is returned if that is not honored.
//
// To Deregister an ext, call AddExt with 0 tag, nil encfn and nil decfn.
func (o *extHandle) AddExt(
rt reflect.Type,
tag byte,
encfn func(reflect.Value) ([]byte, error),
decfn func(reflect.Value, []byte) error,
) (err error) {
// o is a pointer, because we may need to initialize it
if rt.PkgPath() == "" || rt.Kind() == reflect.Interface {
err = fmt.Errorf("codec.Handle.AddExt: Takes named type, especially not a pointer or interface: %T",
reflect.Zero(rt).Interface())
return
}
// o cannot be nil, since it is always embedded in a Handle.
// if nil, let it panic.
// if o == nil {
// err = errors.New("codec.Handle.AddExt: extHandle cannot be a nil pointer.")
// return
// }
rtid := reflect.ValueOf(rt).Pointer()
for _, v := range *o {
if v.rtid == rtid {
v.tag, v.encFn, v.decFn = tag, encfn, decfn
return
}
}
*o = append(*o, &extTypeTagFn{rtid, rt, tag, encfn, decfn})
return
}
func (o extHandle) getExt(rtid uintptr) *extTypeTagFn {
for _, v := range o {
if v.rtid == rtid {
return v
}
}
return nil
}
func (o extHandle) getExtForTag(tag byte) *extTypeTagFn {
for _, v := range o {
if v.tag == tag {
return v
}
}
return nil
}
func (o extHandle) getDecodeExtForTag(tag byte) (
rv reflect.Value, fn func(reflect.Value, []byte) error) {
if x := o.getExtForTag(tag); x != nil {
// ext is only registered for base
rv = reflect.New(x.rt).Elem()
fn = x.decFn
}
return
}
func (o extHandle) getDecodeExt(rtid uintptr) (tag byte, fn func(reflect.Value, []byte) error) {
if x := o.getExt(rtid); x != nil {
tag = x.tag
fn = x.decFn
}
return
}
func (o extHandle) getEncodeExt(rtid uintptr) (tag byte, fn func(reflect.Value) ([]byte, error)) {
if x := o.getExt(rtid); x != nil {
tag = x.tag
fn = x.encFn
}
return
}
type structFieldInfo struct {
encName string // encode name
// only one of 'i' or 'is' can be set. If 'i' is -1, then 'is' has been set.
is []int // (recursive/embedded) field index in struct
i int16 // field index in struct
omitEmpty bool
toArray bool // if field is _struct, is the toArray set?
// tag string // tag
// name string // field name
// encNameBs []byte // encoded name as byte stream
// ikind int // kind of the field as an int i.e. int(reflect.Kind)
}
func parseStructFieldInfo(fname string, stag string) *structFieldInfo {
if fname == "" {
panic("parseStructFieldInfo: No Field Name")
}
si := structFieldInfo{
// name: fname,
encName: fname,
// tag: stag,
}
if stag != "" {
for i, s := range strings.Split(stag, ",") {
if i == 0 {
if s != "" {
si.encName = s
}
} else {
switch s {
case "omitempty":
si.omitEmpty = true
case "toarray":
si.toArray = true
}
}
}
}
// si.encNameBs = []byte(si.encName)
return &si
}
type sfiSortedByEncName []*structFieldInfo
func (p sfiSortedByEncName) Len() int {
return len(p)
}
func (p sfiSortedByEncName) Less(i, j int) bool {
return p[i].encName < p[j].encName
}
func (p sfiSortedByEncName) Swap(i, j int) {
p[i], p[j] = p[j], p[i]
}
// typeInfo keeps information about each type referenced in the encode/decode sequence.
//
// During an encode/decode sequence, we work as below:
// - If base is a built in type, en/decode base value
// - If base is registered as an extension, en/decode base value
// - If type is binary(M/Unm)arshaler, call Binary(M/Unm)arshal method
// - Else decode appropriately based on the reflect.Kind
type typeInfo struct {
sfi []*structFieldInfo // sorted. Used when enc/dec struct to map.
sfip []*structFieldInfo // unsorted. Used when enc/dec struct to array.
rt reflect.Type
rtid uintptr
// baseId gives pointer to the base reflect.Type, after deferencing
// the pointers. E.g. base type of ***time.Time is time.Time.
base reflect.Type
baseId uintptr
baseIndir int8 // number of indirections to get to base
mbs bool // base type (T or *T) is a MapBySlice
m bool // base type (T or *T) is a binaryMarshaler
unm bool // base type (T or *T) is a binaryUnmarshaler
mIndir int8 // number of indirections to get to binaryMarshaler type
unmIndir int8 // number of indirections to get to binaryUnmarshaler type
toArray bool // whether this (struct) type should be encoded as an array
}
func (ti *typeInfo) indexForEncName(name string) int {
//tisfi := ti.sfi
const binarySearchThreshold = 16
if sfilen := len(ti.sfi); sfilen < binarySearchThreshold {
// linear search. faster than binary search in my testing up to 16-field structs.
for i, si := range ti.sfi {
if si.encName == name {
return i
}
}
} else {
// binary search. adapted from sort/search.go.
h, i, j := 0, 0, sfilen
for i < j {
h = i + (j-i)/2
if ti.sfi[h].encName < name {
i = h + 1
} else {
j = h
}
}
if i < sfilen && ti.sfi[i].encName == name {
return i
}
}
return -1
}
func getTypeInfo(rtid uintptr, rt reflect.Type) (pti *typeInfo) {
var ok bool
cachedTypeInfoMutex.RLock()
pti, ok = cachedTypeInfo[rtid]
cachedTypeInfoMutex.RUnlock()
if ok {
return
}
cachedTypeInfoMutex.Lock()
defer cachedTypeInfoMutex.Unlock()
if pti, ok = cachedTypeInfo[rtid]; ok {
return
}
ti := typeInfo{rt: rt, rtid: rtid}
pti = &ti
var indir int8
if ok, indir = implementsIntf(rt, binaryMarshalerTyp); ok {
ti.m, ti.mIndir = true, indir
}
if ok, indir = implementsIntf(rt, binaryUnmarshalerTyp); ok {
ti.unm, ti.unmIndir = true, indir
}
if ok, _ = implementsIntf(rt, mapBySliceTyp); ok {
ti.mbs = true
}
pt := rt
var ptIndir int8
// for ; pt.Kind() == reflect.Ptr; pt, ptIndir = pt.Elem(), ptIndir+1 { }
for pt.Kind() == reflect.Ptr {
pt = pt.Elem()
ptIndir++
}
if ptIndir == 0 {
ti.base = rt
ti.baseId = rtid
} else {
ti.base = pt
ti.baseId = reflect.ValueOf(pt).Pointer()
ti.baseIndir = ptIndir
}
if rt.Kind() == reflect.Struct {
var siInfo *structFieldInfo
if f, ok := rt.FieldByName(structInfoFieldName); ok {
siInfo = parseStructFieldInfo(structInfoFieldName, f.Tag.Get(structTagName))
ti.toArray = siInfo.toArray
}
sfip := make([]*structFieldInfo, 0, rt.NumField())
rgetTypeInfo(rt, nil, make(map[string]bool), &sfip, siInfo)
// // try to put all si close together
// const tryToPutAllStructFieldInfoTogether = true
// if tryToPutAllStructFieldInfoTogether {
// sfip2 := make([]structFieldInfo, len(sfip))
// for i, si := range sfip {
// sfip2[i] = *si
// }
// for i := range sfip {
// sfip[i] = &sfip2[i]
// }
// }
ti.sfip = make([]*structFieldInfo, len(sfip))
ti.sfi = make([]*structFieldInfo, len(sfip))
copy(ti.sfip, sfip)
sort.Sort(sfiSortedByEncName(sfip))
copy(ti.sfi, sfip)
}
// sfi = sfip
cachedTypeInfo[rtid] = pti
return
}
func rgetTypeInfo(rt reflect.Type, indexstack []int, fnameToHastag map[string]bool,
sfi *[]*structFieldInfo, siInfo *structFieldInfo,
) {
// for rt.Kind() == reflect.Ptr {
// // indexstack = append(indexstack, 0)
// rt = rt.Elem()
// }
for j := 0; j < rt.NumField(); j++ {
f := rt.Field(j)
stag := f.Tag.Get(structTagName)
if stag == "-" {
continue
}
if r1, _ := utf8.DecodeRuneInString(f.Name); r1 == utf8.RuneError || !unicode.IsUpper(r1) {
continue
}
// if anonymous and there is no struct tag and its a struct (or pointer to struct), inline it.
if f.Anonymous && stag == "" {
ft := f.Type
for ft.Kind() == reflect.Ptr {
ft = ft.Elem()
}
if ft.Kind() == reflect.Struct {
indexstack2 := append(append(make([]int, 0, len(indexstack)+4), indexstack...), j)
rgetTypeInfo(ft, indexstack2, fnameToHastag, sfi, siInfo)
continue
}
}
// do not let fields with same name in embedded structs override field at higher level.
// this must be done after anonymous check, to allow anonymous field
// still include their child fields
if _, ok := fnameToHastag[f.Name]; ok {
continue
}
si := parseStructFieldInfo(f.Name, stag)
// si.ikind = int(f.Type.Kind())
if len(indexstack) == 0 {
si.i = int16(j)
} else {
si.i = -1
si.is = append(append(make([]int, 0, len(indexstack)+4), indexstack...), j)
}
if siInfo != nil {
if siInfo.omitEmpty {
si.omitEmpty = true
}
}
*sfi = append(*sfi, si)
fnameToHastag[f.Name] = stag != ""
}
}
func panicToErr(err *error) {
if recoverPanicToErr {
if x := recover(); x != nil {
//debug.PrintStack()
panicValToErr(x, err)
}
}
}
func doPanic(tag string, format string, params ...interface{}) {
params2 := make([]interface{}, len(params)+1)
params2[0] = tag
copy(params2[1:], params)
panic(fmt.Errorf("%s: "+format, params2...))
}
func checkOverflowFloat32(f float64, doCheck bool) {
if !doCheck {
return
}
// check overflow (logic adapted from std pkg reflect/value.go OverflowFloat()
f2 := f
if f2 < 0 {
f2 = -f
}
if math.MaxFloat32 < f2 && f2 <= math.MaxFloat64 {
decErr("Overflow float32 value: %v", f2)
}
}
func checkOverflow(ui uint64, i int64, bitsize uint8) {
// check overflow (logic adapted from std pkg reflect/value.go OverflowUint()
if bitsize == 0 {
return
}
if i != 0 {
if trunc := (i << (64 - bitsize)) >> (64 - bitsize); i != trunc {
decErr("Overflow int value: %v", i)
}
}
if ui != 0 {
if trunc := (ui << (64 - bitsize)) >> (64 - bitsize); ui != trunc {
decErr("Overflow uint value: %v", ui)
}
}
}

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,127 @@
// Copyright (c) 2012, 2013 Ugorji Nwoke. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license found in the LICENSE file.
package codec
// All non-std package dependencies live in this file,
// so porting to different environment is easy (just update functions).
import (
"errors"
"fmt"
"math"
"reflect"
)
var (
raisePanicAfterRecover = false
debugging = true
)
func panicValToErr(panicVal interface{}, err *error) {
switch xerr := panicVal.(type) {
case error:
*err = xerr
case string:
*err = errors.New(xerr)
default:
*err = fmt.Errorf("%v", panicVal)
}
if raisePanicAfterRecover {
panic(panicVal)
}
return
}
func isEmptyValueDeref(v reflect.Value, deref bool) bool {
switch v.Kind() {
case reflect.Array, reflect.Map, reflect.Slice, reflect.String:
return v.Len() == 0
case reflect.Bool:
return !v.Bool()
case reflect.Int, reflect.Int8, reflect.Int16, reflect.Int32, reflect.Int64:
return v.Int() == 0
case reflect.Uint, reflect.Uint8, reflect.Uint16, reflect.Uint32, reflect.Uint64, reflect.Uintptr:
return v.Uint() == 0
case reflect.Float32, reflect.Float64:
return v.Float() == 0
case reflect.Interface, reflect.Ptr:
if deref {
if v.IsNil() {
return true
}
return isEmptyValueDeref(v.Elem(), deref)
} else {
return v.IsNil()
}
case reflect.Struct:
// return true if all fields are empty. else return false.
// we cannot use equality check, because some fields may be maps/slices/etc
// and consequently the structs are not comparable.
// return v.Interface() == reflect.Zero(v.Type()).Interface()
for i, n := 0, v.NumField(); i < n; i++ {
if !isEmptyValueDeref(v.Field(i), deref) {
return false
}
}
return true
}
return false
}
func isEmptyValue(v reflect.Value) bool {
return isEmptyValueDeref(v, true)
}
func debugf(format string, args ...interface{}) {
if debugging {
if len(format) == 0 || format[len(format)-1] != '\n' {
format = format + "\n"
}
fmt.Printf(format, args...)
}
}
func pruneSignExt(v []byte, pos bool) (n int) {
if len(v) < 2 {
} else if pos && v[0] == 0 {
for ; v[n] == 0 && n+1 < len(v) && (v[n+1]&(1<<7) == 0); n++ {
}
} else if !pos && v[0] == 0xff {
for ; v[n] == 0xff && n+1 < len(v) && (v[n+1]&(1<<7) != 0); n++ {
}
}
return
}
func implementsIntf(typ, iTyp reflect.Type) (success bool, indir int8) {
if typ == nil {
return
}
rt := typ
// The type might be a pointer and we need to keep
// dereferencing to the base type until we find an implementation.
for {
if rt.Implements(iTyp) {
return true, indir
}
if p := rt; p.Kind() == reflect.Ptr {
indir++
if indir >= math.MaxInt8 { // insane number of indirections
return false, 0
}
rt = p.Elem()
continue
}
break
}
// No luck yet, but if this is a base type (non-pointer), the pointer might satisfy.
if typ.Kind() != reflect.Ptr {
// Not a pointer, but does the pointer work?
if reflect.PtrTo(typ).Implements(iTyp) {
return true, -1
}
}
return false, 0
}

816
vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-msgpack/codec/msgpack.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,816 @@
// Copyright (c) 2012, 2013 Ugorji Nwoke. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license found in the LICENSE file.
/*
MSGPACK
Msgpack-c implementation powers the c, c++, python, ruby, etc libraries.
We need to maintain compatibility with it and how it encodes integer values
without caring about the type.
For compatibility with behaviour of msgpack-c reference implementation:
- Go intX (>0) and uintX
IS ENCODED AS
msgpack +ve fixnum, unsigned
- Go intX (<0)
IS ENCODED AS
msgpack -ve fixnum, signed
*/
package codec
import (
"fmt"
"io"
"math"
"net/rpc"
)
const (
mpPosFixNumMin byte = 0x00
mpPosFixNumMax = 0x7f
mpFixMapMin = 0x80
mpFixMapMax = 0x8f
mpFixArrayMin = 0x90
mpFixArrayMax = 0x9f
mpFixStrMin = 0xa0
mpFixStrMax = 0xbf
mpNil = 0xc0
_ = 0xc1
mpFalse = 0xc2
mpTrue = 0xc3
mpFloat = 0xca
mpDouble = 0xcb
mpUint8 = 0xcc
mpUint16 = 0xcd
mpUint32 = 0xce
mpUint64 = 0xcf
mpInt8 = 0xd0
mpInt16 = 0xd1
mpInt32 = 0xd2
mpInt64 = 0xd3
// extensions below
mpBin8 = 0xc4
mpBin16 = 0xc5
mpBin32 = 0xc6
mpExt8 = 0xc7
mpExt16 = 0xc8
mpExt32 = 0xc9
mpFixExt1 = 0xd4
mpFixExt2 = 0xd5
mpFixExt4 = 0xd6
mpFixExt8 = 0xd7
mpFixExt16 = 0xd8
mpStr8 = 0xd9 // new
mpStr16 = 0xda
mpStr32 = 0xdb
mpArray16 = 0xdc
mpArray32 = 0xdd
mpMap16 = 0xde
mpMap32 = 0xdf
mpNegFixNumMin = 0xe0
mpNegFixNumMax = 0xff
)
// MsgpackSpecRpcMultiArgs is a special type which signifies to the MsgpackSpecRpcCodec
// that the backend RPC service takes multiple arguments, which have been arranged
// in sequence in the slice.
//
// The Codec then passes it AS-IS to the rpc service (without wrapping it in an
// array of 1 element).
type MsgpackSpecRpcMultiArgs []interface{}
// A MsgpackContainer type specifies the different types of msgpackContainers.
type msgpackContainerType struct {
fixCutoff int
bFixMin, b8, b16, b32 byte
hasFixMin, has8, has8Always bool
}
var (
msgpackContainerStr = msgpackContainerType{32, mpFixStrMin, mpStr8, mpStr16, mpStr32, true, true, false}
msgpackContainerBin = msgpackContainerType{0, 0, mpBin8, mpBin16, mpBin32, false, true, true}
msgpackContainerList = msgpackContainerType{16, mpFixArrayMin, 0, mpArray16, mpArray32, true, false, false}
msgpackContainerMap = msgpackContainerType{16, mpFixMapMin, 0, mpMap16, mpMap32, true, false, false}
)
//---------------------------------------------
type msgpackEncDriver struct {
w encWriter
h *MsgpackHandle
}
func (e *msgpackEncDriver) isBuiltinType(rt uintptr) bool {
//no builtin types. All encodings are based on kinds. Types supported as extensions.
return false
}
func (e *msgpackEncDriver) encodeBuiltin(rt uintptr, v interface{}) {}
func (e *msgpackEncDriver) encodeNil() {
e.w.writen1(mpNil)
}
func (e *msgpackEncDriver) encodeInt(i int64) {
switch {
case i >= 0:
e.encodeUint(uint64(i))
case i >= -32:
e.w.writen1(byte(i))
case i >= math.MinInt8:
e.w.writen2(mpInt8, byte(i))
case i >= math.MinInt16:
e.w.writen1(mpInt16)
e.w.writeUint16(uint16(i))
case i >= math.MinInt32:
e.w.writen1(mpInt32)
e.w.writeUint32(uint32(i))
default:
e.w.writen1(mpInt64)
e.w.writeUint64(uint64(i))
}
}
func (e *msgpackEncDriver) encodeUint(i uint64) {
switch {
case i <= math.MaxInt8:
e.w.writen1(byte(i))
case i <= math.MaxUint8:
e.w.writen2(mpUint8, byte(i))
case i <= math.MaxUint16:
e.w.writen1(mpUint16)
e.w.writeUint16(uint16(i))
case i <= math.MaxUint32:
e.w.writen1(mpUint32)
e.w.writeUint32(uint32(i))
default:
e.w.writen1(mpUint64)
e.w.writeUint64(uint64(i))
}
}
func (e *msgpackEncDriver) encodeBool(b bool) {
if b {
e.w.writen1(mpTrue)
} else {
e.w.writen1(mpFalse)
}
}
func (e *msgpackEncDriver) encodeFloat32(f float32) {
e.w.writen1(mpFloat)
e.w.writeUint32(math.Float32bits(f))
}
func (e *msgpackEncDriver) encodeFloat64(f float64) {
e.w.writen1(mpDouble)
e.w.writeUint64(math.Float64bits(f))
}
func (e *msgpackEncDriver) encodeExtPreamble(xtag byte, l int) {
switch {
case l == 1:
e.w.writen2(mpFixExt1, xtag)
case l == 2:
e.w.writen2(mpFixExt2, xtag)
case l == 4:
e.w.writen2(mpFixExt4, xtag)
case l == 8:
e.w.writen2(mpFixExt8, xtag)
case l == 16:
e.w.writen2(mpFixExt16, xtag)
case l < 256:
e.w.writen2(mpExt8, byte(l))
e.w.writen1(xtag)
case l < 65536:
e.w.writen1(mpExt16)
e.w.writeUint16(uint16(l))
e.w.writen1(xtag)
default:
e.w.writen1(mpExt32)
e.w.writeUint32(uint32(l))
e.w.writen1(xtag)
}
}
func (e *msgpackEncDriver) encodeArrayPreamble(length int) {
e.writeContainerLen(msgpackContainerList, length)
}
func (e *msgpackEncDriver) encodeMapPreamble(length int) {
e.writeContainerLen(msgpackContainerMap, length)
}
func (e *msgpackEncDriver) encodeString(c charEncoding, s string) {
if c == c_RAW && e.h.WriteExt {
e.writeContainerLen(msgpackContainerBin, len(s))
} else {
e.writeContainerLen(msgpackContainerStr, len(s))
}
if len(s) > 0 {
e.w.writestr(s)
}
}
func (e *msgpackEncDriver) encodeSymbol(v string) {
e.encodeString(c_UTF8, v)
}
func (e *msgpackEncDriver) encodeStringBytes(c charEncoding, bs []byte) {
if c == c_RAW && e.h.WriteExt {
e.writeContainerLen(msgpackContainerBin, len(bs))
} else {
e.writeContainerLen(msgpackContainerStr, len(bs))
}
if len(bs) > 0 {
e.w.writeb(bs)
}
}
func (e *msgpackEncDriver) writeContainerLen(ct msgpackContainerType, l int) {
switch {
case ct.hasFixMin && l < ct.fixCutoff:
e.w.writen1(ct.bFixMin | byte(l))
case ct.has8 && l < 256 && (ct.has8Always || e.h.WriteExt):
e.w.writen2(ct.b8, uint8(l))
case l < 65536:
e.w.writen1(ct.b16)
e.w.writeUint16(uint16(l))
default:
e.w.writen1(ct.b32)
e.w.writeUint32(uint32(l))
}
}
//---------------------------------------------
type msgpackDecDriver struct {
r decReader
h *MsgpackHandle
bd byte
bdRead bool
bdType valueType
}
func (d *msgpackDecDriver) isBuiltinType(rt uintptr) bool {
//no builtin types. All encodings are based on kinds. Types supported as extensions.
return false
}
func (d *msgpackDecDriver) decodeBuiltin(rt uintptr, v interface{}) {}
// Note: This returns either a primitive (int, bool, etc) for non-containers,
// or a containerType, or a specific type denoting nil or extension.
// It is called when a nil interface{} is passed, leaving it up to the DecDriver
// to introspect the stream and decide how best to decode.
// It deciphers the value by looking at the stream first.
func (d *msgpackDecDriver) decodeNaked() (v interface{}, vt valueType, decodeFurther bool) {
d.initReadNext()
bd := d.bd
switch bd {
case mpNil:
vt = valueTypeNil
d.bdRead = false
case mpFalse:
vt = valueTypeBool
v = false
case mpTrue:
vt = valueTypeBool
v = true
case mpFloat:
vt = valueTypeFloat
v = float64(math.Float32frombits(d.r.readUint32()))
case mpDouble:
vt = valueTypeFloat
v = math.Float64frombits(d.r.readUint64())
case mpUint8:
vt = valueTypeUint
v = uint64(d.r.readn1())
case mpUint16:
vt = valueTypeUint
v = uint64(d.r.readUint16())
case mpUint32:
vt = valueTypeUint
v = uint64(d.r.readUint32())
case mpUint64:
vt = valueTypeUint
v = uint64(d.r.readUint64())
case mpInt8:
vt = valueTypeInt
v = int64(int8(d.r.readn1()))
case mpInt16:
vt = valueTypeInt
v = int64(int16(d.r.readUint16()))
case mpInt32:
vt = valueTypeInt
v = int64(int32(d.r.readUint32()))
case mpInt64:
vt = valueTypeInt
v = int64(int64(d.r.readUint64()))
default:
switch {
case bd >= mpPosFixNumMin && bd <= mpPosFixNumMax:
// positive fixnum (always signed)
vt = valueTypeInt
v = int64(int8(bd))
case bd >= mpNegFixNumMin && bd <= mpNegFixNumMax:
// negative fixnum
vt = valueTypeInt
v = int64(int8(bd))
case bd == mpStr8, bd == mpStr16, bd == mpStr32, bd >= mpFixStrMin && bd <= mpFixStrMax:
if d.h.RawToString {
var rvm string
vt = valueTypeString
v = &rvm
} else {
var rvm = []byte{}
vt = valueTypeBytes
v = &rvm
}
decodeFurther = true
case bd == mpBin8, bd == mpBin16, bd == mpBin32:
var rvm = []byte{}
vt = valueTypeBytes
v = &rvm
decodeFurther = true
case bd == mpArray16, bd == mpArray32, bd >= mpFixArrayMin && bd <= mpFixArrayMax:
vt = valueTypeArray
decodeFurther = true
case bd == mpMap16, bd == mpMap32, bd >= mpFixMapMin && bd <= mpFixMapMax:
vt = valueTypeMap
decodeFurther = true
case bd >= mpFixExt1 && bd <= mpFixExt16, bd >= mpExt8 && bd <= mpExt32:
clen := d.readExtLen()
var re RawExt
re.Tag = d.r.readn1()
re.Data = d.r.readn(clen)
v = &re
vt = valueTypeExt
default:
decErr("Nil-Deciphered DecodeValue: %s: hex: %x, dec: %d", msgBadDesc, bd, bd)
}
}
if !decodeFurther {
d.bdRead = false
}
return
}
// int can be decoded from msgpack type: intXXX or uintXXX
func (d *msgpackDecDriver) decodeInt(bitsize uint8) (i int64) {
switch d.bd {
case mpUint8:
i = int64(uint64(d.r.readn1()))
case mpUint16:
i = int64(uint64(d.r.readUint16()))
case mpUint32:
i = int64(uint64(d.r.readUint32()))
case mpUint64:
i = int64(d.r.readUint64())
case mpInt8:
i = int64(int8(d.r.readn1()))
case mpInt16:
i = int64(int16(d.r.readUint16()))
case mpInt32:
i = int64(int32(d.r.readUint32()))
case mpInt64:
i = int64(d.r.readUint64())
default:
switch {
case d.bd >= mpPosFixNumMin && d.bd <= mpPosFixNumMax:
i = int64(int8(d.bd))
case d.bd >= mpNegFixNumMin && d.bd <= mpNegFixNumMax:
i = int64(int8(d.bd))
default:
decErr("Unhandled single-byte unsigned integer value: %s: %x", msgBadDesc, d.bd)
}
}
// check overflow (logic adapted from std pkg reflect/value.go OverflowUint()
if bitsize > 0 {
if trunc := (i << (64 - bitsize)) >> (64 - bitsize); i != trunc {
decErr("Overflow int value: %v", i)
}
}
d.bdRead = false
return
}
// uint can be decoded from msgpack type: intXXX or uintXXX
func (d *msgpackDecDriver) decodeUint(bitsize uint8) (ui uint64) {
switch d.bd {
case mpUint8:
ui = uint64(d.r.readn1())
case mpUint16:
ui = uint64(d.r.readUint16())
case mpUint32:
ui = uint64(d.r.readUint32())
case mpUint64:
ui = d.r.readUint64()
case mpInt8:
if i := int64(int8(d.r.readn1())); i >= 0 {
ui = uint64(i)
} else {
decErr("Assigning negative signed value: %v, to unsigned type", i)
}
case mpInt16:
if i := int64(int16(d.r.readUint16())); i >= 0 {
ui = uint64(i)
} else {
decErr("Assigning negative signed value: %v, to unsigned type", i)
}
case mpInt32:
if i := int64(int32(d.r.readUint32())); i >= 0 {
ui = uint64(i)
} else {
decErr("Assigning negative signed value: %v, to unsigned type", i)
}
case mpInt64:
if i := int64(d.r.readUint64()); i >= 0 {
ui = uint64(i)
} else {
decErr("Assigning negative signed value: %v, to unsigned type", i)
}
default:
switch {
case d.bd >= mpPosFixNumMin && d.bd <= mpPosFixNumMax:
ui = uint64(d.bd)
case d.bd >= mpNegFixNumMin && d.bd <= mpNegFixNumMax:
decErr("Assigning negative signed value: %v, to unsigned type", int(d.bd))
default:
decErr("Unhandled single-byte unsigned integer value: %s: %x", msgBadDesc, d.bd)
}
}
// check overflow (logic adapted from std pkg reflect/value.go OverflowUint()
if bitsize > 0 {
if trunc := (ui << (64 - bitsize)) >> (64 - bitsize); ui != trunc {
decErr("Overflow uint value: %v", ui)
}
}
d.bdRead = false
return
}
// float can either be decoded from msgpack type: float, double or intX
func (d *msgpackDecDriver) decodeFloat(chkOverflow32 bool) (f float64) {
switch d.bd {
case mpFloat:
f = float64(math.Float32frombits(d.r.readUint32()))
case mpDouble:
f = math.Float64frombits(d.r.readUint64())
default:
f = float64(d.decodeInt(0))
}
checkOverflowFloat32(f, chkOverflow32)
d.bdRead = false
return
}
// bool can be decoded from bool, fixnum 0 or 1.
func (d *msgpackDecDriver) decodeBool() (b bool) {
switch d.bd {
case mpFalse, 0:
// b = false
case mpTrue, 1:
b = true
default:
decErr("Invalid single-byte value for bool: %s: %x", msgBadDesc, d.bd)
}
d.bdRead = false
return
}
func (d *msgpackDecDriver) decodeString() (s string) {
clen := d.readContainerLen(msgpackContainerStr)
if clen > 0 {
s = string(d.r.readn(clen))
}
d.bdRead = false
return
}
// Callers must check if changed=true (to decide whether to replace the one they have)
func (d *msgpackDecDriver) decodeBytes(bs []byte) (bsOut []byte, changed bool) {
// bytes can be decoded from msgpackContainerStr or msgpackContainerBin
var clen int
switch d.bd {
case mpBin8, mpBin16, mpBin32:
clen = d.readContainerLen(msgpackContainerBin)
default:
clen = d.readContainerLen(msgpackContainerStr)
}
// if clen < 0 {
// changed = true
// panic("length cannot be zero. this cannot be nil.")
// }
if clen > 0 {
// if no contents in stream, don't update the passed byteslice
if len(bs) != clen {
// Return changed=true if length of passed slice diff from length of bytes in stream
if len(bs) > clen {
bs = bs[:clen]
} else {
bs = make([]byte, clen)
}
bsOut = bs
changed = true
}
d.r.readb(bs)
}
d.bdRead = false
return
}
// Every top-level decode funcs (i.e. decodeValue, decode) must call this first.
func (d *msgpackDecDriver) initReadNext() {
if d.bdRead {
return
}
d.bd = d.r.readn1()
d.bdRead = true
d.bdType = valueTypeUnset
}
func (d *msgpackDecDriver) currentEncodedType() valueType {
if d.bdType == valueTypeUnset {
bd := d.bd
switch bd {
case mpNil:
d.bdType = valueTypeNil
case mpFalse, mpTrue:
d.bdType = valueTypeBool
case mpFloat, mpDouble:
d.bdType = valueTypeFloat
case mpUint8, mpUint16, mpUint32, mpUint64:
d.bdType = valueTypeUint
case mpInt8, mpInt16, mpInt32, mpInt64:
d.bdType = valueTypeInt
default:
switch {
case bd >= mpPosFixNumMin && bd <= mpPosFixNumMax:
d.bdType = valueTypeInt
case bd >= mpNegFixNumMin && bd <= mpNegFixNumMax:
d.bdType = valueTypeInt
case bd == mpStr8, bd == mpStr16, bd == mpStr32, bd >= mpFixStrMin && bd <= mpFixStrMax:
if d.h.RawToString {
d.bdType = valueTypeString
} else {
d.bdType = valueTypeBytes
}
case bd == mpBin8, bd == mpBin16, bd == mpBin32:
d.bdType = valueTypeBytes
case bd == mpArray16, bd == mpArray32, bd >= mpFixArrayMin && bd <= mpFixArrayMax:
d.bdType = valueTypeArray
case bd == mpMap16, bd == mpMap32, bd >= mpFixMapMin && bd <= mpFixMapMax:
d.bdType = valueTypeMap
case bd >= mpFixExt1 && bd <= mpFixExt16, bd >= mpExt8 && bd <= mpExt32:
d.bdType = valueTypeExt
default:
decErr("currentEncodedType: Undeciphered descriptor: %s: hex: %x, dec: %d", msgBadDesc, bd, bd)
}
}
}
return d.bdType
}
func (d *msgpackDecDriver) tryDecodeAsNil() bool {
if d.bd == mpNil {
d.bdRead = false
return true
}
return false
}
func (d *msgpackDecDriver) readContainerLen(ct msgpackContainerType) (clen int) {
bd := d.bd
switch {
case bd == mpNil:
clen = -1 // to represent nil
case bd == ct.b8:
clen = int(d.r.readn1())
case bd == ct.b16:
clen = int(d.r.readUint16())
case bd == ct.b32:
clen = int(d.r.readUint32())
case (ct.bFixMin & bd) == ct.bFixMin:
clen = int(ct.bFixMin ^ bd)
default:
decErr("readContainerLen: %s: hex: %x, dec: %d", msgBadDesc, bd, bd)
}
d.bdRead = false
return
}
func (d *msgpackDecDriver) readMapLen() int {
return d.readContainerLen(msgpackContainerMap)
}
func (d *msgpackDecDriver) readArrayLen() int {
return d.readContainerLen(msgpackContainerList)
}
func (d *msgpackDecDriver) readExtLen() (clen int) {
switch d.bd {
case mpNil:
clen = -1 // to represent nil
case mpFixExt1:
clen = 1
case mpFixExt2:
clen = 2
case mpFixExt4:
clen = 4
case mpFixExt8:
clen = 8
case mpFixExt16:
clen = 16
case mpExt8:
clen = int(d.r.readn1())
case mpExt16:
clen = int(d.r.readUint16())
case mpExt32:
clen = int(d.r.readUint32())
default:
decErr("decoding ext bytes: found unexpected byte: %x", d.bd)
}
return
}
func (d *msgpackDecDriver) decodeExt(verifyTag bool, tag byte) (xtag byte, xbs []byte) {
xbd := d.bd
switch {
case xbd == mpBin8, xbd == mpBin16, xbd == mpBin32:
xbs, _ = d.decodeBytes(nil)
case xbd == mpStr8, xbd == mpStr16, xbd == mpStr32,
xbd >= mpFixStrMin && xbd <= mpFixStrMax:
xbs = []byte(d.decodeString())
default:
clen := d.readExtLen()
xtag = d.r.readn1()
if verifyTag && xtag != tag {
decErr("Wrong extension tag. Got %b. Expecting: %v", xtag, tag)
}
xbs = d.r.readn(clen)
}
d.bdRead = false
return
}
//--------------------------------------------------
//MsgpackHandle is a Handle for the Msgpack Schema-Free Encoding Format.
type MsgpackHandle struct {
BasicHandle
// RawToString controls how raw bytes are decoded into a nil interface{}.
RawToString bool
// WriteExt flag supports encoding configured extensions with extension tags.
// It also controls whether other elements of the new spec are encoded (ie Str8).
//
// With WriteExt=false, configured extensions are serialized as raw bytes
// and Str8 is not encoded.
//
// A stream can still be decoded into a typed value, provided an appropriate value
// is provided, but the type cannot be inferred from the stream. If no appropriate
// type is provided (e.g. decoding into a nil interface{}), you get back
// a []byte or string based on the setting of RawToString.
WriteExt bool
}
func (h *MsgpackHandle) newEncDriver(w encWriter) encDriver {
return &msgpackEncDriver{w: w, h: h}
}
func (h *MsgpackHandle) newDecDriver(r decReader) decDriver {
return &msgpackDecDriver{r: r, h: h}
}
func (h *MsgpackHandle) writeExt() bool {
return h.WriteExt
}
func (h *MsgpackHandle) getBasicHandle() *BasicHandle {
return &h.BasicHandle
}
//--------------------------------------------------
type msgpackSpecRpcCodec struct {
rpcCodec
}
// /////////////// Spec RPC Codec ///////////////////
func (c *msgpackSpecRpcCodec) WriteRequest(r *rpc.Request, body interface{}) error {
// WriteRequest can write to both a Go service, and other services that do
// not abide by the 1 argument rule of a Go service.
// We discriminate based on if the body is a MsgpackSpecRpcMultiArgs
var bodyArr []interface{}
if m, ok := body.(MsgpackSpecRpcMultiArgs); ok {
bodyArr = ([]interface{})(m)
} else {
bodyArr = []interface{}{body}
}
r2 := []interface{}{0, uint32(r.Seq), r.ServiceMethod, bodyArr}
return c.write(r2, nil, false, true)
}
func (c *msgpackSpecRpcCodec) WriteResponse(r *rpc.Response, body interface{}) error {
var moe interface{}
if r.Error != "" {
moe = r.Error
}
if moe != nil && body != nil {
body = nil
}
r2 := []interface{}{1, uint32(r.Seq), moe, body}
return c.write(r2, nil, false, true)
}
func (c *msgpackSpecRpcCodec) ReadResponseHeader(r *rpc.Response) error {
return c.parseCustomHeader(1, &r.Seq, &r.Error)
}
func (c *msgpackSpecRpcCodec) ReadRequestHeader(r *rpc.Request) error {
return c.parseCustomHeader(0, &r.Seq, &r.ServiceMethod)
}
func (c *msgpackSpecRpcCodec) ReadRequestBody(body interface{}) error {
if body == nil { // read and discard
return c.read(nil)
}
bodyArr := []interface{}{body}
return c.read(&bodyArr)
}
func (c *msgpackSpecRpcCodec) parseCustomHeader(expectTypeByte byte, msgid *uint64, methodOrError *string) (err error) {
if c.cls {
return io.EOF
}
// We read the response header by hand
// so that the body can be decoded on its own from the stream at a later time.
const fia byte = 0x94 //four item array descriptor value
// Not sure why the panic of EOF is swallowed above.
// if bs1 := c.dec.r.readn1(); bs1 != fia {
// err = fmt.Errorf("Unexpected value for array descriptor: Expecting %v. Received %v", fia, bs1)
// return
// }
var b byte
b, err = c.br.ReadByte()
if err != nil {
return
}
if b != fia {
err = fmt.Errorf("Unexpected value for array descriptor: Expecting %v. Received %v", fia, b)
return
}
if err = c.read(&b); err != nil {
return
}
if b != expectTypeByte {
err = fmt.Errorf("Unexpected byte descriptor in header. Expecting %v. Received %v", expectTypeByte, b)
return
}
if err = c.read(msgid); err != nil {
return
}
if err = c.read(methodOrError); err != nil {
return
}
return
}
//--------------------------------------------------
// msgpackSpecRpc is the implementation of Rpc that uses custom communication protocol
// as defined in the msgpack spec at https://github.com/msgpack-rpc/msgpack-rpc/blob/master/spec.md
type msgpackSpecRpc struct{}
// MsgpackSpecRpc implements Rpc using the communication protocol defined in
// the msgpack spec at https://github.com/msgpack-rpc/msgpack-rpc/blob/master/spec.md .
// Its methods (ServerCodec and ClientCodec) return values that implement RpcCodecBuffered.
var MsgpackSpecRpc msgpackSpecRpc
func (x msgpackSpecRpc) ServerCodec(conn io.ReadWriteCloser, h Handle) rpc.ServerCodec {
return &msgpackSpecRpcCodec{newRPCCodec(conn, h)}
}
func (x msgpackSpecRpc) ClientCodec(conn io.ReadWriteCloser, h Handle) rpc.ClientCodec {
return &msgpackSpecRpcCodec{newRPCCodec(conn, h)}
}
var _ decDriver = (*msgpackDecDriver)(nil)
var _ encDriver = (*msgpackEncDriver)(nil)

152
vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-msgpack/codec/rpc.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,152 @@
// Copyright (c) 2012, 2013 Ugorji Nwoke. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license found in the LICENSE file.
package codec
import (
"bufio"
"io"
"net/rpc"
"sync"
)
// Rpc provides a rpc Server or Client Codec for rpc communication.
type Rpc interface {
ServerCodec(conn io.ReadWriteCloser, h Handle) rpc.ServerCodec
ClientCodec(conn io.ReadWriteCloser, h Handle) rpc.ClientCodec
}
// RpcCodecBuffered allows access to the underlying bufio.Reader/Writer
// used by the rpc connection. It accomodates use-cases where the connection
// should be used by rpc and non-rpc functions, e.g. streaming a file after
// sending an rpc response.
type RpcCodecBuffered interface {
BufferedReader() *bufio.Reader
BufferedWriter() *bufio.Writer
}
// -------------------------------------
// rpcCodec defines the struct members and common methods.
type rpcCodec struct {
rwc io.ReadWriteCloser
dec *Decoder
enc *Encoder
bw *bufio.Writer
br *bufio.Reader
mu sync.Mutex
cls bool
}
func newRPCCodec(conn io.ReadWriteCloser, h Handle) rpcCodec {
bw := bufio.NewWriter(conn)
br := bufio.NewReader(conn)
return rpcCodec{
rwc: conn,
bw: bw,
br: br,
enc: NewEncoder(bw, h),
dec: NewDecoder(br, h),
}
}
func (c *rpcCodec) BufferedReader() *bufio.Reader {
return c.br
}
func (c *rpcCodec) BufferedWriter() *bufio.Writer {
return c.bw
}
func (c *rpcCodec) write(obj1, obj2 interface{}, writeObj2, doFlush bool) (err error) {
if c.cls {
return io.EOF
}
if err = c.enc.Encode(obj1); err != nil {
return
}
if writeObj2 {
if err = c.enc.Encode(obj2); err != nil {
return
}
}
if doFlush && c.bw != nil {
return c.bw.Flush()
}
return
}
func (c *rpcCodec) read(obj interface{}) (err error) {
if c.cls {
return io.EOF
}
//If nil is passed in, we should still attempt to read content to nowhere.
if obj == nil {
var obj2 interface{}
return c.dec.Decode(&obj2)
}
return c.dec.Decode(obj)
}
func (c *rpcCodec) Close() error {
if c.cls {
return io.EOF
}
c.cls = true
return c.rwc.Close()
}
func (c *rpcCodec) ReadResponseBody(body interface{}) error {
return c.read(body)
}
// -------------------------------------
type goRpcCodec struct {
rpcCodec
}
func (c *goRpcCodec) WriteRequest(r *rpc.Request, body interface{}) error {
// Must protect for concurrent access as per API
c.mu.Lock()
defer c.mu.Unlock()
return c.write(r, body, true, true)
}
func (c *goRpcCodec) WriteResponse(r *rpc.Response, body interface{}) error {
c.mu.Lock()
defer c.mu.Unlock()
return c.write(r, body, true, true)
}
func (c *goRpcCodec) ReadResponseHeader(r *rpc.Response) error {
return c.read(r)
}
func (c *goRpcCodec) ReadRequestHeader(r *rpc.Request) error {
return c.read(r)
}
func (c *goRpcCodec) ReadRequestBody(body interface{}) error {
return c.read(body)
}
// -------------------------------------
// goRpc is the implementation of Rpc that uses the communication protocol
// as defined in net/rpc package.
type goRpc struct{}
// GoRpc implements Rpc using the communication protocol defined in net/rpc package.
// Its methods (ServerCodec and ClientCodec) return values that implement RpcCodecBuffered.
var GoRpc goRpc
func (x goRpc) ServerCodec(conn io.ReadWriteCloser, h Handle) rpc.ServerCodec {
return &goRpcCodec{newRPCCodec(conn, h)}
}
func (x goRpc) ClientCodec(conn io.ReadWriteCloser, h Handle) rpc.ClientCodec {
return &goRpcCodec{newRPCCodec(conn, h)}
}
var _ RpcCodecBuffered = (*rpcCodec)(nil) // ensure *rpcCodec implements RpcCodecBuffered

461
vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-msgpack/codec/simple.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,461 @@
// Copyright (c) 2012, 2013 Ugorji Nwoke. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license found in the LICENSE file.
package codec
import "math"
const (
_ uint8 = iota
simpleVdNil = 1
simpleVdFalse = 2
simpleVdTrue = 3
simpleVdFloat32 = 4
simpleVdFloat64 = 5
// each lasts for 4 (ie n, n+1, n+2, n+3)
simpleVdPosInt = 8
simpleVdNegInt = 12
// containers: each lasts for 4 (ie n, n+1, n+2, ... n+7)
simpleVdString = 216
simpleVdByteArray = 224
simpleVdArray = 232
simpleVdMap = 240
simpleVdExt = 248
)
type simpleEncDriver struct {
h *SimpleHandle
w encWriter
//b [8]byte
}
func (e *simpleEncDriver) isBuiltinType(rt uintptr) bool {
return false
}
func (e *simpleEncDriver) encodeBuiltin(rt uintptr, v interface{}) {
}
func (e *simpleEncDriver) encodeNil() {
e.w.writen1(simpleVdNil)
}
func (e *simpleEncDriver) encodeBool(b bool) {
if b {
e.w.writen1(simpleVdTrue)
} else {
e.w.writen1(simpleVdFalse)
}
}
func (e *simpleEncDriver) encodeFloat32(f float32) {
e.w.writen1(simpleVdFloat32)
e.w.writeUint32(math.Float32bits(f))
}
func (e *simpleEncDriver) encodeFloat64(f float64) {
e.w.writen1(simpleVdFloat64)
e.w.writeUint64(math.Float64bits(f))
}
func (e *simpleEncDriver) encodeInt(v int64) {
if v < 0 {
e.encUint(uint64(-v), simpleVdNegInt)
} else {
e.encUint(uint64(v), simpleVdPosInt)
}
}
func (e *simpleEncDriver) encodeUint(v uint64) {
e.encUint(v, simpleVdPosInt)
}
func (e *simpleEncDriver) encUint(v uint64, bd uint8) {
switch {
case v <= math.MaxUint8:
e.w.writen2(bd, uint8(v))
case v <= math.MaxUint16:
e.w.writen1(bd + 1)
e.w.writeUint16(uint16(v))
case v <= math.MaxUint32:
e.w.writen1(bd + 2)
e.w.writeUint32(uint32(v))
case v <= math.MaxUint64:
e.w.writen1(bd + 3)
e.w.writeUint64(v)
}
}
func (e *simpleEncDriver) encLen(bd byte, length int) {
switch {
case length == 0:
e.w.writen1(bd)
case length <= math.MaxUint8:
e.w.writen1(bd + 1)
e.w.writen1(uint8(length))
case length <= math.MaxUint16:
e.w.writen1(bd + 2)
e.w.writeUint16(uint16(length))
case int64(length) <= math.MaxUint32:
e.w.writen1(bd + 3)
e.w.writeUint32(uint32(length))
default:
e.w.writen1(bd + 4)
e.w.writeUint64(uint64(length))
}
}
func (e *simpleEncDriver) encodeExtPreamble(xtag byte, length int) {
e.encLen(simpleVdExt, length)
e.w.writen1(xtag)
}
func (e *simpleEncDriver) encodeArrayPreamble(length int) {
e.encLen(simpleVdArray, length)
}
func (e *simpleEncDriver) encodeMapPreamble(length int) {
e.encLen(simpleVdMap, length)
}
func (e *simpleEncDriver) encodeString(c charEncoding, v string) {
e.encLen(simpleVdString, len(v))
e.w.writestr(v)
}
func (e *simpleEncDriver) encodeSymbol(v string) {
e.encodeString(c_UTF8, v)
}
func (e *simpleEncDriver) encodeStringBytes(c charEncoding, v []byte) {
e.encLen(simpleVdByteArray, len(v))
e.w.writeb(v)
}
//------------------------------------
type simpleDecDriver struct {
h *SimpleHandle
r decReader
bdRead bool
bdType valueType
bd byte
//b [8]byte
}
func (d *simpleDecDriver) initReadNext() {
if d.bdRead {
return
}
d.bd = d.r.readn1()
d.bdRead = true
d.bdType = valueTypeUnset
}
func (d *simpleDecDriver) currentEncodedType() valueType {
if d.bdType == valueTypeUnset {
switch d.bd {
case simpleVdNil:
d.bdType = valueTypeNil
case simpleVdTrue, simpleVdFalse:
d.bdType = valueTypeBool
case simpleVdPosInt, simpleVdPosInt + 1, simpleVdPosInt + 2, simpleVdPosInt + 3:
d.bdType = valueTypeUint
case simpleVdNegInt, simpleVdNegInt + 1, simpleVdNegInt + 2, simpleVdNegInt + 3:
d.bdType = valueTypeInt
case simpleVdFloat32, simpleVdFloat64:
d.bdType = valueTypeFloat
case simpleVdString, simpleVdString + 1, simpleVdString + 2, simpleVdString + 3, simpleVdString + 4:
d.bdType = valueTypeString
case simpleVdByteArray, simpleVdByteArray + 1, simpleVdByteArray + 2, simpleVdByteArray + 3, simpleVdByteArray + 4:
d.bdType = valueTypeBytes
case simpleVdExt, simpleVdExt + 1, simpleVdExt + 2, simpleVdExt + 3, simpleVdExt + 4:
d.bdType = valueTypeExt
case simpleVdArray, simpleVdArray + 1, simpleVdArray + 2, simpleVdArray + 3, simpleVdArray + 4:
d.bdType = valueTypeArray
case simpleVdMap, simpleVdMap + 1, simpleVdMap + 2, simpleVdMap + 3, simpleVdMap + 4:
d.bdType = valueTypeMap
default:
decErr("currentEncodedType: Unrecognized d.vd: 0x%x", d.bd)
}
}
return d.bdType
}
func (d *simpleDecDriver) tryDecodeAsNil() bool {
if d.bd == simpleVdNil {
d.bdRead = false
return true
}
return false
}
func (d *simpleDecDriver) isBuiltinType(rt uintptr) bool {
return false
}
func (d *simpleDecDriver) decodeBuiltin(rt uintptr, v interface{}) {
}
func (d *simpleDecDriver) decIntAny() (ui uint64, i int64, neg bool) {
switch d.bd {
case simpleVdPosInt:
ui = uint64(d.r.readn1())
i = int64(ui)
case simpleVdPosInt + 1:
ui = uint64(d.r.readUint16())
i = int64(ui)
case simpleVdPosInt + 2:
ui = uint64(d.r.readUint32())
i = int64(ui)
case simpleVdPosInt + 3:
ui = uint64(d.r.readUint64())
i = int64(ui)
case simpleVdNegInt:
ui = uint64(d.r.readn1())
i = -(int64(ui))
neg = true
case simpleVdNegInt + 1:
ui = uint64(d.r.readUint16())
i = -(int64(ui))
neg = true
case simpleVdNegInt + 2:
ui = uint64(d.r.readUint32())
i = -(int64(ui))
neg = true
case simpleVdNegInt + 3:
ui = uint64(d.r.readUint64())
i = -(int64(ui))
neg = true
default:
decErr("decIntAny: Integer only valid from pos/neg integer1..8. Invalid descriptor: %v", d.bd)
}
// don't do this check, because callers may only want the unsigned value.
// if ui > math.MaxInt64 {
// decErr("decIntAny: Integer out of range for signed int64: %v", ui)
// }
return
}
func (d *simpleDecDriver) decodeInt(bitsize uint8) (i int64) {
_, i, _ = d.decIntAny()
checkOverflow(0, i, bitsize)
d.bdRead = false
return
}
func (d *simpleDecDriver) decodeUint(bitsize uint8) (ui uint64) {
ui, i, neg := d.decIntAny()
if neg {
decErr("Assigning negative signed value: %v, to unsigned type", i)
}
checkOverflow(ui, 0, bitsize)
d.bdRead = false
return
}
func (d *simpleDecDriver) decodeFloat(chkOverflow32 bool) (f float64) {
switch d.bd {
case simpleVdFloat32:
f = float64(math.Float32frombits(d.r.readUint32()))
case simpleVdFloat64:
f = math.Float64frombits(d.r.readUint64())
default:
if d.bd >= simpleVdPosInt && d.bd <= simpleVdNegInt+3 {
_, i, _ := d.decIntAny()
f = float64(i)
} else {
decErr("Float only valid from float32/64: Invalid descriptor: %v", d.bd)
}
}
checkOverflowFloat32(f, chkOverflow32)
d.bdRead = false
return
}
// bool can be decoded from bool only (single byte).
func (d *simpleDecDriver) decodeBool() (b bool) {
switch d.bd {
case simpleVdTrue:
b = true
case simpleVdFalse:
default:
decErr("Invalid single-byte value for bool: %s: %x", msgBadDesc, d.bd)
}
d.bdRead = false
return
}
func (d *simpleDecDriver) readMapLen() (length int) {
d.bdRead = false
return d.decLen()
}
func (d *simpleDecDriver) readArrayLen() (length int) {
d.bdRead = false
return d.decLen()
}
func (d *simpleDecDriver) decLen() int {
switch d.bd % 8 {
case 0:
return 0
case 1:
return int(d.r.readn1())
case 2:
return int(d.r.readUint16())
case 3:
ui := uint64(d.r.readUint32())
checkOverflow(ui, 0, intBitsize)
return int(ui)
case 4:
ui := d.r.readUint64()
checkOverflow(ui, 0, intBitsize)
return int(ui)
}
decErr("decLen: Cannot read length: bd%8 must be in range 0..4. Got: %d", d.bd%8)
return -1
}
func (d *simpleDecDriver) decodeString() (s string) {
s = string(d.r.readn(d.decLen()))
d.bdRead = false
return
}
func (d *simpleDecDriver) decodeBytes(bs []byte) (bsOut []byte, changed bool) {
if clen := d.decLen(); clen > 0 {
// if no contents in stream, don't update the passed byteslice
if len(bs) != clen {
if len(bs) > clen {
bs = bs[:clen]
} else {
bs = make([]byte, clen)
}
bsOut = bs
changed = true
}
d.r.readb(bs)
}
d.bdRead = false
return
}
func (d *simpleDecDriver) decodeExt(verifyTag bool, tag byte) (xtag byte, xbs []byte) {
switch d.bd {
case simpleVdExt, simpleVdExt + 1, simpleVdExt + 2, simpleVdExt + 3, simpleVdExt + 4:
l := d.decLen()
xtag = d.r.readn1()
if verifyTag && xtag != tag {
decErr("Wrong extension tag. Got %b. Expecting: %v", xtag, tag)
}
xbs = d.r.readn(l)
case simpleVdByteArray, simpleVdByteArray + 1, simpleVdByteArray + 2, simpleVdByteArray + 3, simpleVdByteArray + 4:
xbs, _ = d.decodeBytes(nil)
default:
decErr("Invalid d.vd for extensions (Expecting extensions or byte array). Got: 0x%x", d.bd)
}
d.bdRead = false
return
}
func (d *simpleDecDriver) decodeNaked() (v interface{}, vt valueType, decodeFurther bool) {
d.initReadNext()
switch d.bd {
case simpleVdNil:
vt = valueTypeNil
case simpleVdFalse:
vt = valueTypeBool
v = false
case simpleVdTrue:
vt = valueTypeBool
v = true
case simpleVdPosInt, simpleVdPosInt + 1, simpleVdPosInt + 2, simpleVdPosInt + 3:
vt = valueTypeUint
ui, _, _ := d.decIntAny()
v = ui
case simpleVdNegInt, simpleVdNegInt + 1, simpleVdNegInt + 2, simpleVdNegInt + 3:
vt = valueTypeInt
_, i, _ := d.decIntAny()
v = i
case simpleVdFloat32:
vt = valueTypeFloat
v = d.decodeFloat(true)
case simpleVdFloat64:
vt = valueTypeFloat
v = d.decodeFloat(false)
case simpleVdString, simpleVdString + 1, simpleVdString + 2, simpleVdString + 3, simpleVdString + 4:
vt = valueTypeString
v = d.decodeString()
case simpleVdByteArray, simpleVdByteArray + 1, simpleVdByteArray + 2, simpleVdByteArray + 3, simpleVdByteArray + 4:
vt = valueTypeBytes
v, _ = d.decodeBytes(nil)
case simpleVdExt, simpleVdExt + 1, simpleVdExt + 2, simpleVdExt + 3, simpleVdExt + 4:
vt = valueTypeExt
l := d.decLen()
var re RawExt
re.Tag = d.r.readn1()
re.Data = d.r.readn(l)
v = &re
vt = valueTypeExt
case simpleVdArray, simpleVdArray + 1, simpleVdArray + 2, simpleVdArray + 3, simpleVdArray + 4:
vt = valueTypeArray
decodeFurther = true
case simpleVdMap, simpleVdMap + 1, simpleVdMap + 2, simpleVdMap + 3, simpleVdMap + 4:
vt = valueTypeMap
decodeFurther = true
default:
decErr("decodeNaked: Unrecognized d.vd: 0x%x", d.bd)
}
if !decodeFurther {
d.bdRead = false
}
return
}
//------------------------------------
// SimpleHandle is a Handle for a very simple encoding format.
//
// simple is a simplistic codec similar to binc, but not as compact.
// - Encoding of a value is always preceeded by the descriptor byte (bd)
// - True, false, nil are encoded fully in 1 byte (the descriptor)
// - Integers (intXXX, uintXXX) are encoded in 1, 2, 4 or 8 bytes (plus a descriptor byte).
// There are positive (uintXXX and intXXX >= 0) and negative (intXXX < 0) integers.
// - Floats are encoded in 4 or 8 bytes (plus a descriptor byte)
// - Lenght of containers (strings, bytes, array, map, extensions)
// are encoded in 0, 1, 2, 4 or 8 bytes.
// Zero-length containers have no length encoded.
// For others, the number of bytes is given by pow(2, bd%3)
// - maps are encoded as [bd] [length] [[key][value]]...
// - arrays are encoded as [bd] [length] [value]...
// - extensions are encoded as [bd] [length] [tag] [byte]...
// - strings/bytearrays are encoded as [bd] [length] [byte]...
//
// The full spec will be published soon.
type SimpleHandle struct {
BasicHandle
}
func (h *SimpleHandle) newEncDriver(w encWriter) encDriver {
return &simpleEncDriver{w: w, h: h}
}
func (h *SimpleHandle) newDecDriver(r decReader) decDriver {
return &simpleDecDriver{r: r, h: h}
}
func (_ *SimpleHandle) writeExt() bool {
return true
}
func (h *SimpleHandle) getBasicHandle() *BasicHandle {
return &h.BasicHandle
}
var _ decDriver = (*simpleDecDriver)(nil)
var _ encDriver = (*simpleEncDriver)(nil)

193
vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-msgpack/codec/time.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,193 @@
// Copyright (c) 2012, 2013 Ugorji Nwoke. All rights reserved.
// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style license found in the LICENSE file.
package codec
import (
"time"
)
var (
timeDigits = [...]byte{'0', '1', '2', '3', '4', '5', '6', '7', '8', '9'}
)
// EncodeTime encodes a time.Time as a []byte, including
// information on the instant in time and UTC offset.
//
// Format Description
//
// A timestamp is composed of 3 components:
//
// - secs: signed integer representing seconds since unix epoch
// - nsces: unsigned integer representing fractional seconds as a
// nanosecond offset within secs, in the range 0 <= nsecs < 1e9
// - tz: signed integer representing timezone offset in minutes east of UTC,
// and a dst (daylight savings time) flag
//
// When encoding a timestamp, the first byte is the descriptor, which
// defines which components are encoded and how many bytes are used to
// encode secs and nsecs components. *If secs/nsecs is 0 or tz is UTC, it
// is not encoded in the byte array explicitly*.
//
// Descriptor 8 bits are of the form `A B C DDD EE`:
// A: Is secs component encoded? 1 = true
// B: Is nsecs component encoded? 1 = true
// C: Is tz component encoded? 1 = true
// DDD: Number of extra bytes for secs (range 0-7).
// If A = 1, secs encoded in DDD+1 bytes.
// If A = 0, secs is not encoded, and is assumed to be 0.
// If A = 1, then we need at least 1 byte to encode secs.
// DDD says the number of extra bytes beyond that 1.
// E.g. if DDD=0, then secs is represented in 1 byte.
// if DDD=2, then secs is represented in 3 bytes.
// EE: Number of extra bytes for nsecs (range 0-3).
// If B = 1, nsecs encoded in EE+1 bytes (similar to secs/DDD above)
//
// Following the descriptor bytes, subsequent bytes are:
//
// secs component encoded in `DDD + 1` bytes (if A == 1)
// nsecs component encoded in `EE + 1` bytes (if B == 1)
// tz component encoded in 2 bytes (if C == 1)
//
// secs and nsecs components are integers encoded in a BigEndian
// 2-complement encoding format.
//
// tz component is encoded as 2 bytes (16 bits). Most significant bit 15 to
// Least significant bit 0 are described below:
//
// Timezone offset has a range of -12:00 to +14:00 (ie -720 to +840 minutes).
// Bit 15 = have\_dst: set to 1 if we set the dst flag.
// Bit 14 = dst\_on: set to 1 if dst is in effect at the time, or 0 if not.
// Bits 13..0 = timezone offset in minutes. It is a signed integer in Big Endian format.
//
func encodeTime(t time.Time) []byte {
//t := rv.Interface().(time.Time)
tsecs, tnsecs := t.Unix(), t.Nanosecond()
var (
bd byte
btmp [8]byte
bs [16]byte
i int = 1
)
l := t.Location()
if l == time.UTC {
l = nil
}
if tsecs != 0 {
bd = bd | 0x80
bigen.PutUint64(btmp[:], uint64(tsecs))
f := pruneSignExt(btmp[:], tsecs >= 0)
bd = bd | (byte(7-f) << 2)
copy(bs[i:], btmp[f:])
i = i + (8 - f)
}
if tnsecs != 0 {
bd = bd | 0x40
bigen.PutUint32(btmp[:4], uint32(tnsecs))
f := pruneSignExt(btmp[:4], true)
bd = bd | byte(3-f)
copy(bs[i:], btmp[f:4])
i = i + (4 - f)
}
if l != nil {
bd = bd | 0x20
// Note that Go Libs do not give access to dst flag.
_, zoneOffset := t.Zone()
//zoneName, zoneOffset := t.Zone()
zoneOffset /= 60
z := uint16(zoneOffset)
bigen.PutUint16(btmp[:2], z)
// clear dst flags
bs[i] = btmp[0] & 0x3f
bs[i+1] = btmp[1]
i = i + 2
}
bs[0] = bd
return bs[0:i]
}
// DecodeTime decodes a []byte into a time.Time.
func decodeTime(bs []byte) (tt time.Time, err error) {
bd := bs[0]
var (
tsec int64
tnsec uint32
tz uint16
i byte = 1
i2 byte
n byte
)
if bd&(1<<7) != 0 {
var btmp [8]byte
n = ((bd >> 2) & 0x7) + 1
i2 = i + n
copy(btmp[8-n:], bs[i:i2])
//if first bit of bs[i] is set, then fill btmp[0..8-n] with 0xff (ie sign extend it)
if bs[i]&(1<<7) != 0 {
copy(btmp[0:8-n], bsAll0xff)
//for j,k := byte(0), 8-n; j < k; j++ { btmp[j] = 0xff }
}
i = i2
tsec = int64(bigen.Uint64(btmp[:]))
}
if bd&(1<<6) != 0 {
var btmp [4]byte
n = (bd & 0x3) + 1
i2 = i + n
copy(btmp[4-n:], bs[i:i2])
i = i2
tnsec = bigen.Uint32(btmp[:])
}
if bd&(1<<5) == 0 {
tt = time.Unix(tsec, int64(tnsec)).UTC()
return
}
// In stdlib time.Parse, when a date is parsed without a zone name, it uses "" as zone name.
// However, we need name here, so it can be shown when time is printed.
// Zone name is in form: UTC-08:00.
// Note that Go Libs do not give access to dst flag, so we ignore dst bits
i2 = i + 2
tz = bigen.Uint16(bs[i:i2])
i = i2
// sign extend sign bit into top 2 MSB (which were dst bits):
if tz&(1<<13) == 0 { // positive
tz = tz & 0x3fff //clear 2 MSBs: dst bits
} else { // negative
tz = tz | 0xc000 //set 2 MSBs: dst bits
//tzname[3] = '-' (TODO: verify. this works here)
}
tzint := int16(tz)
if tzint == 0 {
tt = time.Unix(tsec, int64(tnsec)).UTC()
} else {
// For Go Time, do not use a descriptive timezone.
// It's unnecessary, and makes it harder to do a reflect.DeepEqual.
// The Offset already tells what the offset should be, if not on UTC and unknown zone name.
// var zoneName = timeLocUTCName(tzint)
tt = time.Unix(tsec, int64(tnsec)).In(time.FixedZone("", int(tzint)*60))
}
return
}
func timeLocUTCName(tzint int16) string {
if tzint == 0 {
return "UTC"
}
var tzname = []byte("UTC+00:00")
//tzname := fmt.Sprintf("UTC%s%02d:%02d", tzsign, tz/60, tz%60) //perf issue using Sprintf. inline below.
//tzhr, tzmin := tz/60, tz%60 //faster if u convert to int first
var tzhr, tzmin int16
if tzint < 0 {
tzname[3] = '-' // (TODO: verify. this works here)
tzhr, tzmin = -tzint/60, (-tzint)%60
} else {
tzhr, tzmin = tzint/60, tzint%60
}
tzname[4] = timeDigits[tzhr/10]
tzname[5] = timeDigits[tzhr%10]
tzname[7] = timeDigits[tzmin/10]
tzname[8] = timeDigits[tzmin%10]
return string(tzname)
//return time.FixedZone(string(tzname), int(tzint)*60)
}

353
vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-multierror/LICENSE generated vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,353 @@
Mozilla Public License, version 2.0
1. Definitions
1.1. “Contributor”
means each individual or legal entity that creates, contributes to the
creation of, or owns Covered Software.
1.2. “Contributor Version”
means the combination of the Contributions of others (if any) used by a
Contributor and that particular Contributors Contribution.
1.3. “Contribution”
means Covered Software of a particular Contributor.
1.4. “Covered Software”
means Source Code Form to which the initial Contributor has attached the
notice in Exhibit A, the Executable Form of such Source Code Form, and
Modifications of such Source Code Form, in each case including portions
thereof.
1.5. “Incompatible With Secondary Licenses”
means
a. that the initial Contributor has attached the notice described in
Exhibit B to the Covered Software; or
b. that the Covered Software was made available under the terms of version
1.1 or earlier of the License, but not also under the terms of a
Secondary License.
1.6. “Executable Form”
means any form of the work other than Source Code Form.
1.7. “Larger Work”
means a work that combines Covered Software with other material, in a separate
file or files, that is not Covered Software.
1.8. “License”
means this document.
1.9. “Licensable”
means having the right to grant, to the maximum extent possible, whether at the
time of the initial grant or subsequently, any and all of the rights conveyed by
this License.
1.10. “Modifications”
means any of the following:
a. any file in Source Code Form that results from an addition to, deletion
from, or modification of the contents of Covered Software; or
b. any new file in Source Code Form that contains any Covered Software.
1.11. “Patent Claims” of a Contributor
means any patent claim(s), including without limitation, method, process,
and apparatus claims, in any patent Licensable by such Contributor that
would be infringed, but for the grant of the License, by the making,
using, selling, offering for sale, having made, import, or transfer of
either its Contributions or its Contributor Version.
1.12. “Secondary License”
means either the GNU General Public License, Version 2.0, the GNU Lesser
General Public License, Version 2.1, the GNU Affero General Public
License, Version 3.0, or any later versions of those licenses.
1.13. “Source Code Form”
means the form of the work preferred for making modifications.
1.14. “You” (or “Your”)
means an individual or a legal entity exercising rights under this
License. For legal entities, “You” includes any entity that controls, is
controlled by, or is under common control with You. For purposes of this
definition, “control” means (a) the power, direct or indirect, to cause
the direction or management of such entity, whether by contract or
otherwise, or (b) ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the
outstanding shares or beneficial ownership of such entity.
2. License Grants and Conditions
2.1. Grants
Each Contributor hereby grants You a world-wide, royalty-free,
non-exclusive license:
a. under intellectual property rights (other than patent or trademark)
Licensable by such Contributor to use, reproduce, make available,
modify, display, perform, distribute, and otherwise exploit its
Contributions, either on an unmodified basis, with Modifications, or as
part of a Larger Work; and
b. under Patent Claims of such Contributor to make, use, sell, offer for
sale, have made, import, and otherwise transfer either its Contributions
or its Contributor Version.
2.2. Effective Date
The licenses granted in Section 2.1 with respect to any Contribution become
effective for each Contribution on the date the Contributor first distributes
such Contribution.
2.3. Limitations on Grant Scope
The licenses granted in this Section 2 are the only rights granted under this
License. No additional rights or licenses will be implied from the distribution
or licensing of Covered Software under this License. Notwithstanding Section
2.1(b) above, no patent license is granted by a Contributor:
a. for any code that a Contributor has removed from Covered Software; or
b. for infringements caused by: (i) Your and any other third partys
modifications of Covered Software, or (ii) the combination of its
Contributions with other software (except as part of its Contributor
Version); or
c. under Patent Claims infringed by Covered Software in the absence of its
Contributions.
This License does not grant any rights in the trademarks, service marks, or
logos of any Contributor (except as may be necessary to comply with the
notice requirements in Section 3.4).
2.4. Subsequent Licenses
No Contributor makes additional grants as a result of Your choice to
distribute the Covered Software under a subsequent version of this License
(see Section 10.2) or under the terms of a Secondary License (if permitted
under the terms of Section 3.3).
2.5. Representation
Each Contributor represents that the Contributor believes its Contributions
are its original creation(s) or it has sufficient rights to grant the
rights to its Contributions conveyed by this License.
2.6. Fair Use
This License is not intended to limit any rights You have under applicable
copyright doctrines of fair use, fair dealing, or other equivalents.
2.7. Conditions
Sections 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, and 3.4 are conditions of the licenses granted in
Section 2.1.
3. Responsibilities
3.1. Distribution of Source Form
All distribution of Covered Software in Source Code Form, including any
Modifications that You create or to which You contribute, must be under the
terms of this License. You must inform recipients that the Source Code Form
of the Covered Software is governed by the terms of this License, and how
they can obtain a copy of this License. You may not attempt to alter or
restrict the recipients rights in the Source Code Form.
3.2. Distribution of Executable Form
If You distribute Covered Software in Executable Form then:
a. such Covered Software must also be made available in Source Code Form,
as described in Section 3.1, and You must inform recipients of the
Executable Form how they can obtain a copy of such Source Code Form by
reasonable means in a timely manner, at a charge no more than the cost
of distribution to the recipient; and
b. You may distribute such Executable Form under the terms of this License,
or sublicense it under different terms, provided that the license for
the Executable Form does not attempt to limit or alter the recipients
rights in the Source Code Form under this License.
3.3. Distribution of a Larger Work
You may create and distribute a Larger Work under terms of Your choice,
provided that You also comply with the requirements of this License for the
Covered Software. If the Larger Work is a combination of Covered Software
with a work governed by one or more Secondary Licenses, and the Covered
Software is not Incompatible With Secondary Licenses, this License permits
You to additionally distribute such Covered Software under the terms of
such Secondary License(s), so that the recipient of the Larger Work may, at
their option, further distribute the Covered Software under the terms of
either this License or such Secondary License(s).
3.4. Notices
You may not remove or alter the substance of any license notices (including
copyright notices, patent notices, disclaimers of warranty, or limitations
of liability) contained within the Source Code Form of the Covered
Software, except that You may alter any license notices to the extent
required to remedy known factual inaccuracies.
3.5. Application of Additional Terms
You may choose to offer, and to charge a fee for, warranty, support,
indemnity or liability obligations to one or more recipients of Covered
Software. However, You may do so only on Your own behalf, and not on behalf
of any Contributor. You must make it absolutely clear that any such
warranty, support, indemnity, or liability obligation is offered by You
alone, and You hereby agree to indemnify every Contributor for any
liability incurred by such Contributor as a result of warranty, support,
indemnity or liability terms You offer. You may include additional
disclaimers of warranty and limitations of liability specific to any
jurisdiction.
4. Inability to Comply Due to Statute or Regulation
If it is impossible for You to comply with any of the terms of this License
with respect to some or all of the Covered Software due to statute, judicial
order, or regulation then You must: (a) comply with the terms of this License
to the maximum extent possible; and (b) describe the limitations and the code
they affect. Such description must be placed in a text file included with all
distributions of the Covered Software under this License. Except to the
extent prohibited by statute or regulation, such description must be
sufficiently detailed for a recipient of ordinary skill to be able to
understand it.
5. Termination
5.1. The rights granted under this License will terminate automatically if You
fail to comply with any of its terms. However, if You become compliant,
then the rights granted under this License from a particular Contributor
are reinstated (a) provisionally, unless and until such Contributor
explicitly and finally terminates Your grants, and (b) on an ongoing basis,
if such Contributor fails to notify You of the non-compliance by some
reasonable means prior to 60 days after You have come back into compliance.
Moreover, Your grants from a particular Contributor are reinstated on an
ongoing basis if such Contributor notifies You of the non-compliance by
some reasonable means, this is the first time You have received notice of
non-compliance with this License from such Contributor, and You become
compliant prior to 30 days after Your receipt of the notice.
5.2. If You initiate litigation against any entity by asserting a patent
infringement claim (excluding declaratory judgment actions, counter-claims,
and cross-claims) alleging that a Contributor Version directly or
indirectly infringes any patent, then the rights granted to You by any and
all Contributors for the Covered Software under Section 2.1 of this License
shall terminate.
5.3. In the event of termination under Sections 5.1 or 5.2 above, all end user
license agreements (excluding distributors and resellers) which have been
validly granted by You or Your distributors under this License prior to
termination shall survive termination.
6. Disclaimer of Warranty
Covered Software is provided under this License on an “as is” basis, without
warranty of any kind, either expressed, implied, or statutory, including,
without limitation, warranties that the Covered Software is free of defects,
merchantable, fit for a particular purpose or non-infringing. The entire
risk as to the quality and performance of the Covered Software is with You.
Should any Covered Software prove defective in any respect, You (not any
Contributor) assume the cost of any necessary servicing, repair, or
correction. This disclaimer of warranty constitutes an essential part of this
License. No use of any Covered Software is authorized under this License
except under this disclaimer.
7. Limitation of Liability
Under no circumstances and under no legal theory, whether tort (including
negligence), contract, or otherwise, shall any Contributor, or anyone who
distributes Covered Software as permitted above, be liable to You for any
direct, indirect, special, incidental, or consequential damages of any
character including, without limitation, damages for lost profits, loss of
goodwill, work stoppage, computer failure or malfunction, or any and all
other commercial damages or losses, even if such party shall have been
informed of the possibility of such damages. This limitation of liability
shall not apply to liability for death or personal injury resulting from such
partys negligence to the extent applicable law prohibits such limitation.
Some jurisdictions do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental or
consequential damages, so this exclusion and limitation may not apply to You.
8. Litigation
Any litigation relating to this License may be brought only in the courts of
a jurisdiction where the defendant maintains its principal place of business
and such litigation shall be governed by laws of that jurisdiction, without
reference to its conflict-of-law provisions. Nothing in this Section shall
prevent a partys ability to bring cross-claims or counter-claims.
9. Miscellaneous
This License represents the complete agreement concerning the subject matter
hereof. If any provision of this License is held to be unenforceable, such
provision shall be reformed only to the extent necessary to make it
enforceable. Any law or regulation which provides that the language of a
contract shall be construed against the drafter shall not be used to construe
this License against a Contributor.
10. Versions of the License
10.1. New Versions
Mozilla Foundation is the license steward. Except as provided in Section
10.3, no one other than the license steward has the right to modify or
publish new versions of this License. Each version will be given a
distinguishing version number.
10.2. Effect of New Versions
You may distribute the Covered Software under the terms of the version of
the License under which You originally received the Covered Software, or
under the terms of any subsequent version published by the license
steward.
10.3. Modified Versions
If you create software not governed by this License, and you want to
create a new license for such software, you may create and use a modified
version of this License if you rename the license and remove any
references to the name of the license steward (except to note that such
modified license differs from this License).
10.4. Distributing Source Code Form that is Incompatible With Secondary Licenses
If You choose to distribute Source Code Form that is Incompatible With
Secondary Licenses under the terms of this version of the License, the
notice described in Exhibit B of this License must be attached.
Exhibit A - Source Code Form License Notice
This Source Code Form is subject to the
terms of the Mozilla Public License, v.
2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not
distributed with this file, You can
obtain one at
http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
If it is not possible or desirable to put the notice in a particular file, then
You may include the notice in a location (such as a LICENSE file in a relevant
directory) where a recipient would be likely to look for such a notice.
You may add additional accurate notices of copyright ownership.
Exhibit B - “Incompatible With Secondary Licenses” Notice
This Source Code Form is “Incompatible
With Secondary Licenses”, as defined by
the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0.

41
vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-multierror/append.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
package multierror
// Append is a helper function that will append more errors
// onto an Error in order to create a larger multi-error.
//
// If err is not a multierror.Error, then it will be turned into
// one. If any of the errs are multierr.Error, they will be flattened
// one level into err.
func Append(err error, errs ...error) *Error {
switch err := err.(type) {
case *Error:
// Typed nils can reach here, so initialize if we are nil
if err == nil {
err = new(Error)
}
// Go through each error and flatten
for _, e := range errs {
switch e := e.(type) {
case *Error:
if e != nil {
err.Errors = append(err.Errors, e.Errors...)
}
default:
if e != nil {
err.Errors = append(err.Errors, e)
}
}
}
return err
default:
newErrs := make([]error, 0, len(errs)+1)
if err != nil {
newErrs = append(newErrs, err)
}
newErrs = append(newErrs, errs...)
return Append(&Error{}, newErrs...)
}
}

26
vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-multierror/flatten.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
package multierror
// Flatten flattens the given error, merging any *Errors together into
// a single *Error.
func Flatten(err error) error {
// If it isn't an *Error, just return the error as-is
if _, ok := err.(*Error); !ok {
return err
}
// Otherwise, make the result and flatten away!
flatErr := new(Error)
flatten(err, flatErr)
return flatErr
}
func flatten(err error, flatErr *Error) {
switch err := err.(type) {
case *Error:
for _, e := range err.Errors {
flatten(e, flatErr)
}
default:
flatErr.Errors = append(flatErr.Errors, err)
}
}

27
vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-multierror/format.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
package multierror
import (
"fmt"
"strings"
)
// ErrorFormatFunc is a function callback that is called by Error to
// turn the list of errors into a string.
type ErrorFormatFunc func([]error) string
// ListFormatFunc is a basic formatter that outputs the number of errors
// that occurred along with a bullet point list of the errors.
func ListFormatFunc(es []error) string {
if len(es) == 1 {
return fmt.Sprintf("1 error occurred:\n\t* %s\n\n", es[0])
}
points := make([]string, len(es))
for i, err := range es {
points[i] = fmt.Sprintf("* %s", err)
}
return fmt.Sprintf(
"%d errors occurred:\n\t%s\n\n",
len(es), strings.Join(points, "\n\t"))
}

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
package multierror
import (
"fmt"
)
// Error is an error type to track multiple errors. This is used to
// accumulate errors in cases and return them as a single "error".
type Error struct {
Errors []error
ErrorFormat ErrorFormatFunc
}
func (e *Error) Error() string {
fn := e.ErrorFormat
if fn == nil {
fn = ListFormatFunc
}
return fn(e.Errors)
}
// ErrorOrNil returns an error interface if this Error represents
// a list of errors, or returns nil if the list of errors is empty. This
// function is useful at the end of accumulation to make sure that the value
// returned represents the existence of errors.
func (e *Error) ErrorOrNil() error {
if e == nil {
return nil
}
if len(e.Errors) == 0 {
return nil
}
return e
}
func (e *Error) GoString() string {
return fmt.Sprintf("*%#v", *e)
}
// WrappedErrors returns the list of errors that this Error is wrapping.
// It is an implementation of the errwrap.Wrapper interface so that
// multierror.Error can be used with that library.
//
// This method is not safe to be called concurrently and is no different
// than accessing the Errors field directly. It is implemented only to
// satisfy the errwrap.Wrapper interface.
func (e *Error) WrappedErrors() []error {
return e.Errors
}

37
vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-multierror/prefix.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
package multierror
import (
"fmt"
"github.com/hashicorp/errwrap"
)
// Prefix is a helper function that will prefix some text
// to the given error. If the error is a multierror.Error, then
// it will be prefixed to each wrapped error.
//
// This is useful to use when appending multiple multierrors
// together in order to give better scoping.
func Prefix(err error, prefix string) error {
if err == nil {
return nil
}
format := fmt.Sprintf("%s {{err}}", prefix)
switch err := err.(type) {
case *Error:
// Typed nils can reach here, so initialize if we are nil
if err == nil {
err = new(Error)
}
// Wrap each of the errors
for i, e := range err.Errors {
err.Errors[i] = errwrap.Wrapf(format, e)
}
return err
default:
return errwrap.Wrapf(format, err)
}
}

16
vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-multierror/sort.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
package multierror
// Len implements sort.Interface function for length
func (err Error) Len() int {
return len(err.Errors)
}
// Swap implements sort.Interface function for swapping elements
func (err Error) Swap(i, j int) {
err.Errors[i], err.Errors[j] = err.Errors[j], err.Errors[i]
}
// Less implements sort.Interface function for determining order
func (err Error) Less(i, j int) bool {
return err.Errors[i].Error() < err.Errors[j].Error()
}

363
vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-retryablehttp/LICENSE generated vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,363 @@
Mozilla Public License, version 2.0
1. Definitions
1.1. "Contributor"
means each individual or legal entity that creates, contributes to the
creation of, or owns Covered Software.
1.2. "Contributor Version"
means the combination of the Contributions of others (if any) used by a
Contributor and that particular Contributor's Contribution.
1.3. "Contribution"
means Covered Software of a particular Contributor.
1.4. "Covered Software"
means Source Code Form to which the initial Contributor has attached the
notice in Exhibit A, the Executable Form of such Source Code Form, and
Modifications of such Source Code Form, in each case including portions
thereof.
1.5. "Incompatible With Secondary Licenses"
means
a. that the initial Contributor has attached the notice described in
Exhibit B to the Covered Software; or
b. that the Covered Software was made available under the terms of
version 1.1 or earlier of the License, but not also under the terms of
a Secondary License.
1.6. "Executable Form"
means any form of the work other than Source Code Form.
1.7. "Larger Work"
means a work that combines Covered Software with other material, in a
separate file or files, that is not Covered Software.
1.8. "License"
means this document.
1.9. "Licensable"
means having the right to grant, to the maximum extent possible, whether
at the time of the initial grant or subsequently, any and all of the
rights conveyed by this License.
1.10. "Modifications"
means any of the following:
a. any file in Source Code Form that results from an addition to,
deletion from, or modification of the contents of Covered Software; or
b. any new file in Source Code Form that contains any Covered Software.
1.11. "Patent Claims" of a Contributor
means any patent claim(s), including without limitation, method,
process, and apparatus claims, in any patent Licensable by such
Contributor that would be infringed, but for the grant of the License,
by the making, using, selling, offering for sale, having made, import,
or transfer of either its Contributions or its Contributor Version.
1.12. "Secondary License"
means either the GNU General Public License, Version 2.0, the GNU Lesser
General Public License, Version 2.1, the GNU Affero General Public
License, Version 3.0, or any later versions of those licenses.
1.13. "Source Code Form"
means the form of the work preferred for making modifications.
1.14. "You" (or "Your")
means an individual or a legal entity exercising rights under this
License. For legal entities, "You" includes any entity that controls, is
controlled by, or is under common control with You. For purposes of this
definition, "control" means (a) the power, direct or indirect, to cause
the direction or management of such entity, whether by contract or
otherwise, or (b) ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the
outstanding shares or beneficial ownership of such entity.
2. License Grants and Conditions
2.1. Grants
Each Contributor hereby grants You a world-wide, royalty-free,
non-exclusive license:
a. under intellectual property rights (other than patent or trademark)
Licensable by such Contributor to use, reproduce, make available,
modify, display, perform, distribute, and otherwise exploit its
Contributions, either on an unmodified basis, with Modifications, or
as part of a Larger Work; and
b. under Patent Claims of such Contributor to make, use, sell, offer for
sale, have made, import, and otherwise transfer either its
Contributions or its Contributor Version.
2.2. Effective Date
The licenses granted in Section 2.1 with respect to any Contribution
become effective for each Contribution on the date the Contributor first
distributes such Contribution.
2.3. Limitations on Grant Scope
The licenses granted in this Section 2 are the only rights granted under
this License. No additional rights or licenses will be implied from the
distribution or licensing of Covered Software under this License.
Notwithstanding Section 2.1(b) above, no patent license is granted by a
Contributor:
a. for any code that a Contributor has removed from Covered Software; or
b. for infringements caused by: (i) Your and any other third party's
modifications of Covered Software, or (ii) the combination of its
Contributions with other software (except as part of its Contributor
Version); or
c. under Patent Claims infringed by Covered Software in the absence of
its Contributions.
This License does not grant any rights in the trademarks, service marks,
or logos of any Contributor (except as may be necessary to comply with
the notice requirements in Section 3.4).
2.4. Subsequent Licenses
No Contributor makes additional grants as a result of Your choice to
distribute the Covered Software under a subsequent version of this
License (see Section 10.2) or under the terms of a Secondary License (if
permitted under the terms of Section 3.3).
2.5. Representation
Each Contributor represents that the Contributor believes its
Contributions are its original creation(s) or it has sufficient rights to
grant the rights to its Contributions conveyed by this License.
2.6. Fair Use
This License is not intended to limit any rights You have under
applicable copyright doctrines of fair use, fair dealing, or other
equivalents.
2.7. Conditions
Sections 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, and 3.4 are conditions of the licenses granted in
Section 2.1.
3. Responsibilities
3.1. Distribution of Source Form
All distribution of Covered Software in Source Code Form, including any
Modifications that You create or to which You contribute, must be under
the terms of this License. You must inform recipients that the Source
Code Form of the Covered Software is governed by the terms of this
License, and how they can obtain a copy of this License. You may not
attempt to alter or restrict the recipients' rights in the Source Code
Form.
3.2. Distribution of Executable Form
If You distribute Covered Software in Executable Form then:
a. such Covered Software must also be made available in Source Code Form,
as described in Section 3.1, and You must inform recipients of the
Executable Form how they can obtain a copy of such Source Code Form by
reasonable means in a timely manner, at a charge no more than the cost
of distribution to the recipient; and
b. You may distribute such Executable Form under the terms of this
License, or sublicense it under different terms, provided that the
license for the Executable Form does not attempt to limit or alter the
recipients' rights in the Source Code Form under this License.
3.3. Distribution of a Larger Work
You may create and distribute a Larger Work under terms of Your choice,
provided that You also comply with the requirements of this License for
the Covered Software. If the Larger Work is a combination of Covered
Software with a work governed by one or more Secondary Licenses, and the
Covered Software is not Incompatible With Secondary Licenses, this
License permits You to additionally distribute such Covered Software
under the terms of such Secondary License(s), so that the recipient of
the Larger Work may, at their option, further distribute the Covered
Software under the terms of either this License or such Secondary
License(s).
3.4. Notices
You may not remove or alter the substance of any license notices
(including copyright notices, patent notices, disclaimers of warranty, or
limitations of liability) contained within the Source Code Form of the
Covered Software, except that You may alter any license notices to the
extent required to remedy known factual inaccuracies.
3.5. Application of Additional Terms
You may choose to offer, and to charge a fee for, warranty, support,
indemnity or liability obligations to one or more recipients of Covered
Software. However, You may do so only on Your own behalf, and not on
behalf of any Contributor. You must make it absolutely clear that any
such warranty, support, indemnity, or liability obligation is offered by
You alone, and You hereby agree to indemnify every Contributor for any
liability incurred by such Contributor as a result of warranty, support,
indemnity or liability terms You offer. You may include additional
disclaimers of warranty and limitations of liability specific to any
jurisdiction.
4. Inability to Comply Due to Statute or Regulation
If it is impossible for You to comply with any of the terms of this License
with respect to some or all of the Covered Software due to statute,
judicial order, or regulation then You must: (a) comply with the terms of
this License to the maximum extent possible; and (b) describe the
limitations and the code they affect. Such description must be placed in a
text file included with all distributions of the Covered Software under
this License. Except to the extent prohibited by statute or regulation,
such description must be sufficiently detailed for a recipient of ordinary
skill to be able to understand it.
5. Termination
5.1. The rights granted under this License will terminate automatically if You
fail to comply with any of its terms. However, if You become compliant,
then the rights granted under this License from a particular Contributor
are reinstated (a) provisionally, unless and until such Contributor
explicitly and finally terminates Your grants, and (b) on an ongoing
basis, if such Contributor fails to notify You of the non-compliance by
some reasonable means prior to 60 days after You have come back into
compliance. Moreover, Your grants from a particular Contributor are
reinstated on an ongoing basis if such Contributor notifies You of the
non-compliance by some reasonable means, this is the first time You have
received notice of non-compliance with this License from such
Contributor, and You become compliant prior to 30 days after Your receipt
of the notice.
5.2. If You initiate litigation against any entity by asserting a patent
infringement claim (excluding declaratory judgment actions,
counter-claims, and cross-claims) alleging that a Contributor Version
directly or indirectly infringes any patent, then the rights granted to
You by any and all Contributors for the Covered Software under Section
2.1 of this License shall terminate.
5.3. In the event of termination under Sections 5.1 or 5.2 above, all end user
license agreements (excluding distributors and resellers) which have been
validly granted by You or Your distributors under this License prior to
termination shall survive termination.
6. Disclaimer of Warranty
Covered Software is provided under this License on an "as is" basis,
without warranty of any kind, either expressed, implied, or statutory,
including, without limitation, warranties that the Covered Software is free
of defects, merchantable, fit for a particular purpose or non-infringing.
The entire risk as to the quality and performance of the Covered Software
is with You. Should any Covered Software prove defective in any respect,
You (not any Contributor) assume the cost of any necessary servicing,
repair, or correction. This disclaimer of warranty constitutes an essential
part of this License. No use of any Covered Software is authorized under
this License except under this disclaimer.
7. Limitation of Liability
Under no circumstances and under no legal theory, whether tort (including
negligence), contract, or otherwise, shall any Contributor, or anyone who
distributes Covered Software as permitted above, be liable to You for any
direct, indirect, special, incidental, or consequential damages of any
character including, without limitation, damages for lost profits, loss of
goodwill, work stoppage, computer failure or malfunction, or any and all
other commercial damages or losses, even if such party shall have been
informed of the possibility of such damages. This limitation of liability
shall not apply to liability for death or personal injury resulting from
such party's negligence to the extent applicable law prohibits such
limitation. Some jurisdictions do not allow the exclusion or limitation of
incidental or consequential damages, so this exclusion and limitation may
not apply to You.
8. Litigation
Any litigation relating to this License may be brought only in the courts
of a jurisdiction where the defendant maintains its principal place of
business and such litigation shall be governed by laws of that
jurisdiction, without reference to its conflict-of-law provisions. Nothing
in this Section shall prevent a party's ability to bring cross-claims or
counter-claims.
9. Miscellaneous
This License represents the complete agreement concerning the subject
matter hereof. If any provision of this License is held to be
unenforceable, such provision shall be reformed only to the extent
necessary to make it enforceable. Any law or regulation which provides that
the language of a contract shall be construed against the drafter shall not
be used to construe this License against a Contributor.
10. Versions of the License
10.1. New Versions
Mozilla Foundation is the license steward. Except as provided in Section
10.3, no one other than the license steward has the right to modify or
publish new versions of this License. Each version will be given a
distinguishing version number.
10.2. Effect of New Versions
You may distribute the Covered Software under the terms of the version
of the License under which You originally received the Covered Software,
or under the terms of any subsequent version published by the license
steward.
10.3. Modified Versions
If you create software not governed by this License, and you want to
create a new license for such software, you may create and use a
modified version of this License if you rename the license and remove
any references to the name of the license steward (except to note that
such modified license differs from this License).
10.4. Distributing Source Code Form that is Incompatible With Secondary
Licenses If You choose to distribute Source Code Form that is
Incompatible With Secondary Licenses under the terms of this version of
the License, the notice described in Exhibit B of this License must be
attached.
Exhibit A - Source Code Form License Notice
This Source Code Form is subject to the
terms of the Mozilla Public License, v.
2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not
distributed with this file, You can
obtain one at
http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
If it is not possible or desirable to put the notice in a particular file,
then You may include the notice in a location (such as a LICENSE file in a
relevant directory) where a recipient would be likely to look for such a
notice.
You may add additional accurate notices of copyright ownership.
Exhibit B - "Incompatible With Secondary Licenses" Notice
This Source Code Form is "Incompatible
With Secondary Licenses", as defined by
the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0.

500
vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-retryablehttp/client.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,500 @@
// The retryablehttp package provides a familiar HTTP client interface with
// automatic retries and exponential backoff. It is a thin wrapper over the
// standard net/http client library and exposes nearly the same public API.
// This makes retryablehttp very easy to drop into existing programs.
//
// retryablehttp performs automatic retries under certain conditions. Mainly, if
// an error is returned by the client (connection errors etc), or if a 500-range
// response is received, then a retry is invoked. Otherwise, the response is
// returned and left to the caller to interpret.
//
// Requests which take a request body should provide a non-nil function
// parameter. The best choice is to provide either a function satisfying
// ReaderFunc which provides multiple io.Readers in an efficient manner, a
// *bytes.Buffer (the underlying raw byte slice will be used) or a raw byte
// slice. As it is a reference type, and we will wrap it as needed by readers,
// we can efficiently re-use the request body without needing to copy it. If an
// io.Reader (such as a *bytes.Reader) is provided, the full body will be read
// prior to the first request, and will be efficiently re-used for any retries.
// ReadSeeker can be used, but some users have observed occasional data races
// between the net/http library and the Seek functionality of some
// implementations of ReadSeeker, so should be avoided if possible.
package retryablehttp
import (
"bytes"
"context"
"fmt"
"io"
"io/ioutil"
"log"
"math"
"math/rand"
"net/http"
"net/url"
"os"
"strings"
"time"
"github.com/hashicorp/go-cleanhttp"
)
var (
// Default retry configuration
defaultRetryWaitMin = 1 * time.Second
defaultRetryWaitMax = 30 * time.Second
defaultRetryMax = 4
// defaultClient is used for performing requests without explicitly making
// a new client. It is purposely private to avoid modifications.
defaultClient = NewClient()
// random is used to generate pseudo-random numbers.
random = rand.New(rand.NewSource(time.Now().UnixNano()))
// We need to consume response bodies to maintain http connections, but
// limit the size we consume to respReadLimit.
respReadLimit = int64(4096)
)
// ReaderFunc is the type of function that can be given natively to NewRequest
type ReaderFunc func() (io.Reader, error)
// LenReader is an interface implemented by many in-memory io.Reader's. Used
// for automatically sending the right Content-Length header when possible.
type LenReader interface {
Len() int
}
// Request wraps the metadata needed to create HTTP requests.
type Request struct {
// body is a seekable reader over the request body payload. This is
// used to rewind the request data in between retries.
body ReaderFunc
// Embed an HTTP request directly. This makes a *Request act exactly
// like an *http.Request so that all meta methods are supported.
*http.Request
}
// WithContext returns wrapped Request with a shallow copy of underlying *http.Request
// with its context changed to ctx. The provided ctx must be non-nil.
func (r *Request) WithContext(ctx context.Context) *Request {
r.Request = r.Request.WithContext(ctx)
return r
}
// NewRequest creates a new wrapped request.
func NewRequest(method, url string, rawBody interface{}) (*Request, error) {
var err error
var body ReaderFunc
var contentLength int64
if rawBody != nil {
switch rawBody.(type) {
// If they gave us a function already, great! Use it.
case ReaderFunc:
body = rawBody.(ReaderFunc)
tmp, err := body()
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
if lr, ok := tmp.(LenReader); ok {
contentLength = int64(lr.Len())
}
if c, ok := tmp.(io.Closer); ok {
c.Close()
}
case func() (io.Reader, error):
body = rawBody.(func() (io.Reader, error))
tmp, err := body()
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
if lr, ok := tmp.(LenReader); ok {
contentLength = int64(lr.Len())
}
if c, ok := tmp.(io.Closer); ok {
c.Close()
}
// If a regular byte slice, we can read it over and over via new
// readers
case []byte:
buf := rawBody.([]byte)
body = func() (io.Reader, error) {
return bytes.NewReader(buf), nil
}
contentLength = int64(len(buf))
// If a bytes.Buffer we can read the underlying byte slice over and
// over
case *bytes.Buffer:
buf := rawBody.(*bytes.Buffer)
body = func() (io.Reader, error) {
return bytes.NewReader(buf.Bytes()), nil
}
contentLength = int64(buf.Len())
// We prioritize *bytes.Reader here because we don't really want to
// deal with it seeking so want it to match here instead of the
// io.ReadSeeker case.
case *bytes.Reader:
buf, err := ioutil.ReadAll(rawBody.(*bytes.Reader))
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
body = func() (io.Reader, error) {
return bytes.NewReader(buf), nil
}
contentLength = int64(len(buf))
// Compat case
case io.ReadSeeker:
raw := rawBody.(io.ReadSeeker)
body = func() (io.Reader, error) {
raw.Seek(0, 0)
return ioutil.NopCloser(raw), nil
}
if lr, ok := raw.(LenReader); ok {
contentLength = int64(lr.Len())
}
// Read all in so we can reset
case io.Reader:
buf, err := ioutil.ReadAll(rawBody.(io.Reader))
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
body = func() (io.Reader, error) {
return bytes.NewReader(buf), nil
}
contentLength = int64(len(buf))
default:
return nil, fmt.Errorf("cannot handle type %T", rawBody)
}
}
httpReq, err := http.NewRequest(method, url, nil)
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
httpReq.ContentLength = contentLength
return &Request{body, httpReq}, nil
}
// RequestLogHook allows a function to run before each retry. The HTTP
// request which will be made, and the retry number (0 for the initial
// request) are available to users. The internal logger is exposed to
// consumers.
type RequestLogHook func(*log.Logger, *http.Request, int)
// ResponseLogHook is like RequestLogHook, but allows running a function
// on each HTTP response. This function will be invoked at the end of
// every HTTP request executed, regardless of whether a subsequent retry
// needs to be performed or not. If the response body is read or closed
// from this method, this will affect the response returned from Do().
type ResponseLogHook func(*log.Logger, *http.Response)
// CheckRetry specifies a policy for handling retries. It is called
// following each request with the response and error values returned by
// the http.Client. If CheckRetry returns false, the Client stops retrying
// and returns the response to the caller. If CheckRetry returns an error,
// that error value is returned in lieu of the error from the request. The
// Client will close any response body when retrying, but if the retry is
// aborted it is up to the CheckResponse callback to properly close any
// response body before returning.
type CheckRetry func(ctx context.Context, resp *http.Response, err error) (bool, error)
// Backoff specifies a policy for how long to wait between retries.
// It is called after a failing request to determine the amount of time
// that should pass before trying again.
type Backoff func(min, max time.Duration, attemptNum int, resp *http.Response) time.Duration
// ErrorHandler is called if retries are expired, containing the last status
// from the http library. If not specified, default behavior for the library is
// to close the body and return an error indicating how many tries were
// attempted. If overriding this, be sure to close the body if needed.
type ErrorHandler func(resp *http.Response, err error, numTries int) (*http.Response, error)
// Client is used to make HTTP requests. It adds additional functionality
// like automatic retries to tolerate minor outages.
type Client struct {
HTTPClient *http.Client // Internal HTTP client.
Logger *log.Logger // Customer logger instance.
RetryWaitMin time.Duration // Minimum time to wait
RetryWaitMax time.Duration // Maximum time to wait
RetryMax int // Maximum number of retries
// RequestLogHook allows a user-supplied function to be called
// before each retry.
RequestLogHook RequestLogHook
// ResponseLogHook allows a user-supplied function to be called
// with the response from each HTTP request executed.
ResponseLogHook ResponseLogHook
// CheckRetry specifies the policy for handling retries, and is called
// after each request. The default policy is DefaultRetryPolicy.
CheckRetry CheckRetry
// Backoff specifies the policy for how long to wait between retries
Backoff Backoff
// ErrorHandler specifies the custom error handler to use, if any
ErrorHandler ErrorHandler
}
// NewClient creates a new Client with default settings.
func NewClient() *Client {
return &Client{
HTTPClient: cleanhttp.DefaultClient(),
Logger: log.New(os.Stderr, "", log.LstdFlags),
RetryWaitMin: defaultRetryWaitMin,
RetryWaitMax: defaultRetryWaitMax,
RetryMax: defaultRetryMax,
CheckRetry: DefaultRetryPolicy,
Backoff: DefaultBackoff,
}
}
// DefaultRetryPolicy provides a default callback for Client.CheckRetry, which
// will retry on connection errors and server errors.
func DefaultRetryPolicy(ctx context.Context, resp *http.Response, err error) (bool, error) {
// do not retry on context.Canceled or context.DeadlineExceeded
if ctx.Err() != nil {
return false, ctx.Err()
}
if err != nil {
return true, err
}
// Check the response code. We retry on 500-range responses to allow
// the server time to recover, as 500's are typically not permanent
// errors and may relate to outages on the server side. This will catch
// invalid response codes as well, like 0 and 999.
if resp.StatusCode == 0 || (resp.StatusCode >= 500 && resp.StatusCode != 501) {
return true, nil
}
return false, nil
}
// DefaultBackoff provides a default callback for Client.Backoff which
// will perform exponential backoff based on the attempt number and limited
// by the provided minimum and maximum durations.
func DefaultBackoff(min, max time.Duration, attemptNum int, resp *http.Response) time.Duration {
mult := math.Pow(2, float64(attemptNum)) * float64(min)
sleep := time.Duration(mult)
if float64(sleep) != mult || sleep > max {
sleep = max
}
return sleep
}
// LinearJitterBackoff provides a callback for Client.Backoff which will
// perform linear backoff based on the attempt number and with jitter to
// prevent a thundering herd.
//
// min and max here are *not* absolute values. The number to be multipled by
// the attempt number will be chosen at random from between them, thus they are
// bounding the jitter.
//
// For instance:
// * To get strictly linear backoff of one second increasing each retry, set
// both to one second (1s, 2s, 3s, 4s, ...)
// * To get a small amount of jitter centered around one second increasing each
// retry, set to around one second, such as a min of 800ms and max of 1200ms
// (892ms, 2102ms, 2945ms, 4312ms, ...)
// * To get extreme jitter, set to a very wide spread, such as a min of 100ms
// and a max of 20s (15382ms, 292ms, 51321ms, 35234ms, ...)
func LinearJitterBackoff(min, max time.Duration, attemptNum int, resp *http.Response) time.Duration {
// attemptNum always starts at zero but we want to start at 1 for multiplication
attemptNum++
if max <= min {
// Unclear what to do here, or they are the same, so return min *
// attemptNum
return min * time.Duration(attemptNum)
}
// Pick a random number that lies somewhere between the min and max and
// multiply by the attemptNum. attemptNum starts at zero so we always
// increment here. We first get a random percentage, then apply that to the
// difference between min and max, and add to min.
jitter := random.Float64() * float64(max-min)
jitterMin := int64(jitter) + int64(min)
return time.Duration(jitterMin * int64(attemptNum))
}
// PassthroughErrorHandler is an ErrorHandler that directly passes through the
// values from the net/http library for the final request. The body is not
// closed.
func PassthroughErrorHandler(resp *http.Response, err error, _ int) (*http.Response, error) {
return resp, err
}
// Do wraps calling an HTTP method with retries.
func (c *Client) Do(req *Request) (*http.Response, error) {
if c.Logger != nil {
c.Logger.Printf("[DEBUG] %s %s", req.Method, req.URL)
}
var resp *http.Response
var err error
for i := 0; ; i++ {
var code int // HTTP response code
// Always rewind the request body when non-nil.
if req.body != nil {
body, err := req.body()
if err != nil {
return resp, err
}
if c, ok := body.(io.ReadCloser); ok {
req.Request.Body = c
} else {
req.Request.Body = ioutil.NopCloser(body)
}
}
if c.RequestLogHook != nil {
c.RequestLogHook(c.Logger, req.Request, i)
}
// Attempt the request
resp, err = c.HTTPClient.Do(req.Request)
if resp != nil {
code = resp.StatusCode
}
// Check if we should continue with retries.
checkOK, checkErr := c.CheckRetry(req.Request.Context(), resp, err)
if err != nil {
if c.Logger != nil {
c.Logger.Printf("[ERR] %s %s request failed: %v", req.Method, req.URL, err)
}
} else {
// Call this here to maintain the behavior of logging all requests,
// even if CheckRetry signals to stop.
if c.ResponseLogHook != nil {
// Call the response logger function if provided.
c.ResponseLogHook(c.Logger, resp)
}
}
// Now decide if we should continue.
if !checkOK {
if checkErr != nil {
err = checkErr
}
return resp, err
}
// We do this before drainBody beause there's no need for the I/O if
// we're breaking out
remain := c.RetryMax - i
if remain <= 0 {
break
}
// We're going to retry, consume any response to reuse the connection.
if err == nil && resp != nil {
c.drainBody(resp.Body)
}
wait := c.Backoff(c.RetryWaitMin, c.RetryWaitMax, i, resp)
desc := fmt.Sprintf("%s %s", req.Method, req.URL)
if code > 0 {
desc = fmt.Sprintf("%s (status: %d)", desc, code)
}
if c.Logger != nil {
c.Logger.Printf("[DEBUG] %s: retrying in %s (%d left)", desc, wait, remain)
}
time.Sleep(wait)
}
if c.ErrorHandler != nil {
return c.ErrorHandler(resp, err, c.RetryMax+1)
}
// By default, we close the response body and return an error without
// returning the response
if resp != nil {
resp.Body.Close()
}
return nil, fmt.Errorf("%s %s giving up after %d attempts",
req.Method, req.URL, c.RetryMax+1)
}
// Try to read the response body so we can reuse this connection.
func (c *Client) drainBody(body io.ReadCloser) {
defer body.Close()
_, err := io.Copy(ioutil.Discard, io.LimitReader(body, respReadLimit))
if err != nil {
if c.Logger != nil {
c.Logger.Printf("[ERR] error reading response body: %v", err)
}
}
}
// Get is a shortcut for doing a GET request without making a new client.
func Get(url string) (*http.Response, error) {
return defaultClient.Get(url)
}
// Get is a convenience helper for doing simple GET requests.
func (c *Client) Get(url string) (*http.Response, error) {
req, err := NewRequest("GET", url, nil)
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
return c.Do(req)
}
// Head is a shortcut for doing a HEAD request without making a new client.
func Head(url string) (*http.Response, error) {
return defaultClient.Head(url)
}
// Head is a convenience method for doing simple HEAD requests.
func (c *Client) Head(url string) (*http.Response, error) {
req, err := NewRequest("HEAD", url, nil)
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
return c.Do(req)
}
// Post is a shortcut for doing a POST request without making a new client.
func Post(url, bodyType string, body interface{}) (*http.Response, error) {
return defaultClient.Post(url, bodyType, body)
}
// Post is a convenience method for doing simple POST requests.
func (c *Client) Post(url, bodyType string, body interface{}) (*http.Response, error) {
req, err := NewRequest("POST", url, body)
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
req.Header.Set("Content-Type", bodyType)
return c.Do(req)
}
// PostForm is a shortcut to perform a POST with form data without creating
// a new client.
func PostForm(url string, data url.Values) (*http.Response, error) {
return defaultClient.PostForm(url, data)
}
// PostForm is a convenience method for doing simple POST operations using
// pre-filled url.Values form data.
func (c *Client) PostForm(url string, data url.Values) (*http.Response, error) {
return c.Post(url, "application/x-www-form-urlencoded", strings.NewReader(data.Encode()))
}

363
vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-rootcerts/LICENSE generated vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,363 @@
Mozilla Public License, version 2.0
1. Definitions
1.1. "Contributor"
means each individual or legal entity that creates, contributes to the
creation of, or owns Covered Software.
1.2. "Contributor Version"
means the combination of the Contributions of others (if any) used by a
Contributor and that particular Contributor's Contribution.
1.3. "Contribution"
means Covered Software of a particular Contributor.
1.4. "Covered Software"
means Source Code Form to which the initial Contributor has attached the
notice in Exhibit A, the Executable Form of such Source Code Form, and
Modifications of such Source Code Form, in each case including portions
thereof.
1.5. "Incompatible With Secondary Licenses"
means
a. that the initial Contributor has attached the notice described in
Exhibit B to the Covered Software; or
b. that the Covered Software was made available under the terms of
version 1.1 or earlier of the License, but not also under the terms of
a Secondary License.
1.6. "Executable Form"
means any form of the work other than Source Code Form.
1.7. "Larger Work"
means a work that combines Covered Software with other material, in a
separate file or files, that is not Covered Software.
1.8. "License"
means this document.
1.9. "Licensable"
means having the right to grant, to the maximum extent possible, whether
at the time of the initial grant or subsequently, any and all of the
rights conveyed by this License.
1.10. "Modifications"
means any of the following:
a. any file in Source Code Form that results from an addition to,
deletion from, or modification of the contents of Covered Software; or
b. any new file in Source Code Form that contains any Covered Software.
1.11. "Patent Claims" of a Contributor
means any patent claim(s), including without limitation, method,
process, and apparatus claims, in any patent Licensable by such
Contributor that would be infringed, but for the grant of the License,
by the making, using, selling, offering for sale, having made, import,
or transfer of either its Contributions or its Contributor Version.
1.12. "Secondary License"
means either the GNU General Public License, Version 2.0, the GNU Lesser
General Public License, Version 2.1, the GNU Affero General Public
License, Version 3.0, or any later versions of those licenses.
1.13. "Source Code Form"
means the form of the work preferred for making modifications.
1.14. "You" (or "Your")
means an individual or a legal entity exercising rights under this
License. For legal entities, "You" includes any entity that controls, is
controlled by, or is under common control with You. For purposes of this
definition, "control" means (a) the power, direct or indirect, to cause
the direction or management of such entity, whether by contract or
otherwise, or (b) ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the
outstanding shares or beneficial ownership of such entity.
2. License Grants and Conditions
2.1. Grants
Each Contributor hereby grants You a world-wide, royalty-free,
non-exclusive license:
a. under intellectual property rights (other than patent or trademark)
Licensable by such Contributor to use, reproduce, make available,
modify, display, perform, distribute, and otherwise exploit its
Contributions, either on an unmodified basis, with Modifications, or
as part of a Larger Work; and
b. under Patent Claims of such Contributor to make, use, sell, offer for
sale, have made, import, and otherwise transfer either its
Contributions or its Contributor Version.
2.2. Effective Date
The licenses granted in Section 2.1 with respect to any Contribution
become effective for each Contribution on the date the Contributor first
distributes such Contribution.
2.3. Limitations on Grant Scope
The licenses granted in this Section 2 are the only rights granted under
this License. No additional rights or licenses will be implied from the
distribution or licensing of Covered Software under this License.
Notwithstanding Section 2.1(b) above, no patent license is granted by a
Contributor:
a. for any code that a Contributor has removed from Covered Software; or
b. for infringements caused by: (i) Your and any other third party's
modifications of Covered Software, or (ii) the combination of its
Contributions with other software (except as part of its Contributor
Version); or
c. under Patent Claims infringed by Covered Software in the absence of
its Contributions.
This License does not grant any rights in the trademarks, service marks,
or logos of any Contributor (except as may be necessary to comply with
the notice requirements in Section 3.4).
2.4. Subsequent Licenses
No Contributor makes additional grants as a result of Your choice to
distribute the Covered Software under a subsequent version of this
License (see Section 10.2) or under the terms of a Secondary License (if
permitted under the terms of Section 3.3).
2.5. Representation
Each Contributor represents that the Contributor believes its
Contributions are its original creation(s) or it has sufficient rights to
grant the rights to its Contributions conveyed by this License.
2.6. Fair Use
This License is not intended to limit any rights You have under
applicable copyright doctrines of fair use, fair dealing, or other
equivalents.
2.7. Conditions
Sections 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, and 3.4 are conditions of the licenses granted in
Section 2.1.
3. Responsibilities
3.1. Distribution of Source Form
All distribution of Covered Software in Source Code Form, including any
Modifications that You create or to which You contribute, must be under
the terms of this License. You must inform recipients that the Source
Code Form of the Covered Software is governed by the terms of this
License, and how they can obtain a copy of this License. You may not
attempt to alter or restrict the recipients' rights in the Source Code
Form.
3.2. Distribution of Executable Form
If You distribute Covered Software in Executable Form then:
a. such Covered Software must also be made available in Source Code Form,
as described in Section 3.1, and You must inform recipients of the
Executable Form how they can obtain a copy of such Source Code Form by
reasonable means in a timely manner, at a charge no more than the cost
of distribution to the recipient; and
b. You may distribute such Executable Form under the terms of this
License, or sublicense it under different terms, provided that the
license for the Executable Form does not attempt to limit or alter the
recipients' rights in the Source Code Form under this License.
3.3. Distribution of a Larger Work
You may create and distribute a Larger Work under terms of Your choice,
provided that You also comply with the requirements of this License for
the Covered Software. If the Larger Work is a combination of Covered
Software with a work governed by one or more Secondary Licenses, and the
Covered Software is not Incompatible With Secondary Licenses, this
License permits You to additionally distribute such Covered Software
under the terms of such Secondary License(s), so that the recipient of
the Larger Work may, at their option, further distribute the Covered
Software under the terms of either this License or such Secondary
License(s).
3.4. Notices
You may not remove or alter the substance of any license notices
(including copyright notices, patent notices, disclaimers of warranty, or
limitations of liability) contained within the Source Code Form of the
Covered Software, except that You may alter any license notices to the
extent required to remedy known factual inaccuracies.
3.5. Application of Additional Terms
You may choose to offer, and to charge a fee for, warranty, support,
indemnity or liability obligations to one or more recipients of Covered
Software. However, You may do so only on Your own behalf, and not on
behalf of any Contributor. You must make it absolutely clear that any
such warranty, support, indemnity, or liability obligation is offered by
You alone, and You hereby agree to indemnify every Contributor for any
liability incurred by such Contributor as a result of warranty, support,
indemnity or liability terms You offer. You may include additional
disclaimers of warranty and limitations of liability specific to any
jurisdiction.
4. Inability to Comply Due to Statute or Regulation
If it is impossible for You to comply with any of the terms of this License
with respect to some or all of the Covered Software due to statute,
judicial order, or regulation then You must: (a) comply with the terms of
this License to the maximum extent possible; and (b) describe the
limitations and the code they affect. Such description must be placed in a
text file included with all distributions of the Covered Software under
this License. Except to the extent prohibited by statute or regulation,
such description must be sufficiently detailed for a recipient of ordinary
skill to be able to understand it.
5. Termination
5.1. The rights granted under this License will terminate automatically if You
fail to comply with any of its terms. However, if You become compliant,
then the rights granted under this License from a particular Contributor
are reinstated (a) provisionally, unless and until such Contributor
explicitly and finally terminates Your grants, and (b) on an ongoing
basis, if such Contributor fails to notify You of the non-compliance by
some reasonable means prior to 60 days after You have come back into
compliance. Moreover, Your grants from a particular Contributor are
reinstated on an ongoing basis if such Contributor notifies You of the
non-compliance by some reasonable means, this is the first time You have
received notice of non-compliance with this License from such
Contributor, and You become compliant prior to 30 days after Your receipt
of the notice.
5.2. If You initiate litigation against any entity by asserting a patent
infringement claim (excluding declaratory judgment actions,
counter-claims, and cross-claims) alleging that a Contributor Version
directly or indirectly infringes any patent, then the rights granted to
You by any and all Contributors for the Covered Software under Section
2.1 of this License shall terminate.
5.3. In the event of termination under Sections 5.1 or 5.2 above, all end user
license agreements (excluding distributors and resellers) which have been
validly granted by You or Your distributors under this License prior to
termination shall survive termination.
6. Disclaimer of Warranty
Covered Software is provided under this License on an "as is" basis,
without warranty of any kind, either expressed, implied, or statutory,
including, without limitation, warranties that the Covered Software is free
of defects, merchantable, fit for a particular purpose or non-infringing.
The entire risk as to the quality and performance of the Covered Software
is with You. Should any Covered Software prove defective in any respect,
You (not any Contributor) assume the cost of any necessary servicing,
repair, or correction. This disclaimer of warranty constitutes an essential
part of this License. No use of any Covered Software is authorized under
this License except under this disclaimer.
7. Limitation of Liability
Under no circumstances and under no legal theory, whether tort (including
negligence), contract, or otherwise, shall any Contributor, or anyone who
distributes Covered Software as permitted above, be liable to You for any
direct, indirect, special, incidental, or consequential damages of any
character including, without limitation, damages for lost profits, loss of
goodwill, work stoppage, computer failure or malfunction, or any and all
other commercial damages or losses, even if such party shall have been
informed of the possibility of such damages. This limitation of liability
shall not apply to liability for death or personal injury resulting from
such party's negligence to the extent applicable law prohibits such
limitation. Some jurisdictions do not allow the exclusion or limitation of
incidental or consequential damages, so this exclusion and limitation may
not apply to You.
8. Litigation
Any litigation relating to this License may be brought only in the courts
of a jurisdiction where the defendant maintains its principal place of
business and such litigation shall be governed by laws of that
jurisdiction, without reference to its conflict-of-law provisions. Nothing
in this Section shall prevent a party's ability to bring cross-claims or
counter-claims.
9. Miscellaneous
This License represents the complete agreement concerning the subject
matter hereof. If any provision of this License is held to be
unenforceable, such provision shall be reformed only to the extent
necessary to make it enforceable. Any law or regulation which provides that
the language of a contract shall be construed against the drafter shall not
be used to construe this License against a Contributor.
10. Versions of the License
10.1. New Versions
Mozilla Foundation is the license steward. Except as provided in Section
10.3, no one other than the license steward has the right to modify or
publish new versions of this License. Each version will be given a
distinguishing version number.
10.2. Effect of New Versions
You may distribute the Covered Software under the terms of the version
of the License under which You originally received the Covered Software,
or under the terms of any subsequent version published by the license
steward.
10.3. Modified Versions
If you create software not governed by this License, and you want to
create a new license for such software, you may create and use a
modified version of this License if you rename the license and remove
any references to the name of the license steward (except to note that
such modified license differs from this License).
10.4. Distributing Source Code Form that is Incompatible With Secondary
Licenses If You choose to distribute Source Code Form that is
Incompatible With Secondary Licenses under the terms of this version of
the License, the notice described in Exhibit B of this License must be
attached.
Exhibit A - Source Code Form License Notice
This Source Code Form is subject to the
terms of the Mozilla Public License, v.
2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not
distributed with this file, You can
obtain one at
http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
If it is not possible or desirable to put the notice in a particular file,
then You may include the notice in a location (such as a LICENSE file in a
relevant directory) where a recipient would be likely to look for such a
notice.
You may add additional accurate notices of copyright ownership.
Exhibit B - "Incompatible With Secondary Licenses" Notice
This Source Code Form is "Incompatible
With Secondary Licenses", as defined by
the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0.

9
vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-rootcerts/doc.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
// Package rootcerts contains functions to aid in loading CA certificates for
// TLS connections.
//
// In addition, its default behavior on Darwin works around an open issue [1]
// in Go's crypto/x509 that prevents certicates from being loaded from the
// System or Login keychains.
//
// [1] https://github.com/golang/go/issues/14514
package rootcerts

103
vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-rootcerts/rootcerts.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
package rootcerts
import (
"crypto/tls"
"crypto/x509"
"fmt"
"io/ioutil"
"os"
"path/filepath"
)
// Config determines where LoadCACerts will load certificates from. When both
// CAFile and CAPath are blank, this library's functions will either load
// system roots explicitly and return them, or set the CertPool to nil to allow
// Go's standard library to load system certs.
type Config struct {
// CAFile is a path to a PEM-encoded certificate file or bundle. Takes
// precedence over CAPath.
CAFile string
// CAPath is a path to a directory populated with PEM-encoded certificates.
CAPath string
}
// ConfigureTLS sets up the RootCAs on the provided tls.Config based on the
// Config specified.
func ConfigureTLS(t *tls.Config, c *Config) error {
if t == nil {
return nil
}
pool, err := LoadCACerts(c)
if err != nil {
return err
}
t.RootCAs = pool
return nil
}
// LoadCACerts loads a CertPool based on the Config specified.
func LoadCACerts(c *Config) (*x509.CertPool, error) {
if c == nil {
c = &Config{}
}
if c.CAFile != "" {
return LoadCAFile(c.CAFile)
}
if c.CAPath != "" {
return LoadCAPath(c.CAPath)
}
return LoadSystemCAs()
}
// LoadCAFile loads a single PEM-encoded file from the path specified.
func LoadCAFile(caFile string) (*x509.CertPool, error) {
pool := x509.NewCertPool()
pem, err := ioutil.ReadFile(caFile)
if err != nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("Error loading CA File: %s", err)
}
ok := pool.AppendCertsFromPEM(pem)
if !ok {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("Error loading CA File: Couldn't parse PEM in: %s", caFile)
}
return pool, nil
}
// LoadCAPath walks the provided path and loads all certificates encounted into
// a pool.
func LoadCAPath(caPath string) (*x509.CertPool, error) {
pool := x509.NewCertPool()
walkFn := func(path string, info os.FileInfo, err error) error {
if err != nil {
return err
}
if info.IsDir() {
return nil
}
pem, err := ioutil.ReadFile(path)
if err != nil {
return fmt.Errorf("Error loading file from CAPath: %s", err)
}
ok := pool.AppendCertsFromPEM(pem)
if !ok {
return fmt.Errorf("Error loading CA Path: Couldn't parse PEM in: %s", path)
}
return nil
}
err := filepath.Walk(caPath, walkFn)
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
return pool, nil
}

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
// +build !darwin
package rootcerts
import "crypto/x509"
// LoadSystemCAs does nothing on non-Darwin systems. We return nil so that
// default behavior of standard TLS config libraries is triggered, which is to
// load system certs.
func LoadSystemCAs() (*x509.CertPool, error) {
return nil, nil
}

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
package rootcerts
import (
"crypto/x509"
"os/exec"
"path"
"github.com/mitchellh/go-homedir"
)
// LoadSystemCAs has special behavior on Darwin systems to work around
func LoadSystemCAs() (*x509.CertPool, error) {
pool := x509.NewCertPool()
for _, keychain := range certKeychains() {
err := addCertsFromKeychain(pool, keychain)
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
}
return pool, nil
}
func addCertsFromKeychain(pool *x509.CertPool, keychain string) error {
cmd := exec.Command("/usr/bin/security", "find-certificate", "-a", "-p", keychain)
data, err := cmd.Output()
if err != nil {
return err
}
pool.AppendCertsFromPEM(data)
return nil
}
func certKeychains() []string {
keychains := []string{
"/System/Library/Keychains/SystemRootCertificates.keychain",
"/Library/Keychains/System.keychain",
}
home, err := homedir.Dir()
if err == nil {
loginKeychain := path.Join(home, "Library", "Keychains", "login.keychain")
keychains = append(keychains, loginKeychain)
}
return keychains
}

View File

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
../capath/securetrust.pem

View File

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
../capath/thawte.pem

373
vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-sockaddr/LICENSE generated vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,373 @@
Mozilla Public License Version 2.0
==================================
1. Definitions
--------------
1.1. "Contributor"
means each individual or legal entity that creates, contributes to
the creation of, or owns Covered Software.
1.2. "Contributor Version"
means the combination of the Contributions of others (if any) used
by a Contributor and that particular Contributor's Contribution.
1.3. "Contribution"
means Covered Software of a particular Contributor.
1.4. "Covered Software"
means Source Code Form to which the initial Contributor has attached
the notice in Exhibit A, the Executable Form of such Source Code
Form, and Modifications of such Source Code Form, in each case
including portions thereof.
1.5. "Incompatible With Secondary Licenses"
means
(a) that the initial Contributor has attached the notice described
in Exhibit B to the Covered Software; or
(b) that the Covered Software was made available under the terms of
version 1.1 or earlier of the License, but not also under the
terms of a Secondary License.
1.6. "Executable Form"
means any form of the work other than Source Code Form.
1.7. "Larger Work"
means a work that combines Covered Software with other material, in
a separate file or files, that is not Covered Software.
1.8. "License"
means this document.
1.9. "Licensable"
means having the right to grant, to the maximum extent possible,
whether at the time of the initial grant or subsequently, any and
all of the rights conveyed by this License.
1.10. "Modifications"
means any of the following:
(a) any file in Source Code Form that results from an addition to,
deletion from, or modification of the contents of Covered
Software; or
(b) any new file in Source Code Form that contains any Covered
Software.
1.11. "Patent Claims" of a Contributor
means any patent claim(s), including without limitation, method,
process, and apparatus claims, in any patent Licensable by such
Contributor that would be infringed, but for the grant of the
License, by the making, using, selling, offering for sale, having
made, import, or transfer of either its Contributions or its
Contributor Version.
1.12. "Secondary License"
means either the GNU General Public License, Version 2.0, the GNU
Lesser General Public License, Version 2.1, the GNU Affero General
Public License, Version 3.0, or any later versions of those
licenses.
1.13. "Source Code Form"
means the form of the work preferred for making modifications.
1.14. "You" (or "Your")
means an individual or a legal entity exercising rights under this
License. For legal entities, "You" includes any entity that
controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with You. For
purposes of this definition, "control" means (a) the power, direct
or indirect, to cause the direction or management of such entity,
whether by contract or otherwise, or (b) ownership of more than
fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding shares or beneficial
ownership of such entity.
2. License Grants and Conditions
--------------------------------
2.1. Grants
Each Contributor hereby grants You a world-wide, royalty-free,
non-exclusive license:
(a) under intellectual property rights (other than patent or trademark)
Licensable by such Contributor to use, reproduce, make available,
modify, display, perform, distribute, and otherwise exploit its
Contributions, either on an unmodified basis, with Modifications, or
as part of a Larger Work; and
(b) under Patent Claims of such Contributor to make, use, sell, offer
for sale, have made, import, and otherwise transfer either its
Contributions or its Contributor Version.
2.2. Effective Date
The licenses granted in Section 2.1 with respect to any Contribution
become effective for each Contribution on the date the Contributor first
distributes such Contribution.
2.3. Limitations on Grant Scope
The licenses granted in this Section 2 are the only rights granted under
this License. No additional rights or licenses will be implied from the
distribution or licensing of Covered Software under this License.
Notwithstanding Section 2.1(b) above, no patent license is granted by a
Contributor:
(a) for any code that a Contributor has removed from Covered Software;
or
(b) for infringements caused by: (i) Your and any other third party's
modifications of Covered Software, or (ii) the combination of its
Contributions with other software (except as part of its Contributor
Version); or
(c) under Patent Claims infringed by Covered Software in the absence of
its Contributions.
This License does not grant any rights in the trademarks, service marks,
or logos of any Contributor (except as may be necessary to comply with
the notice requirements in Section 3.4).
2.4. Subsequent Licenses
No Contributor makes additional grants as a result of Your choice to
distribute the Covered Software under a subsequent version of this
License (see Section 10.2) or under the terms of a Secondary License (if
permitted under the terms of Section 3.3).
2.5. Representation
Each Contributor represents that the Contributor believes its
Contributions are its original creation(s) or it has sufficient rights
to grant the rights to its Contributions conveyed by this License.
2.6. Fair Use
This License is not intended to limit any rights You have under
applicable copyright doctrines of fair use, fair dealing, or other
equivalents.
2.7. Conditions
Sections 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, and 3.4 are conditions of the licenses granted
in Section 2.1.
3. Responsibilities
-------------------
3.1. Distribution of Source Form
All distribution of Covered Software in Source Code Form, including any
Modifications that You create or to which You contribute, must be under
the terms of this License. You must inform recipients that the Source
Code Form of the Covered Software is governed by the terms of this
License, and how they can obtain a copy of this License. You may not
attempt to alter or restrict the recipients' rights in the Source Code
Form.
3.2. Distribution of Executable Form
If You distribute Covered Software in Executable Form then:
(a) such Covered Software must also be made available in Source Code
Form, as described in Section 3.1, and You must inform recipients of
the Executable Form how they can obtain a copy of such Source Code
Form by reasonable means in a timely manner, at a charge no more
than the cost of distribution to the recipient; and
(b) You may distribute such Executable Form under the terms of this
License, or sublicense it under different terms, provided that the
license for the Executable Form does not attempt to limit or alter
the recipients' rights in the Source Code Form under this License.
3.3. Distribution of a Larger Work
You may create and distribute a Larger Work under terms of Your choice,
provided that You also comply with the requirements of this License for
the Covered Software. If the Larger Work is a combination of Covered
Software with a work governed by one or more Secondary Licenses, and the
Covered Software is not Incompatible With Secondary Licenses, this
License permits You to additionally distribute such Covered Software
under the terms of such Secondary License(s), so that the recipient of
the Larger Work may, at their option, further distribute the Covered
Software under the terms of either this License or such Secondary
License(s).
3.4. Notices
You may not remove or alter the substance of any license notices
(including copyright notices, patent notices, disclaimers of warranty,
or limitations of liability) contained within the Source Code Form of
the Covered Software, except that You may alter any license notices to
the extent required to remedy known factual inaccuracies.
3.5. Application of Additional Terms
You may choose to offer, and to charge a fee for, warranty, support,
indemnity or liability obligations to one or more recipients of Covered
Software. However, You may do so only on Your own behalf, and not on
behalf of any Contributor. You must make it absolutely clear that any
such warranty, support, indemnity, or liability obligation is offered by
You alone, and You hereby agree to indemnify every Contributor for any
liability incurred by such Contributor as a result of warranty, support,
indemnity or liability terms You offer. You may include additional
disclaimers of warranty and limitations of liability specific to any
jurisdiction.
4. Inability to Comply Due to Statute or Regulation
---------------------------------------------------
If it is impossible for You to comply with any of the terms of this
License with respect to some or all of the Covered Software due to
statute, judicial order, or regulation then You must: (a) comply with
the terms of this License to the maximum extent possible; and (b)
describe the limitations and the code they affect. Such description must
be placed in a text file included with all distributions of the Covered
Software under this License. Except to the extent prohibited by statute
or regulation, such description must be sufficiently detailed for a
recipient of ordinary skill to be able to understand it.
5. Termination
--------------
5.1. The rights granted under this License will terminate automatically
if You fail to comply with any of its terms. However, if You become
compliant, then the rights granted under this License from a particular
Contributor are reinstated (a) provisionally, unless and until such
Contributor explicitly and finally terminates Your grants, and (b) on an
ongoing basis, if such Contributor fails to notify You of the
non-compliance by some reasonable means prior to 60 days after You have
come back into compliance. Moreover, Your grants from a particular
Contributor are reinstated on an ongoing basis if such Contributor
notifies You of the non-compliance by some reasonable means, this is the
first time You have received notice of non-compliance with this License
from such Contributor, and You become compliant prior to 30 days after
Your receipt of the notice.
5.2. If You initiate litigation against any entity by asserting a patent
infringement claim (excluding declaratory judgment actions,
counter-claims, and cross-claims) alleging that a Contributor Version
directly or indirectly infringes any patent, then the rights granted to
You by any and all Contributors for the Covered Software under Section
2.1 of this License shall terminate.
5.3. In the event of termination under Sections 5.1 or 5.2 above, all
end user license agreements (excluding distributors and resellers) which
have been validly granted by You or Your distributors under this License
prior to termination shall survive termination.
************************************************************************
* *
* 6. Disclaimer of Warranty *
* ------------------------- *
* *
* Covered Software is provided under this License on an "as is" *
* basis, without warranty of any kind, either expressed, implied, or *
* statutory, including, without limitation, warranties that the *
* Covered Software is free of defects, merchantable, fit for a *
* particular purpose or non-infringing. The entire risk as to the *
* quality and performance of the Covered Software is with You. *
* Should any Covered Software prove defective in any respect, You *
* (not any Contributor) assume the cost of any necessary servicing, *
* repair, or correction. This disclaimer of warranty constitutes an *
* essential part of this License. No use of any Covered Software is *
* authorized under this License except under this disclaimer. *
* *
************************************************************************
************************************************************************
* *
* 7. Limitation of Liability *
* -------------------------- *
* *
* Under no circumstances and under no legal theory, whether tort *
* (including negligence), contract, or otherwise, shall any *
* Contributor, or anyone who distributes Covered Software as *
* permitted above, be liable to You for any direct, indirect, *
* special, incidental, or consequential damages of any character *
* including, without limitation, damages for lost profits, loss of *
* goodwill, work stoppage, computer failure or malfunction, or any *
* and all other commercial damages or losses, even if such party *
* shall have been informed of the possibility of such damages. This *
* limitation of liability shall not apply to liability for death or *
* personal injury resulting from such party's negligence to the *
* extent applicable law prohibits such limitation. Some *
* jurisdictions do not allow the exclusion or limitation of *
* incidental or consequential damages, so this exclusion and *
* limitation may not apply to You. *
* *
************************************************************************
8. Litigation
-------------
Any litigation relating to this License may be brought only in the
courts of a jurisdiction where the defendant maintains its principal
place of business and such litigation shall be governed by laws of that
jurisdiction, without reference to its conflict-of-law provisions.
Nothing in this Section shall prevent a party's ability to bring
cross-claims or counter-claims.
9. Miscellaneous
----------------
This License represents the complete agreement concerning the subject
matter hereof. If any provision of this License is held to be
unenforceable, such provision shall be reformed only to the extent
necessary to make it enforceable. Any law or regulation which provides
that the language of a contract shall be construed against the drafter
shall not be used to construe this License against a Contributor.
10. Versions of the License
---------------------------
10.1. New Versions
Mozilla Foundation is the license steward. Except as provided in Section
10.3, no one other than the license steward has the right to modify or
publish new versions of this License. Each version will be given a
distinguishing version number.
10.2. Effect of New Versions
You may distribute the Covered Software under the terms of the version
of the License under which You originally received the Covered Software,
or under the terms of any subsequent version published by the license
steward.
10.3. Modified Versions
If you create software not governed by this License, and you want to
create a new license for such software, you may create and use a
modified version of this License if you rename the license and remove
any references to the name of the license steward (except to note that
such modified license differs from this License).
10.4. Distributing Source Code Form that is Incompatible With Secondary
Licenses
If You choose to distribute Source Code Form that is Incompatible With
Secondary Licenses under the terms of this version of the License, the
notice described in Exhibit B of this License must be attached.
Exhibit A - Source Code Form License Notice
-------------------------------------------
This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
If it is not possible or desirable to put the notice in a particular
file, then You may include the notice in a location (such as a LICENSE
file in a relevant directory) where a recipient would be likely to look
for such a notice.
You may add additional accurate notices of copyright ownership.
Exhibit B - "Incompatible With Secondary Licenses" Notice
---------------------------------------------------------
This Source Code Form is "Incompatible With Secondary Licenses", as
defined by the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0.

5
vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-sockaddr/doc.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
/*
Package sockaddr is a Go implementation of the UNIX socket family data types and
related helper functions.
*/
package sockaddr

254
vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-sockaddr/ifaddr.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,254 @@
package sockaddr
import "strings"
// ifAddrAttrMap is a map of the IfAddr type-specific attributes.
var ifAddrAttrMap map[AttrName]func(IfAddr) string
var ifAddrAttrs []AttrName
func init() {
ifAddrAttrInit()
}
// GetPrivateIP returns a string with a single IP address that is part of RFC
// 6890 and has a default route. If the system can't determine its IP address
// or find an RFC 6890 IP address, an empty string will be returned instead.
// This function is the `eval` equivalent of:
//
// ```
// $ sockaddr eval -r '{{GetPrivateInterfaces | attr "address"}}'
/// ```
func GetPrivateIP() (string, error) {
privateIfs, err := GetPrivateInterfaces()
if err != nil {
return "", err
}
if len(privateIfs) < 1 {
return "", nil
}
ifAddr := privateIfs[0]
ip := *ToIPAddr(ifAddr.SockAddr)
return ip.NetIP().String(), nil
}
// GetPrivateIPs returns a string with all IP addresses that are part of RFC
// 6890 (regardless of whether or not there is a default route, unlike
// GetPublicIP). If the system can't find any RFC 6890 IP addresses, an empty
// string will be returned instead. This function is the `eval` equivalent of:
//
// ```
// $ sockaddr eval -r '{{GetAllInterfaces | include "RFC" "6890" | join "address" " "}}'
/// ```
func GetPrivateIPs() (string, error) {
ifAddrs, err := GetAllInterfaces()
if err != nil {
return "", err
} else if len(ifAddrs) < 1 {
return "", nil
}
ifAddrs, _ = FilterIfByType(ifAddrs, TypeIP)
if len(ifAddrs) == 0 {
return "", nil
}
OrderedIfAddrBy(AscIfType, AscIfNetworkSize).Sort(ifAddrs)
ifAddrs, _, err = IfByRFC("6890", ifAddrs)
if err != nil {
return "", err
} else if len(ifAddrs) == 0 {
return "", nil
}
_, ifAddrs, err = IfByRFC(ForwardingBlacklistRFC, ifAddrs)
if err != nil {
return "", err
} else if len(ifAddrs) == 0 {
return "", nil
}
ips := make([]string, 0, len(ifAddrs))
for _, ifAddr := range ifAddrs {
ip := *ToIPAddr(ifAddr.SockAddr)
s := ip.NetIP().String()
ips = append(ips, s)
}
return strings.Join(ips, " "), nil
}
// GetPublicIP returns a string with a single IP address that is NOT part of RFC
// 6890 and has a default route. If the system can't determine its IP address
// or find a non RFC 6890 IP address, an empty string will be returned instead.
// This function is the `eval` equivalent of:
//
// ```
// $ sockaddr eval -r '{{GetPublicInterfaces | attr "address"}}'
/// ```
func GetPublicIP() (string, error) {
publicIfs, err := GetPublicInterfaces()
if err != nil {
return "", err
} else if len(publicIfs) < 1 {
return "", nil
}
ifAddr := publicIfs[0]
ip := *ToIPAddr(ifAddr.SockAddr)
return ip.NetIP().String(), nil
}
// GetPublicIPs returns a string with all IP addresses that are NOT part of RFC
// 6890 (regardless of whether or not there is a default route, unlike
// GetPublicIP). If the system can't find any non RFC 6890 IP addresses, an
// empty string will be returned instead. This function is the `eval`
// equivalent of:
//
// ```
// $ sockaddr eval -r '{{GetAllInterfaces | exclude "RFC" "6890" | join "address" " "}}'
/// ```
func GetPublicIPs() (string, error) {
ifAddrs, err := GetAllInterfaces()
if err != nil {
return "", err
} else if len(ifAddrs) < 1 {
return "", nil
}
ifAddrs, _ = FilterIfByType(ifAddrs, TypeIP)
if len(ifAddrs) == 0 {
return "", nil
}
OrderedIfAddrBy(AscIfType, AscIfNetworkSize).Sort(ifAddrs)
_, ifAddrs, err = IfByRFC("6890", ifAddrs)
if err != nil {
return "", err
} else if len(ifAddrs) == 0 {
return "", nil
}
ips := make([]string, 0, len(ifAddrs))
for _, ifAddr := range ifAddrs {
ip := *ToIPAddr(ifAddr.SockAddr)
s := ip.NetIP().String()
ips = append(ips, s)
}
return strings.Join(ips, " "), nil
}
// GetInterfaceIP returns a string with a single IP address sorted by the size
// of the network (i.e. IP addresses with a smaller netmask, larger network
// size, are sorted first). This function is the `eval` equivalent of:
//
// ```
// $ sockaddr eval -r '{{GetAllInterfaces | include "name" <<ARG>> | sort "type,size" | include "flag" "forwardable" | attr "address" }}'
/// ```
func GetInterfaceIP(namedIfRE string) (string, error) {
ifAddrs, err := GetAllInterfaces()
if err != nil {
return "", err
}
ifAddrs, _, err = IfByName(namedIfRE, ifAddrs)
if err != nil {
return "", err
}
ifAddrs, _, err = IfByFlag("forwardable", ifAddrs)
if err != nil {
return "", err
}
ifAddrs, err = SortIfBy("+type,+size", ifAddrs)
if err != nil {
return "", err
}
if len(ifAddrs) == 0 {
return "", err
}
ip := ToIPAddr(ifAddrs[0].SockAddr)
if ip == nil {
return "", err
}
return IPAddrAttr(*ip, "address"), nil
}
// GetInterfaceIPs returns a string with all IPs, sorted by the size of the
// network (i.e. IP addresses with a smaller netmask, larger network size, are
// sorted first), on a named interface. This function is the `eval` equivalent
// of:
//
// ```
// $ sockaddr eval -r '{{GetAllInterfaces | include "name" <<ARG>> | sort "type,size" | join "address" " "}}'
/// ```
func GetInterfaceIPs(namedIfRE string) (string, error) {
ifAddrs, err := GetAllInterfaces()
if err != nil {
return "", err
}
ifAddrs, _, err = IfByName(namedIfRE, ifAddrs)
if err != nil {
return "", err
}
ifAddrs, err = SortIfBy("+type,+size", ifAddrs)
if err != nil {
return "", err
}
if len(ifAddrs) == 0 {
return "", err
}
ips := make([]string, 0, len(ifAddrs))
for _, ifAddr := range ifAddrs {
ip := *ToIPAddr(ifAddr.SockAddr)
s := ip.NetIP().String()
ips = append(ips, s)
}
return strings.Join(ips, " "), nil
}
// IfAddrAttrs returns a list of attributes supported by the IfAddr type
func IfAddrAttrs() []AttrName {
return ifAddrAttrs
}
// IfAddrAttr returns a string representation of an attribute for the given
// IfAddr.
func IfAddrAttr(ifAddr IfAddr, attrName AttrName) string {
fn, found := ifAddrAttrMap[attrName]
if !found {
return ""
}
return fn(ifAddr)
}
// ifAddrAttrInit is called once at init()
func ifAddrAttrInit() {
// Sorted for human readability
ifAddrAttrs = []AttrName{
"flags",
"name",
}
ifAddrAttrMap = map[AttrName]func(ifAddr IfAddr) string{
"flags": func(ifAddr IfAddr) string {
return ifAddr.Interface.Flags.String()
},
"name": func(ifAddr IfAddr) string {
return ifAddr.Interface.Name
},
}
}

1281
vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-sockaddr/ifaddrs.go generated vendored Normal file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

65
vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-sockaddr/ifattr.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
package sockaddr
import (
"fmt"
"net"
)
// IfAddr is a union of a SockAddr and a net.Interface.
type IfAddr struct {
SockAddr
net.Interface
}
// Attr returns the named attribute as a string
func (ifAddr IfAddr) Attr(attrName AttrName) (string, error) {
val := IfAddrAttr(ifAddr, attrName)
if val != "" {
return val, nil
}
return Attr(ifAddr.SockAddr, attrName)
}
// Attr returns the named attribute as a string
func Attr(sa SockAddr, attrName AttrName) (string, error) {
switch sockType := sa.Type(); {
case sockType&TypeIP != 0:
ip := *ToIPAddr(sa)
attrVal := IPAddrAttr(ip, attrName)
if attrVal != "" {
return attrVal, nil
}
if sockType == TypeIPv4 {
ipv4 := *ToIPv4Addr(sa)
attrVal := IPv4AddrAttr(ipv4, attrName)
if attrVal != "" {
return attrVal, nil
}
} else if sockType == TypeIPv6 {
ipv6 := *ToIPv6Addr(sa)
attrVal := IPv6AddrAttr(ipv6, attrName)
if attrVal != "" {
return attrVal, nil
}
}
case sockType == TypeUnix:
us := *ToUnixSock(sa)
attrVal := UnixSockAttr(us, attrName)
if attrVal != "" {
return attrVal, nil
}
}
// Non type-specific attributes
switch attrName {
case "string":
return sa.String(), nil
case "type":
return sa.Type().String(), nil
}
return "", fmt.Errorf("unsupported attribute name %q", attrName)
}

169
vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-sockaddr/ipaddr.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,169 @@
package sockaddr
import (
"fmt"
"math/big"
"net"
"strings"
)
// Constants for the sizes of IPv3, IPv4, and IPv6 address types.
const (
IPv3len = 6
IPv4len = 4
IPv6len = 16
)
// IPAddr is a generic IP address interface for IPv4 and IPv6 addresses,
// networks, and socket endpoints.
type IPAddr interface {
SockAddr
AddressBinString() string
AddressHexString() string
Cmp(SockAddr) int
CmpAddress(SockAddr) int
CmpPort(SockAddr) int
FirstUsable() IPAddr
Host() IPAddr
IPPort() IPPort
LastUsable() IPAddr
Maskbits() int
NetIP() *net.IP
NetIPMask() *net.IPMask
NetIPNet() *net.IPNet
Network() IPAddr
Octets() []int
}
// IPPort is the type for an IP port number for the TCP and UDP IP transports.
type IPPort uint16
// IPPrefixLen is a typed integer representing the prefix length for a given
// IPAddr.
type IPPrefixLen byte
// ipAddrAttrMap is a map of the IPAddr type-specific attributes.
var ipAddrAttrMap map[AttrName]func(IPAddr) string
var ipAddrAttrs []AttrName
func init() {
ipAddrInit()
}
// NewIPAddr creates a new IPAddr from a string. Returns nil if the string is
// not an IPv4 or an IPv6 address.
func NewIPAddr(addr string) (IPAddr, error) {
ipv4Addr, err := NewIPv4Addr(addr)
if err == nil {
return ipv4Addr, nil
}
ipv6Addr, err := NewIPv6Addr(addr)
if err == nil {
return ipv6Addr, nil
}
return nil, fmt.Errorf("invalid IPAddr %v", addr)
}
// IPAddrAttr returns a string representation of an attribute for the given
// IPAddr.
func IPAddrAttr(ip IPAddr, selector AttrName) string {
fn, found := ipAddrAttrMap[selector]
if !found {
return ""
}
return fn(ip)
}
// IPAttrs returns a list of attributes supported by the IPAddr type
func IPAttrs() []AttrName {
return ipAddrAttrs
}
// MustIPAddr is a helper method that must return an IPAddr or panic on invalid
// input.
func MustIPAddr(addr string) IPAddr {
ip, err := NewIPAddr(addr)
if err != nil {
panic(fmt.Sprintf("Unable to create an IPAddr from %+q: %v", addr, err))
}
return ip
}
// ipAddrInit is called once at init()
func ipAddrInit() {
// Sorted for human readability
ipAddrAttrs = []AttrName{
"host",
"address",
"port",
"netmask",
"network",
"mask_bits",
"binary",
"hex",
"first_usable",
"last_usable",
"octets",
}
ipAddrAttrMap = map[AttrName]func(ip IPAddr) string{
"address": func(ip IPAddr) string {
return ip.NetIP().String()
},
"binary": func(ip IPAddr) string {
return ip.AddressBinString()
},
"first_usable": func(ip IPAddr) string {
return ip.FirstUsable().String()
},
"hex": func(ip IPAddr) string {
return ip.AddressHexString()
},
"host": func(ip IPAddr) string {
return ip.Host().String()
},
"last_usable": func(ip IPAddr) string {
return ip.LastUsable().String()
},
"mask_bits": func(ip IPAddr) string {
return fmt.Sprintf("%d", ip.Maskbits())
},
"netmask": func(ip IPAddr) string {
switch v := ip.(type) {
case IPv4Addr:
ipv4Mask := IPv4Addr{
Address: IPv4Address(v.Mask),
Mask: IPv4HostMask,
}
return ipv4Mask.String()
case IPv6Addr:
ipv6Mask := new(big.Int)
ipv6Mask.Set(v.Mask)
ipv6MaskAddr := IPv6Addr{
Address: IPv6Address(ipv6Mask),
Mask: ipv6HostMask,
}
return ipv6MaskAddr.String()
default:
return fmt.Sprintf("<unsupported type: %T>", ip)
}
},
"network": func(ip IPAddr) string {
return ip.Network().NetIP().String()
},
"octets": func(ip IPAddr) string {
octets := ip.Octets()
octetStrs := make([]string, 0, len(octets))
for _, octet := range octets {
octetStrs = append(octetStrs, fmt.Sprintf("%d", octet))
}
return strings.Join(octetStrs, " ")
},
"port": func(ip IPAddr) string {
return fmt.Sprintf("%d", ip.IPPort())
},
}
}

98
vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-sockaddr/ipaddrs.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
package sockaddr
import "bytes"
type IPAddrs []IPAddr
func (s IPAddrs) Len() int { return len(s) }
func (s IPAddrs) Swap(i, j int) { s[i], s[j] = s[j], s[i] }
// // SortIPAddrsByCmp is a type that satisfies sort.Interface and can be used
// // by the routines in this package. The SortIPAddrsByCmp type is used to
// // sort IPAddrs by Cmp()
// type SortIPAddrsByCmp struct{ IPAddrs }
// // Less reports whether the element with index i should sort before the
// // element with index j.
// func (s SortIPAddrsByCmp) Less(i, j int) bool {
// // Sort by Type, then address, then port number.
// return Less(s.IPAddrs[i], s.IPAddrs[j])
// }
// SortIPAddrsBySpecificMaskLen is a type that satisfies sort.Interface and
// can be used by the routines in this package. The
// SortIPAddrsBySpecificMaskLen type is used to sort IPAddrs by smallest
// network (most specific to largest network).
type SortIPAddrsByNetworkSize struct{ IPAddrs }
// Less reports whether the element with index i should sort before the
// element with index j.
func (s SortIPAddrsByNetworkSize) Less(i, j int) bool {
// Sort masks with a larger binary value (i.e. fewer hosts per network
// prefix) after masks with a smaller value (larger number of hosts per
// prefix).
switch bytes.Compare([]byte(*s.IPAddrs[i].NetIPMask()), []byte(*s.IPAddrs[j].NetIPMask())) {
case 0:
// Fall through to the second test if the net.IPMasks are the
// same.
break
case 1:
return true
case -1:
return false
default:
panic("bad, m'kay?")
}
// Sort IPs based on the length (i.e. prefer IPv4 over IPv6).
iLen := len(*s.IPAddrs[i].NetIP())
jLen := len(*s.IPAddrs[j].NetIP())
if iLen != jLen {
return iLen > jLen
}
// Sort IPs based on their network address from lowest to highest.
switch bytes.Compare(s.IPAddrs[i].NetIPNet().IP, s.IPAddrs[j].NetIPNet().IP) {
case 0:
break
case 1:
return false
case -1:
return true
default:
panic("lol wut?")
}
// If a host does not have a port set, it always sorts after hosts
// that have a port (e.g. a host with a /32 and port number is more
// specific and should sort first over a host with a /32 but no port
// set).
if s.IPAddrs[i].IPPort() == 0 || s.IPAddrs[j].IPPort() == 0 {
return false
}
return s.IPAddrs[i].IPPort() < s.IPAddrs[j].IPPort()
}
// SortIPAddrsBySpecificMaskLen is a type that satisfies sort.Interface and
// can be used by the routines in this package. The
// SortIPAddrsBySpecificMaskLen type is used to sort IPAddrs by smallest
// network (most specific to largest network).
type SortIPAddrsBySpecificMaskLen struct{ IPAddrs }
// Less reports whether the element with index i should sort before the
// element with index j.
func (s SortIPAddrsBySpecificMaskLen) Less(i, j int) bool {
return s.IPAddrs[i].Maskbits() > s.IPAddrs[j].Maskbits()
}
// SortIPAddrsByBroadMaskLen is a type that satisfies sort.Interface and can
// be used by the routines in this package. The SortIPAddrsByBroadMaskLen
// type is used to sort IPAddrs by largest network (i.e. largest subnets
// first).
type SortIPAddrsByBroadMaskLen struct{ IPAddrs }
// Less reports whether the element with index i should sort before the
// element with index j.
func (s SortIPAddrsByBroadMaskLen) Less(i, j int) bool {
return s.IPAddrs[i].Maskbits() < s.IPAddrs[j].Maskbits()
}

516
vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-sockaddr/ipv4addr.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,516 @@
package sockaddr
import (
"encoding/binary"
"fmt"
"net"
"regexp"
"strconv"
"strings"
)
type (
// IPv4Address is a named type representing an IPv4 address.
IPv4Address uint32
// IPv4Network is a named type representing an IPv4 network.
IPv4Network uint32
// IPv4Mask is a named type representing an IPv4 network mask.
IPv4Mask uint32
)
// IPv4HostMask is a constant represents a /32 IPv4 Address
// (i.e. 255.255.255.255).
const IPv4HostMask = IPv4Mask(0xffffffff)
// ipv4AddrAttrMap is a map of the IPv4Addr type-specific attributes.
var ipv4AddrAttrMap map[AttrName]func(IPv4Addr) string
var ipv4AddrAttrs []AttrName
var trailingHexNetmaskRE *regexp.Regexp
// IPv4Addr implements a convenience wrapper around the union of Go's
// built-in net.IP and net.IPNet types. In UNIX-speak, IPv4Addr implements
// `sockaddr` when the the address family is set to AF_INET
// (i.e. `sockaddr_in`).
type IPv4Addr struct {
IPAddr
Address IPv4Address
Mask IPv4Mask
Port IPPort
}
func init() {
ipv4AddrInit()
trailingHexNetmaskRE = regexp.MustCompile(`/([0f]{8})$`)
}
// NewIPv4Addr creates an IPv4Addr from a string. String can be in the form
// of either an IPv4:port (e.g. `1.2.3.4:80`, in which case the mask is
// assumed to be a `/32`), an IPv4 address (e.g. `1.2.3.4`, also with a `/32`
// mask), or an IPv4 CIDR (e.g. `1.2.3.4/24`, which has its IP port
// initialized to zero). ipv4Str can not be a hostname.
//
// NOTE: Many net.*() routines will initialize and return an IPv6 address.
// To create uint32 values from net.IP, always test to make sure the address
// returned can be converted to a 4 byte array using To4().
func NewIPv4Addr(ipv4Str string) (IPv4Addr, error) {
// Strip off any bogus hex-encoded netmasks that will be mis-parsed by Go. In
// particular, clients with the Barracuda VPN client will see something like:
// `192.168.3.51/00ffffff` as their IP address.
trailingHexNetmaskRe := trailingHexNetmaskRE.Copy()
if match := trailingHexNetmaskRe.FindStringIndex(ipv4Str); match != nil {
ipv4Str = ipv4Str[:match[0]]
}
// Parse as an IPv4 CIDR
ipAddr, network, err := net.ParseCIDR(ipv4Str)
if err == nil {
ipv4 := ipAddr.To4()
if ipv4 == nil {
return IPv4Addr{}, fmt.Errorf("Unable to convert %s to an IPv4 address", ipv4Str)
}
// If we see an IPv6 netmask, convert it to an IPv4 mask.
netmaskSepPos := strings.LastIndexByte(ipv4Str, '/')
if netmaskSepPos != -1 && netmaskSepPos+1 < len(ipv4Str) {
netMask, err := strconv.ParseUint(ipv4Str[netmaskSepPos+1:], 10, 8)
if err != nil {
return IPv4Addr{}, fmt.Errorf("Unable to convert %s to an IPv4 address: unable to parse CIDR netmask: %v", ipv4Str, err)
} else if netMask > 128 {
return IPv4Addr{}, fmt.Errorf("Unable to convert %s to an IPv4 address: invalid CIDR netmask", ipv4Str)
}
if netMask >= 96 {
// Convert the IPv6 netmask to an IPv4 netmask
network.Mask = net.CIDRMask(int(netMask-96), IPv4len*8)
}
}
ipv4Addr := IPv4Addr{
Address: IPv4Address(binary.BigEndian.Uint32(ipv4)),
Mask: IPv4Mask(binary.BigEndian.Uint32(network.Mask)),
}
return ipv4Addr, nil
}
// Attempt to parse ipv4Str as a /32 host with a port number.
tcpAddr, err := net.ResolveTCPAddr("tcp4", ipv4Str)
if err == nil {
ipv4 := tcpAddr.IP.To4()
if ipv4 == nil {
return IPv4Addr{}, fmt.Errorf("Unable to resolve %+q as an IPv4 address", ipv4Str)
}
ipv4Uint32 := binary.BigEndian.Uint32(ipv4)
ipv4Addr := IPv4Addr{
Address: IPv4Address(ipv4Uint32),
Mask: IPv4HostMask,
Port: IPPort(tcpAddr.Port),
}
return ipv4Addr, nil
}
// Parse as a naked IPv4 address
ip := net.ParseIP(ipv4Str)
if ip != nil {
ipv4 := ip.To4()
if ipv4 == nil {
return IPv4Addr{}, fmt.Errorf("Unable to string convert %+q to an IPv4 address", ipv4Str)
}
ipv4Uint32 := binary.BigEndian.Uint32(ipv4)
ipv4Addr := IPv4Addr{
Address: IPv4Address(ipv4Uint32),
Mask: IPv4HostMask,
}
return ipv4Addr, nil
}
return IPv4Addr{}, fmt.Errorf("Unable to parse %+q to an IPv4 address: %v", ipv4Str, err)
}
// AddressBinString returns a string with the IPv4Addr's Address represented
// as a sequence of '0' and '1' characters. This method is useful for
// debugging or by operators who want to inspect an address.
func (ipv4 IPv4Addr) AddressBinString() string {
return fmt.Sprintf("%032s", strconv.FormatUint(uint64(ipv4.Address), 2))
}
// AddressHexString returns a string with the IPv4Addr address represented as
// a sequence of hex characters. This method is useful for debugging or by
// operators who want to inspect an address.
func (ipv4 IPv4Addr) AddressHexString() string {
return fmt.Sprintf("%08s", strconv.FormatUint(uint64(ipv4.Address), 16))
}
// Broadcast is an IPv4Addr-only method that returns the broadcast address of
// the network.
//
// NOTE: IPv6 only supports multicast, so this method only exists for
// IPv4Addr.
func (ipv4 IPv4Addr) Broadcast() IPAddr {
// Nothing should listen on a broadcast address.
return IPv4Addr{
Address: IPv4Address(ipv4.BroadcastAddress()),
Mask: IPv4HostMask,
}
}
// BroadcastAddress returns a IPv4Network of the IPv4Addr's broadcast
// address.
func (ipv4 IPv4Addr) BroadcastAddress() IPv4Network {
return IPv4Network(uint32(ipv4.Address)&uint32(ipv4.Mask) | ^uint32(ipv4.Mask))
}
// CmpAddress follows the Cmp() standard protocol and returns:
//
// - -1 If the receiver should sort first because its address is lower than arg
// - 0 if the SockAddr arg is equal to the receiving IPv4Addr or the argument is
// of a different type.
// - 1 If the argument should sort first.
func (ipv4 IPv4Addr) CmpAddress(sa SockAddr) int {
ipv4b, ok := sa.(IPv4Addr)
if !ok {
return sortDeferDecision
}
switch {
case ipv4.Address == ipv4b.Address:
return sortDeferDecision
case ipv4.Address < ipv4b.Address:
return sortReceiverBeforeArg
default:
return sortArgBeforeReceiver
}
}
// CmpPort follows the Cmp() standard protocol and returns:
//
// - -1 If the receiver should sort first because its port is lower than arg
// - 0 if the SockAddr arg's port number is equal to the receiving IPv4Addr,
// regardless of type.
// - 1 If the argument should sort first.
func (ipv4 IPv4Addr) CmpPort(sa SockAddr) int {
var saPort IPPort
switch v := sa.(type) {
case IPv4Addr:
saPort = v.Port
case IPv6Addr:
saPort = v.Port
default:
return sortDeferDecision
}
switch {
case ipv4.Port == saPort:
return sortDeferDecision
case ipv4.Port < saPort:
return sortReceiverBeforeArg
default:
return sortArgBeforeReceiver
}
}
// CmpRFC follows the Cmp() standard protocol and returns:
//
// - -1 If the receiver should sort first because it belongs to the RFC and its
// arg does not
// - 0 if the receiver and arg both belong to the same RFC or neither do.
// - 1 If the arg belongs to the RFC but receiver does not.
func (ipv4 IPv4Addr) CmpRFC(rfcNum uint, sa SockAddr) int {
recvInRFC := IsRFC(rfcNum, ipv4)
ipv4b, ok := sa.(IPv4Addr)
if !ok {
// If the receiver is part of the desired RFC and the SockAddr
// argument is not, return -1 so that the receiver sorts before
// the non-IPv4 SockAddr. Conversely, if the receiver is not
// part of the RFC, punt on sorting and leave it for the next
// sorter.
if recvInRFC {
return sortReceiverBeforeArg
} else {
return sortDeferDecision
}
}
argInRFC := IsRFC(rfcNum, ipv4b)
switch {
case (recvInRFC && argInRFC), (!recvInRFC && !argInRFC):
// If a and b both belong to the RFC, or neither belong to
// rfcNum, defer sorting to the next sorter.
return sortDeferDecision
case recvInRFC && !argInRFC:
return sortReceiverBeforeArg
default:
return sortArgBeforeReceiver
}
}
// Contains returns true if the SockAddr is contained within the receiver.
func (ipv4 IPv4Addr) Contains(sa SockAddr) bool {
ipv4b, ok := sa.(IPv4Addr)
if !ok {
return false
}
return ipv4.ContainsNetwork(ipv4b)
}
// ContainsAddress returns true if the IPv4Address is contained within the
// receiver.
func (ipv4 IPv4Addr) ContainsAddress(x IPv4Address) bool {
return IPv4Address(ipv4.NetworkAddress()) <= x &&
IPv4Address(ipv4.BroadcastAddress()) >= x
}
// ContainsNetwork returns true if the network from IPv4Addr is contained
// within the receiver.
func (ipv4 IPv4Addr) ContainsNetwork(x IPv4Addr) bool {
return ipv4.NetworkAddress() <= x.NetworkAddress() &&
ipv4.BroadcastAddress() >= x.BroadcastAddress()
}
// DialPacketArgs returns the arguments required to be passed to
// net.DialUDP(). If the Mask of ipv4 is not a /32 or the Port is 0,
// DialPacketArgs() will fail. See Host() to create an IPv4Addr with its
// mask set to /32.
func (ipv4 IPv4Addr) DialPacketArgs() (network, dialArgs string) {
if ipv4.Mask != IPv4HostMask || ipv4.Port == 0 {
return "udp4", ""
}
return "udp4", fmt.Sprintf("%s:%d", ipv4.NetIP().String(), ipv4.Port)
}
// DialStreamArgs returns the arguments required to be passed to
// net.DialTCP(). If the Mask of ipv4 is not a /32 or the Port is 0,
// DialStreamArgs() will fail. See Host() to create an IPv4Addr with its
// mask set to /32.
func (ipv4 IPv4Addr) DialStreamArgs() (network, dialArgs string) {
if ipv4.Mask != IPv4HostMask || ipv4.Port == 0 {
return "tcp4", ""
}
return "tcp4", fmt.Sprintf("%s:%d", ipv4.NetIP().String(), ipv4.Port)
}
// Equal returns true if a SockAddr is equal to the receiving IPv4Addr.
func (ipv4 IPv4Addr) Equal(sa SockAddr) bool {
ipv4b, ok := sa.(IPv4Addr)
if !ok {
return false
}
if ipv4.Port != ipv4b.Port {
return false
}
if ipv4.Address != ipv4b.Address {
return false
}
if ipv4.NetIPNet().String() != ipv4b.NetIPNet().String() {
return false
}
return true
}
// FirstUsable returns an IPv4Addr set to the first address following the
// network prefix. The first usable address in a network is normally the
// gateway and should not be used except by devices forwarding packets
// between two administratively distinct networks (i.e. a router). This
// function does not discriminate against first usable vs "first address that
// should be used." For example, FirstUsable() on "192.168.1.10/24" would
// return the address "192.168.1.1/24".
func (ipv4 IPv4Addr) FirstUsable() IPAddr {
addr := ipv4.NetworkAddress()
// If /32, return the address itself. If /31 assume a point-to-point
// link and return the lower address.
if ipv4.Maskbits() < 31 {
addr++
}
return IPv4Addr{
Address: IPv4Address(addr),
Mask: IPv4HostMask,
}
}
// Host returns a copy of ipv4 with its mask set to /32 so that it can be
// used by DialPacketArgs(), DialStreamArgs(), ListenPacketArgs(), or
// ListenStreamArgs().
func (ipv4 IPv4Addr) Host() IPAddr {
// Nothing should listen on a broadcast address.
return IPv4Addr{
Address: ipv4.Address,
Mask: IPv4HostMask,
Port: ipv4.Port,
}
}
// IPPort returns the Port number attached to the IPv4Addr
func (ipv4 IPv4Addr) IPPort() IPPort {
return ipv4.Port
}
// LastUsable returns the last address before the broadcast address in a
// given network.
func (ipv4 IPv4Addr) LastUsable() IPAddr {
addr := ipv4.BroadcastAddress()
// If /32, return the address itself. If /31 assume a point-to-point
// link and return the upper address.
if ipv4.Maskbits() < 31 {
addr--
}
return IPv4Addr{
Address: IPv4Address(addr),
Mask: IPv4HostMask,
}
}
// ListenPacketArgs returns the arguments required to be passed to
// net.ListenUDP(). If the Mask of ipv4 is not a /32, ListenPacketArgs()
// will fail. See Host() to create an IPv4Addr with its mask set to /32.
func (ipv4 IPv4Addr) ListenPacketArgs() (network, listenArgs string) {
if ipv4.Mask != IPv4HostMask {
return "udp4", ""
}
return "udp4", fmt.Sprintf("%s:%d", ipv4.NetIP().String(), ipv4.Port)
}
// ListenStreamArgs returns the arguments required to be passed to
// net.ListenTCP(). If the Mask of ipv4 is not a /32, ListenStreamArgs()
// will fail. See Host() to create an IPv4Addr with its mask set to /32.
func (ipv4 IPv4Addr) ListenStreamArgs() (network, listenArgs string) {
if ipv4.Mask != IPv4HostMask {
return "tcp4", ""
}
return "tcp4", fmt.Sprintf("%s:%d", ipv4.NetIP().String(), ipv4.Port)
}
// Maskbits returns the number of network mask bits in a given IPv4Addr. For
// example, the Maskbits() of "192.168.1.1/24" would return 24.
func (ipv4 IPv4Addr) Maskbits() int {
mask := make(net.IPMask, IPv4len)
binary.BigEndian.PutUint32(mask, uint32(ipv4.Mask))
maskOnes, _ := mask.Size()
return maskOnes
}
// MustIPv4Addr is a helper method that must return an IPv4Addr or panic on
// invalid input.
func MustIPv4Addr(addr string) IPv4Addr {
ipv4, err := NewIPv4Addr(addr)
if err != nil {
panic(fmt.Sprintf("Unable to create an IPv4Addr from %+q: %v", addr, err))
}
return ipv4
}
// NetIP returns the address as a net.IP (address is always presized to
// IPv4).
func (ipv4 IPv4Addr) NetIP() *net.IP {
x := make(net.IP, IPv4len)
binary.BigEndian.PutUint32(x, uint32(ipv4.Address))
return &x
}
// NetIPMask create a new net.IPMask from the IPv4Addr.
func (ipv4 IPv4Addr) NetIPMask() *net.IPMask {
ipv4Mask := net.IPMask{}
ipv4Mask = make(net.IPMask, IPv4len)
binary.BigEndian.PutUint32(ipv4Mask, uint32(ipv4.Mask))
return &ipv4Mask
}
// NetIPNet create a new net.IPNet from the IPv4Addr.
func (ipv4 IPv4Addr) NetIPNet() *net.IPNet {
ipv4net := &net.IPNet{}
ipv4net.IP = make(net.IP, IPv4len)
binary.BigEndian.PutUint32(ipv4net.IP, uint32(ipv4.NetworkAddress()))
ipv4net.Mask = *ipv4.NetIPMask()
return ipv4net
}
// Network returns the network prefix or network address for a given network.
func (ipv4 IPv4Addr) Network() IPAddr {
return IPv4Addr{
Address: IPv4Address(ipv4.NetworkAddress()),
Mask: ipv4.Mask,
}
}
// NetworkAddress returns an IPv4Network of the IPv4Addr's network address.
func (ipv4 IPv4Addr) NetworkAddress() IPv4Network {
return IPv4Network(uint32(ipv4.Address) & uint32(ipv4.Mask))
}
// Octets returns a slice of the four octets in an IPv4Addr's Address. The
// order of the bytes is big endian.
func (ipv4 IPv4Addr) Octets() []int {
return []int{
int(ipv4.Address >> 24),
int((ipv4.Address >> 16) & 0xff),
int((ipv4.Address >> 8) & 0xff),
int(ipv4.Address & 0xff),
}
}
// String returns a string representation of the IPv4Addr
func (ipv4 IPv4Addr) String() string {
if ipv4.Port != 0 {
return fmt.Sprintf("%s:%d", ipv4.NetIP().String(), ipv4.Port)
}
if ipv4.Maskbits() == 32 {
return ipv4.NetIP().String()
}
return fmt.Sprintf("%s/%d", ipv4.NetIP().String(), ipv4.Maskbits())
}
// Type is used as a type switch and returns TypeIPv4
func (IPv4Addr) Type() SockAddrType {
return TypeIPv4
}
// IPv4AddrAttr returns a string representation of an attribute for the given
// IPv4Addr.
func IPv4AddrAttr(ipv4 IPv4Addr, selector AttrName) string {
fn, found := ipv4AddrAttrMap[selector]
if !found {
return ""
}
return fn(ipv4)
}
// IPv4Attrs returns a list of attributes supported by the IPv4Addr type
func IPv4Attrs() []AttrName {
return ipv4AddrAttrs
}
// ipv4AddrInit is called once at init()
func ipv4AddrInit() {
// Sorted for human readability
ipv4AddrAttrs = []AttrName{
"size", // Same position as in IPv6 for output consistency
"broadcast",
"uint32",
}
ipv4AddrAttrMap = map[AttrName]func(ipv4 IPv4Addr) string{
"broadcast": func(ipv4 IPv4Addr) string {
return ipv4.Broadcast().String()
},
"size": func(ipv4 IPv4Addr) string {
return fmt.Sprintf("%d", 1<<uint(IPv4len*8-ipv4.Maskbits()))
},
"uint32": func(ipv4 IPv4Addr) string {
return fmt.Sprintf("%d", uint32(ipv4.Address))
},
}
}

591
vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-sockaddr/ipv6addr.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,591 @@
package sockaddr
import (
"bytes"
"encoding/binary"
"fmt"
"math/big"
"net"
)
type (
// IPv6Address is a named type representing an IPv6 address.
IPv6Address *big.Int
// IPv6Network is a named type representing an IPv6 network.
IPv6Network *big.Int
// IPv6Mask is a named type representing an IPv6 network mask.
IPv6Mask *big.Int
)
// IPv6HostPrefix is a constant represents a /128 IPv6 Prefix.
const IPv6HostPrefix = IPPrefixLen(128)
// ipv6HostMask is an unexported big.Int representing a /128 IPv6 address.
// This value must be a constant and always set to all ones.
var ipv6HostMask IPv6Mask
// ipv6AddrAttrMap is a map of the IPv6Addr type-specific attributes.
var ipv6AddrAttrMap map[AttrName]func(IPv6Addr) string
var ipv6AddrAttrs []AttrName
func init() {
biMask := new(big.Int)
biMask.SetBytes([]byte{
0xff, 0xff,
0xff, 0xff,
0xff, 0xff,
0xff, 0xff,
0xff, 0xff,
0xff, 0xff,
0xff, 0xff,
0xff, 0xff,
},
)
ipv6HostMask = IPv6Mask(biMask)
ipv6AddrInit()
}
// IPv6Addr implements a convenience wrapper around the union of Go's
// built-in net.IP and net.IPNet types. In UNIX-speak, IPv6Addr implements
// `sockaddr` when the the address family is set to AF_INET6
// (i.e. `sockaddr_in6`).
type IPv6Addr struct {
IPAddr
Address IPv6Address
Mask IPv6Mask
Port IPPort
}
// NewIPv6Addr creates an IPv6Addr from a string. String can be in the form of
// an an IPv6:port (e.g. `[2001:4860:0:2001::68]:80`, in which case the mask is
// assumed to be a /128), an IPv6 address (e.g. `2001:4860:0:2001::68`, also
// with a `/128` mask), an IPv6 CIDR (e.g. `2001:4860:0:2001::68/64`, which has
// its IP port initialized to zero). ipv6Str can not be a hostname.
//
// NOTE: Many net.*() routines will initialize and return an IPv4 address.
// Always test to make sure the address returned cannot be converted to a 4 byte
// array using To4().
func NewIPv6Addr(ipv6Str string) (IPv6Addr, error) {
v6Addr := false
LOOP:
for i := 0; i < len(ipv6Str); i++ {
switch ipv6Str[i] {
case '.':
break LOOP
case ':':
v6Addr = true
break LOOP
}
}
if !v6Addr {
return IPv6Addr{}, fmt.Errorf("Unable to resolve %+q as an IPv6 address, appears to be an IPv4 address", ipv6Str)
}
// Attempt to parse ipv6Str as a /128 host with a port number.
tcpAddr, err := net.ResolveTCPAddr("tcp6", ipv6Str)
if err == nil {
ipv6 := tcpAddr.IP.To16()
if ipv6 == nil {
return IPv6Addr{}, fmt.Errorf("Unable to resolve %+q as a 16byte IPv6 address", ipv6Str)
}
ipv6BigIntAddr := new(big.Int)
ipv6BigIntAddr.SetBytes(ipv6)
ipv6BigIntMask := new(big.Int)
ipv6BigIntMask.Set(ipv6HostMask)
ipv6Addr := IPv6Addr{
Address: IPv6Address(ipv6BigIntAddr),
Mask: IPv6Mask(ipv6BigIntMask),
Port: IPPort(tcpAddr.Port),
}
return ipv6Addr, nil
}
// Parse as a naked IPv6 address. Trim square brackets if present.
if len(ipv6Str) > 2 && ipv6Str[0] == '[' && ipv6Str[len(ipv6Str)-1] == ']' {
ipv6Str = ipv6Str[1 : len(ipv6Str)-1]
}
ip := net.ParseIP(ipv6Str)
if ip != nil {
ipv6 := ip.To16()
if ipv6 == nil {
return IPv6Addr{}, fmt.Errorf("Unable to string convert %+q to a 16byte IPv6 address", ipv6Str)
}
ipv6BigIntAddr := new(big.Int)
ipv6BigIntAddr.SetBytes(ipv6)
ipv6BigIntMask := new(big.Int)
ipv6BigIntMask.Set(ipv6HostMask)
return IPv6Addr{
Address: IPv6Address(ipv6BigIntAddr),
Mask: IPv6Mask(ipv6BigIntMask),
}, nil
}
// Parse as an IPv6 CIDR
ipAddr, network, err := net.ParseCIDR(ipv6Str)
if err == nil {
ipv6 := ipAddr.To16()
if ipv6 == nil {
return IPv6Addr{}, fmt.Errorf("Unable to convert %+q to a 16byte IPv6 address", ipv6Str)
}
ipv6BigIntAddr := new(big.Int)
ipv6BigIntAddr.SetBytes(ipv6)
ipv6BigIntMask := new(big.Int)
ipv6BigIntMask.SetBytes(network.Mask)
ipv6Addr := IPv6Addr{
Address: IPv6Address(ipv6BigIntAddr),
Mask: IPv6Mask(ipv6BigIntMask),
}
return ipv6Addr, nil
}
return IPv6Addr{}, fmt.Errorf("Unable to parse %+q to an IPv6 address: %v", ipv6Str, err)
}
// AddressBinString returns a string with the IPv6Addr's Address represented
// as a sequence of '0' and '1' characters. This method is useful for
// debugging or by operators who want to inspect an address.
func (ipv6 IPv6Addr) AddressBinString() string {
bi := big.Int(*ipv6.Address)
return fmt.Sprintf("%0128s", bi.Text(2))
}
// AddressHexString returns a string with the IPv6Addr address represented as
// a sequence of hex characters. This method is useful for debugging or by
// operators who want to inspect an address.
func (ipv6 IPv6Addr) AddressHexString() string {
bi := big.Int(*ipv6.Address)
return fmt.Sprintf("%032s", bi.Text(16))
}
// CmpAddress follows the Cmp() standard protocol and returns:
//
// - -1 If the receiver should sort first because its address is lower than arg
// - 0 if the SockAddr arg equal to the receiving IPv6Addr or the argument is of a
// different type.
// - 1 If the argument should sort first.
func (ipv6 IPv6Addr) CmpAddress(sa SockAddr) int {
ipv6b, ok := sa.(IPv6Addr)
if !ok {
return sortDeferDecision
}
ipv6aBigInt := new(big.Int)
ipv6aBigInt.Set(ipv6.Address)
ipv6bBigInt := new(big.Int)
ipv6bBigInt.Set(ipv6b.Address)
return ipv6aBigInt.Cmp(ipv6bBigInt)
}
// CmpPort follows the Cmp() standard protocol and returns:
//
// - -1 If the receiver should sort first because its port is lower than arg
// - 0 if the SockAddr arg's port number is equal to the receiving IPv6Addr,
// regardless of type.
// - 1 If the argument should sort first.
func (ipv6 IPv6Addr) CmpPort(sa SockAddr) int {
var saPort IPPort
switch v := sa.(type) {
case IPv4Addr:
saPort = v.Port
case IPv6Addr:
saPort = v.Port
default:
return sortDeferDecision
}
switch {
case ipv6.Port == saPort:
return sortDeferDecision
case ipv6.Port < saPort:
return sortReceiverBeforeArg
default:
return sortArgBeforeReceiver
}
}
// CmpRFC follows the Cmp() standard protocol and returns:
//
// - -1 If the receiver should sort first because it belongs to the RFC and its
// arg does not
// - 0 if the receiver and arg both belong to the same RFC or neither do.
// - 1 If the arg belongs to the RFC but receiver does not.
func (ipv6 IPv6Addr) CmpRFC(rfcNum uint, sa SockAddr) int {
recvInRFC := IsRFC(rfcNum, ipv6)
ipv6b, ok := sa.(IPv6Addr)
if !ok {
// If the receiver is part of the desired RFC and the SockAddr
// argument is not, sort receiver before the non-IPv6 SockAddr.
// Conversely, if the receiver is not part of the RFC, punt on
// sorting and leave it for the next sorter.
if recvInRFC {
return sortReceiverBeforeArg
} else {
return sortDeferDecision
}
}
argInRFC := IsRFC(rfcNum, ipv6b)
switch {
case (recvInRFC && argInRFC), (!recvInRFC && !argInRFC):
// If a and b both belong to the RFC, or neither belong to
// rfcNum, defer sorting to the next sorter.
return sortDeferDecision
case recvInRFC && !argInRFC:
return sortReceiverBeforeArg
default:
return sortArgBeforeReceiver
}
}
// Contains returns true if the SockAddr is contained within the receiver.
func (ipv6 IPv6Addr) Contains(sa SockAddr) bool {
ipv6b, ok := sa.(IPv6Addr)
if !ok {
return false
}
return ipv6.ContainsNetwork(ipv6b)
}
// ContainsAddress returns true if the IPv6Address is contained within the
// receiver.
func (ipv6 IPv6Addr) ContainsAddress(x IPv6Address) bool {
xAddr := IPv6Addr{
Address: x,
Mask: ipv6HostMask,
}
{
xIPv6 := xAddr.FirstUsable().(IPv6Addr)
yIPv6 := ipv6.FirstUsable().(IPv6Addr)
if xIPv6.CmpAddress(yIPv6) >= 1 {
return false
}
}
{
xIPv6 := xAddr.LastUsable().(IPv6Addr)
yIPv6 := ipv6.LastUsable().(IPv6Addr)
if xIPv6.CmpAddress(yIPv6) <= -1 {
return false
}
}
return true
}
// ContainsNetwork returns true if the network from IPv6Addr is contained within
// the receiver.
func (x IPv6Addr) ContainsNetwork(y IPv6Addr) bool {
{
xIPv6 := x.FirstUsable().(IPv6Addr)
yIPv6 := y.FirstUsable().(IPv6Addr)
if ret := xIPv6.CmpAddress(yIPv6); ret >= 1 {
return false
}
}
{
xIPv6 := x.LastUsable().(IPv6Addr)
yIPv6 := y.LastUsable().(IPv6Addr)
if ret := xIPv6.CmpAddress(yIPv6); ret <= -1 {
return false
}
}
return true
}
// DialPacketArgs returns the arguments required to be passed to
// net.DialUDP(). If the Mask of ipv6 is not a /128 or the Port is 0,
// DialPacketArgs() will fail. See Host() to create an IPv6Addr with its
// mask set to /128.
func (ipv6 IPv6Addr) DialPacketArgs() (network, dialArgs string) {
ipv6Mask := big.Int(*ipv6.Mask)
if ipv6Mask.Cmp(ipv6HostMask) != 0 || ipv6.Port == 0 {
return "udp6", ""
}
return "udp6", fmt.Sprintf("[%s]:%d", ipv6.NetIP().String(), ipv6.Port)
}
// DialStreamArgs returns the arguments required to be passed to
// net.DialTCP(). If the Mask of ipv6 is not a /128 or the Port is 0,
// DialStreamArgs() will fail. See Host() to create an IPv6Addr with its
// mask set to /128.
func (ipv6 IPv6Addr) DialStreamArgs() (network, dialArgs string) {
ipv6Mask := big.Int(*ipv6.Mask)
if ipv6Mask.Cmp(ipv6HostMask) != 0 || ipv6.Port == 0 {
return "tcp6", ""
}
return "tcp6", fmt.Sprintf("[%s]:%d", ipv6.NetIP().String(), ipv6.Port)
}
// Equal returns true if a SockAddr is equal to the receiving IPv4Addr.
func (ipv6a IPv6Addr) Equal(sa SockAddr) bool {
ipv6b, ok := sa.(IPv6Addr)
if !ok {
return false
}
if ipv6a.NetIP().String() != ipv6b.NetIP().String() {
return false
}
if ipv6a.NetIPNet().String() != ipv6b.NetIPNet().String() {
return false
}
if ipv6a.Port != ipv6b.Port {
return false
}
return true
}
// FirstUsable returns an IPv6Addr set to the first address following the
// network prefix. The first usable address in a network is normally the
// gateway and should not be used except by devices forwarding packets
// between two administratively distinct networks (i.e. a router). This
// function does not discriminate against first usable vs "first address that
// should be used." For example, FirstUsable() on "2001:0db8::0003/64" would
// return "2001:0db8::00011".
func (ipv6 IPv6Addr) FirstUsable() IPAddr {
return IPv6Addr{
Address: IPv6Address(ipv6.NetworkAddress()),
Mask: ipv6HostMask,
}
}
// Host returns a copy of ipv6 with its mask set to /128 so that it can be
// used by DialPacketArgs(), DialStreamArgs(), ListenPacketArgs(), or
// ListenStreamArgs().
func (ipv6 IPv6Addr) Host() IPAddr {
// Nothing should listen on a broadcast address.
return IPv6Addr{
Address: ipv6.Address,
Mask: ipv6HostMask,
Port: ipv6.Port,
}
}
// IPPort returns the Port number attached to the IPv6Addr
func (ipv6 IPv6Addr) IPPort() IPPort {
return ipv6.Port
}
// LastUsable returns the last address in a given network.
func (ipv6 IPv6Addr) LastUsable() IPAddr {
addr := new(big.Int)
addr.Set(ipv6.Address)
mask := new(big.Int)
mask.Set(ipv6.Mask)
negMask := new(big.Int)
negMask.Xor(ipv6HostMask, mask)
lastAddr := new(big.Int)
lastAddr.And(addr, mask)
lastAddr.Or(lastAddr, negMask)
return IPv6Addr{
Address: IPv6Address(lastAddr),
Mask: ipv6HostMask,
}
}
// ListenPacketArgs returns the arguments required to be passed to
// net.ListenUDP(). If the Mask of ipv6 is not a /128, ListenPacketArgs()
// will fail. See Host() to create an IPv6Addr with its mask set to /128.
func (ipv6 IPv6Addr) ListenPacketArgs() (network, listenArgs string) {
ipv6Mask := big.Int(*ipv6.Mask)
if ipv6Mask.Cmp(ipv6HostMask) != 0 {
return "udp6", ""
}
return "udp6", fmt.Sprintf("[%s]:%d", ipv6.NetIP().String(), ipv6.Port)
}
// ListenStreamArgs returns the arguments required to be passed to
// net.ListenTCP(). If the Mask of ipv6 is not a /128, ListenStreamArgs()
// will fail. See Host() to create an IPv6Addr with its mask set to /128.
func (ipv6 IPv6Addr) ListenStreamArgs() (network, listenArgs string) {
ipv6Mask := big.Int(*ipv6.Mask)
if ipv6Mask.Cmp(ipv6HostMask) != 0 {
return "tcp6", ""
}
return "tcp6", fmt.Sprintf("[%s]:%d", ipv6.NetIP().String(), ipv6.Port)
}
// Maskbits returns the number of network mask bits in a given IPv6Addr. For
// example, the Maskbits() of "2001:0db8::0003/64" would return 64.
func (ipv6 IPv6Addr) Maskbits() int {
maskOnes, _ := ipv6.NetIPNet().Mask.Size()
return maskOnes
}
// MustIPv6Addr is a helper method that must return an IPv6Addr or panic on
// invalid input.
func MustIPv6Addr(addr string) IPv6Addr {
ipv6, err := NewIPv6Addr(addr)
if err != nil {
panic(fmt.Sprintf("Unable to create an IPv6Addr from %+q: %v", addr, err))
}
return ipv6
}
// NetIP returns the address as a net.IP.
func (ipv6 IPv6Addr) NetIP() *net.IP {
return bigIntToNetIPv6(ipv6.Address)
}
// NetIPMask create a new net.IPMask from the IPv6Addr.
func (ipv6 IPv6Addr) NetIPMask() *net.IPMask {
ipv6Mask := make(net.IPMask, IPv6len)
m := big.Int(*ipv6.Mask)
copy(ipv6Mask, m.Bytes())
return &ipv6Mask
}
// Network returns a pointer to the net.IPNet within IPv4Addr receiver.
func (ipv6 IPv6Addr) NetIPNet() *net.IPNet {
ipv6net := &net.IPNet{}
ipv6net.IP = make(net.IP, IPv6len)
copy(ipv6net.IP, *ipv6.NetIP())
ipv6net.Mask = *ipv6.NetIPMask()
return ipv6net
}
// Network returns the network prefix or network address for a given network.
func (ipv6 IPv6Addr) Network() IPAddr {
return IPv6Addr{
Address: IPv6Address(ipv6.NetworkAddress()),
Mask: ipv6.Mask,
}
}
// NetworkAddress returns an IPv6Network of the IPv6Addr's network address.
func (ipv6 IPv6Addr) NetworkAddress() IPv6Network {
addr := new(big.Int)
addr.SetBytes((*ipv6.Address).Bytes())
mask := new(big.Int)
mask.SetBytes(*ipv6.NetIPMask())
netAddr := new(big.Int)
netAddr.And(addr, mask)
return IPv6Network(netAddr)
}
// Octets returns a slice of the 16 octets in an IPv6Addr's Address. The
// order of the bytes is big endian.
func (ipv6 IPv6Addr) Octets() []int {
x := make([]int, IPv6len)
for i, b := range *bigIntToNetIPv6(ipv6.Address) {
x[i] = int(b)
}
return x
}
// String returns a string representation of the IPv6Addr
func (ipv6 IPv6Addr) String() string {
if ipv6.Port != 0 {
return fmt.Sprintf("[%s]:%d", ipv6.NetIP().String(), ipv6.Port)
}
if ipv6.Maskbits() == 128 {
return ipv6.NetIP().String()
}
return fmt.Sprintf("%s/%d", ipv6.NetIP().String(), ipv6.Maskbits())
}
// Type is used as a type switch and returns TypeIPv6
func (IPv6Addr) Type() SockAddrType {
return TypeIPv6
}
// IPv6Attrs returns a list of attributes supported by the IPv6Addr type
func IPv6Attrs() []AttrName {
return ipv6AddrAttrs
}
// IPv6AddrAttr returns a string representation of an attribute for the given
// IPv6Addr.
func IPv6AddrAttr(ipv6 IPv6Addr, selector AttrName) string {
fn, found := ipv6AddrAttrMap[selector]
if !found {
return ""
}
return fn(ipv6)
}
// ipv6AddrInit is called once at init()
func ipv6AddrInit() {
// Sorted for human readability
ipv6AddrAttrs = []AttrName{
"size", // Same position as in IPv6 for output consistency
"uint128",
}
ipv6AddrAttrMap = map[AttrName]func(ipv6 IPv6Addr) string{
"size": func(ipv6 IPv6Addr) string {
netSize := big.NewInt(1)
netSize = netSize.Lsh(netSize, uint(IPv6len*8-ipv6.Maskbits()))
return netSize.Text(10)
},
"uint128": func(ipv6 IPv6Addr) string {
b := big.Int(*ipv6.Address)
return b.Text(10)
},
}
}
// bigIntToNetIPv6 is a helper function that correctly returns a net.IP with the
// correctly padded values.
func bigIntToNetIPv6(bi *big.Int) *net.IP {
x := make(net.IP, IPv6len)
ipv6Bytes := bi.Bytes()
// It's possibe for ipv6Bytes to be less than IPv6len bytes in size. If
// they are different sizes we to pad the size of response.
if len(ipv6Bytes) < IPv6len {
buf := new(bytes.Buffer)
buf.Grow(IPv6len)
for i := len(ipv6Bytes); i < IPv6len; i++ {
if err := binary.Write(buf, binary.BigEndian, byte(0)); err != nil {
panic(fmt.Sprintf("Unable to pad byte %d of input %v: %v", i, bi, err))
}
}
for _, b := range ipv6Bytes {
if err := binary.Write(buf, binary.BigEndian, b); err != nil {
panic(fmt.Sprintf("Unable to preserve endianness of input %v: %v", bi, err))
}
}
ipv6Bytes = buf.Bytes()
}
i := copy(x, ipv6Bytes)
if i != IPv6len {
panic("IPv6 wrong size")
}
return &x
}

948
vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-sockaddr/rfc.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,948 @@
package sockaddr
// ForwardingBlacklist is a faux RFC that includes a list of non-forwardable IP
// blocks.
const ForwardingBlacklist = 4294967295
const ForwardingBlacklistRFC = "4294967295"
// IsRFC tests to see if an SockAddr matches the specified RFC
func IsRFC(rfcNum uint, sa SockAddr) bool {
rfcNetMap := KnownRFCs()
rfcNets, ok := rfcNetMap[rfcNum]
if !ok {
return false
}
var contained bool
for _, rfcNet := range rfcNets {
if rfcNet.Contains(sa) {
contained = true
break
}
}
return contained
}
// KnownRFCs returns an initial set of known RFCs.
//
// NOTE (sean@): As this list evolves over time, please submit patches to keep
// this list current. If something isn't right, inquire, as it may just be a
// bug on my part. Some of the inclusions were based on my judgement as to what
// would be a useful value (e.g. RFC3330).
//
// Useful resources:
//
// * https://www.iana.org/assignments/ipv6-address-space/ipv6-address-space.xhtml
// * https://www.iana.org/assignments/ipv6-unicast-address-assignments/ipv6-unicast-address-assignments.xhtml
// * https://www.iana.org/assignments/ipv6-address-space/ipv6-address-space.xhtml
func KnownRFCs() map[uint]SockAddrs {
// NOTE(sean@): Multiple SockAddrs per RFC lend themselves well to a
// RADIX tree, but `ENOTIME`. Patches welcome.
return map[uint]SockAddrs{
919: {
// [RFC919] Broadcasting Internet Datagrams
MustIPv4Addr("255.255.255.255/32"), // [RFC1122], §7 Broadcast IP Addressing - Proposed Standards
},
1122: {
// [RFC1122] Requirements for Internet Hosts -- Communication Layers
MustIPv4Addr("0.0.0.0/8"), // [RFC1122], §3.2.1.3
MustIPv4Addr("127.0.0.0/8"), // [RFC1122], §3.2.1.3
},
1112: {
// [RFC1112] Host Extensions for IP Multicasting
MustIPv4Addr("224.0.0.0/4"), // [RFC1112], §4 Host Group Addresses
},
1918: {
// [RFC1918] Address Allocation for Private Internets
MustIPv4Addr("10.0.0.0/8"),
MustIPv4Addr("172.16.0.0/12"),
MustIPv4Addr("192.168.0.0/16"),
},
2544: {
// [RFC2544] Benchmarking Methodology for Network
// Interconnect Devices
MustIPv4Addr("198.18.0.0/15"),
},
2765: {
// [RFC2765] Stateless IP/ICMP Translation Algorithm
// (SIIT) (obsoleted by RFCs 6145, which itself was
// later obsoleted by 7915).
// [RFC2765], §2.1 Addresses
MustIPv6Addr("0:0:0:0:0:ffff:0:0/96"),
},
2928: {
// [RFC2928] Initial IPv6 Sub-TLA ID Assignments
MustIPv6Addr("2001::/16"), // Superblock
//MustIPv6Addr("2001:0000::/23"), // IANA
//MustIPv6Addr("2001:0200::/23"), // APNIC
//MustIPv6Addr("2001:0400::/23"), // ARIN
//MustIPv6Addr("2001:0600::/23"), // RIPE NCC
//MustIPv6Addr("2001:0800::/23"), // (future assignment)
// ...
//MustIPv6Addr("2001:FE00::/23"), // (future assignment)
},
3056: { // 6to4 address
// [RFC3056] Connection of IPv6 Domains via IPv4 Clouds
// [RFC3056], §2 IPv6 Prefix Allocation
MustIPv6Addr("2002::/16"),
},
3068: {
// [RFC3068] An Anycast Prefix for 6to4 Relay Routers
// (obsolete by RFC7526)
// [RFC3068], § 6to4 Relay anycast address
MustIPv4Addr("192.88.99.0/24"),
// [RFC3068], §2.5 6to4 IPv6 relay anycast address
//
// NOTE: /120 == 128-(32-24)
MustIPv6Addr("2002:c058:6301::/120"),
},
3171: {
// [RFC3171] IANA Guidelines for IPv4 Multicast Address Assignments
MustIPv4Addr("224.0.0.0/4"),
},
3330: {
// [RFC3330] Special-Use IPv4 Addresses
// Addresses in this block refer to source hosts on
// "this" network. Address 0.0.0.0/32 may be used as a
// source address for this host on this network; other
// addresses within 0.0.0.0/8 may be used to refer to
// specified hosts on this network [RFC1700, page 4].
MustIPv4Addr("0.0.0.0/8"),
// 10.0.0.0/8 - This block is set aside for use in
// private networks. Its intended use is documented in
// [RFC1918]. Addresses within this block should not
// appear on the public Internet.
MustIPv4Addr("10.0.0.0/8"),
// 14.0.0.0/8 - This block is set aside for assignments
// to the international system of Public Data Networks
// [RFC1700, page 181]. The registry of assignments
// within this block can be accessed from the "Public
// Data Network Numbers" link on the web page at
// http://www.iana.org/numbers.html. Addresses within
// this block are assigned to users and should be
// treated as such.
// 24.0.0.0/8 - This block was allocated in early 1996
// for use in provisioning IP service over cable
// television systems. Although the IANA initially was
// involved in making assignments to cable operators,
// this responsibility was transferred to American
// Registry for Internet Numbers (ARIN) in May 2001.
// Addresses within this block are assigned in the
// normal manner and should be treated as such.
// 39.0.0.0/8 - This block was used in the "Class A
// Subnet Experiment" that commenced in May 1995, as
// documented in [RFC1797]. The experiment has been
// completed and this block has been returned to the
// pool of addresses reserved for future allocation or
// assignment. This block therefore no longer has a
// special use and is subject to allocation to a
// Regional Internet Registry for assignment in the
// normal manner.
// 127.0.0.0/8 - This block is assigned for use as the Internet host
// loopback address. A datagram sent by a higher level protocol to an
// address anywhere within this block should loop back inside the host.
// This is ordinarily implemented using only 127.0.0.1/32 for loopback,
// but no addresses within this block should ever appear on any network
// anywhere [RFC1700, page 5].
MustIPv4Addr("127.0.0.0/8"),
// 128.0.0.0/16 - This block, corresponding to the
// numerically lowest of the former Class B addresses,
// was initially and is still reserved by the IANA.
// Given the present classless nature of the IP address
// space, the basis for the reservation no longer
// applies and addresses in this block are subject to
// future allocation to a Regional Internet Registry for
// assignment in the normal manner.
// 169.254.0.0/16 - This is the "link local" block. It
// is allocated for communication between hosts on a
// single link. Hosts obtain these addresses by
// auto-configuration, such as when a DHCP server may
// not be found.
MustIPv4Addr("169.254.0.0/16"),
// 172.16.0.0/12 - This block is set aside for use in
// private networks. Its intended use is documented in
// [RFC1918]. Addresses within this block should not
// appear on the public Internet.
MustIPv4Addr("172.16.0.0/12"),
// 191.255.0.0/16 - This block, corresponding to the numerically highest
// to the former Class B addresses, was initially and is still reserved
// by the IANA. Given the present classless nature of the IP address
// space, the basis for the reservation no longer applies and addresses
// in this block are subject to future allocation to a Regional Internet
// Registry for assignment in the normal manner.
// 192.0.0.0/24 - This block, corresponding to the
// numerically lowest of the former Class C addresses,
// was initially and is still reserved by the IANA.
// Given the present classless nature of the IP address
// space, the basis for the reservation no longer
// applies and addresses in this block are subject to
// future allocation to a Regional Internet Registry for
// assignment in the normal manner.
// 192.0.2.0/24 - This block is assigned as "TEST-NET" for use in
// documentation and example code. It is often used in conjunction with
// domain names example.com or example.net in vendor and protocol
// documentation. Addresses within this block should not appear on the
// public Internet.
MustIPv4Addr("192.0.2.0/24"),
// 192.88.99.0/24 - This block is allocated for use as 6to4 relay
// anycast addresses, according to [RFC3068].
MustIPv4Addr("192.88.99.0/24"),
// 192.168.0.0/16 - This block is set aside for use in private networks.
// Its intended use is documented in [RFC1918]. Addresses within this
// block should not appear on the public Internet.
MustIPv4Addr("192.168.0.0/16"),
// 198.18.0.0/15 - This block has been allocated for use
// in benchmark tests of network interconnect devices.
// Its use is documented in [RFC2544].
MustIPv4Addr("198.18.0.0/15"),
// 223.255.255.0/24 - This block, corresponding to the
// numerically highest of the former Class C addresses,
// was initially and is still reserved by the IANA.
// Given the present classless nature of the IP address
// space, the basis for the reservation no longer
// applies and addresses in this block are subject to
// future allocation to a Regional Internet Registry for
// assignment in the normal manner.
// 224.0.0.0/4 - This block, formerly known as the Class
// D address space, is allocated for use in IPv4
// multicast address assignments. The IANA guidelines
// for assignments from this space are described in
// [RFC3171].
MustIPv4Addr("224.0.0.0/4"),
// 240.0.0.0/4 - This block, formerly known as the Class E address
// space, is reserved. The "limited broadcast" destination address
// 255.255.255.255 should never be forwarded outside the (sub-)net of
// the source. The remainder of this space is reserved
// for future use. [RFC1700, page 4]
MustIPv4Addr("240.0.0.0/4"),
},
3849: {
// [RFC3849] IPv6 Address Prefix Reserved for Documentation
MustIPv6Addr("2001:db8::/32"), // [RFC3849], §4 IANA Considerations
},
3927: {
// [RFC3927] Dynamic Configuration of IPv4 Link-Local Addresses
MustIPv4Addr("169.254.0.0/16"), // [RFC3927], §2.1 Link-Local Address Selection
},
4038: {
// [RFC4038] Application Aspects of IPv6 Transition
// [RFC4038], §4.2. IPv6 Applications in a Dual-Stack Node
MustIPv6Addr("0:0:0:0:0:ffff::/96"),
},
4193: {
// [RFC4193] Unique Local IPv6 Unicast Addresses
MustIPv6Addr("fc00::/7"),
},
4291: {
// [RFC4291] IP Version 6 Addressing Architecture
// [RFC4291], §2.5.2 The Unspecified Address
MustIPv6Addr("::/128"),
// [RFC4291], §2.5.3 The Loopback Address
MustIPv6Addr("::1/128"),
// [RFC4291], §2.5.5.1. IPv4-Compatible IPv6 Address
MustIPv6Addr("::/96"),
// [RFC4291], §2.5.5.2. IPv4-Mapped IPv6 Address
MustIPv6Addr("::ffff:0:0/96"),
// [RFC4291], §2.5.6 Link-Local IPv6 Unicast Addresses
MustIPv6Addr("fe80::/10"),
// [RFC4291], §2.5.7 Site-Local IPv6 Unicast Addresses
// (depreciated)
MustIPv6Addr("fec0::/10"),
// [RFC4291], §2.7 Multicast Addresses
MustIPv6Addr("ff00::/8"),
// IPv6 Multicast Information.
//
// In the following "table" below, `ff0x` is replaced
// with the following values depending on the scope of
// the query:
//
// IPv6 Multicast Scopes:
// * ff00/9 // reserved
// * ff01/9 // interface-local
// * ff02/9 // link-local
// * ff03/9 // realm-local
// * ff04/9 // admin-local
// * ff05/9 // site-local
// * ff08/9 // organization-local
// * ff0e/9 // global
// * ff0f/9 // reserved
//
// IPv6 Multicast Addresses:
// * ff0x::2 // All routers
// * ff02::5 // OSPFIGP
// * ff02::6 // OSPFIGP Designated Routers
// * ff02::9 // RIP Routers
// * ff02::a // EIGRP Routers
// * ff02::d // All PIM Routers
// * ff02::1a // All RPL Routers
// * ff0x::fb // mDNSv6
// * ff0x::101 // All Network Time Protocol (NTP) servers
// * ff02::1:1 // Link Name
// * ff02::1:2 // All-dhcp-agents
// * ff02::1:3 // Link-local Multicast Name Resolution
// * ff05::1:3 // All-dhcp-servers
// * ff02::1:ff00:0/104 // Solicited-node multicast address.
// * ff02::2:ff00:0/104 // Node Information Queries
},
4380: {
// [RFC4380] Teredo: Tunneling IPv6 over UDP through
// Network Address Translations (NATs)
// [RFC4380], §2.6 Global Teredo IPv6 Service Prefix
MustIPv6Addr("2001:0000::/32"),
},
4773: {
// [RFC4773] Administration of the IANA Special Purpose IPv6 Address Block
MustIPv6Addr("2001:0000::/23"), // IANA
},
4843: {
// [RFC4843] An IPv6 Prefix for Overlay Routable Cryptographic Hash Identifiers (ORCHID)
MustIPv6Addr("2001:10::/28"), // [RFC4843], §7 IANA Considerations
},
5180: {
// [RFC5180] IPv6 Benchmarking Methodology for Network Interconnect Devices
MustIPv6Addr("2001:0200::/48"), // [RFC5180], §8 IANA Considerations
},
5735: {
// [RFC5735] Special Use IPv4 Addresses
MustIPv4Addr("192.0.2.0/24"), // TEST-NET-1
MustIPv4Addr("198.51.100.0/24"), // TEST-NET-2
MustIPv4Addr("203.0.113.0/24"), // TEST-NET-3
MustIPv4Addr("198.18.0.0/15"), // Benchmarks
},
5737: {
// [RFC5737] IPv4 Address Blocks Reserved for Documentation
MustIPv4Addr("192.0.2.0/24"), // TEST-NET-1
MustIPv4Addr("198.51.100.0/24"), // TEST-NET-2
MustIPv4Addr("203.0.113.0/24"), // TEST-NET-3
},
6052: {
// [RFC6052] IPv6 Addressing of IPv4/IPv6 Translators
MustIPv6Addr("64:ff9b::/96"), // [RFC6052], §2.1. Well-Known Prefix
},
6333: {
// [RFC6333] Dual-Stack Lite Broadband Deployments Following IPv4 Exhaustion
MustIPv4Addr("192.0.0.0/29"), // [RFC6333], §5.7 Well-Known IPv4 Address
},
6598: {
// [RFC6598] IANA-Reserved IPv4 Prefix for Shared Address Space
MustIPv4Addr("100.64.0.0/10"),
},
6666: {
// [RFC6666] A Discard Prefix for IPv6
MustIPv6Addr("0100::/64"),
},
6890: {
// [RFC6890] Special-Purpose IP Address Registries
// From "RFC6890 §2.2.1 Information Requirements":
/*
The IPv4 and IPv6 Special-Purpose Address Registries maintain the
following information regarding each entry:
o Address Block - A block of IPv4 or IPv6 addresses that has been
registered for a special purpose.
o Name - A descriptive name for the special-purpose address block.
o RFC - The RFC through which the special-purpose address block was
requested.
o Allocation Date - The date upon which the special-purpose address
block was allocated.
o Termination Date - The date upon which the allocation is to be
terminated. This field is applicable for limited-use allocations
only.
o Source - A boolean value indicating whether an address from the
allocated special-purpose address block is valid when used as the
source address of an IP datagram that transits two devices.
o Destination - A boolean value indicating whether an address from
the allocated special-purpose address block is valid when used as
the destination address of an IP datagram that transits two
devices.
o Forwardable - A boolean value indicating whether a router may
forward an IP datagram whose destination address is drawn from the
allocated special-purpose address block between external
interfaces.
o Global - A boolean value indicating whether an IP datagram whose
destination address is drawn from the allocated special-purpose
address block is forwardable beyond a specified administrative
domain.
o Reserved-by-Protocol - A boolean value indicating whether the
special-purpose address block is reserved by IP, itself. This
value is "TRUE" if the RFC that created the special-purpose
address block requires all compliant IP implementations to behave
in a special way when processing packets either to or from
addresses contained by the address block.
If the value of "Destination" is FALSE, the values of "Forwardable"
and "Global" must also be false.
*/
/*+----------------------+----------------------------+
* | Attribute | Value |
* +----------------------+----------------------------+
* | Address Block | 0.0.0.0/8 |
* | Name | "This host on this network"|
* | RFC | [RFC1122], Section 3.2.1.3 |
* | Allocation Date | September 1981 |
* | Termination Date | N/A |
* | Source | True |
* | Destination | False |
* | Forwardable | False |
* | Global | False |
* | Reserved-by-Protocol | True |
* +----------------------+----------------------------+*/
MustIPv4Addr("0.0.0.0/8"),
/*+----------------------+---------------+
* | Attribute | Value |
* +----------------------+---------------+
* | Address Block | 10.0.0.0/8 |
* | Name | Private-Use |
* | RFC | [RFC1918] |
* | Allocation Date | February 1996 |
* | Termination Date | N/A |
* | Source | True |
* | Destination | True |
* | Forwardable | True |
* | Global | False |
* | Reserved-by-Protocol | False |
* +----------------------+---------------+ */
MustIPv4Addr("10.0.0.0/8"),
/*+----------------------+----------------------+
| Attribute | Value |
+----------------------+----------------------+
| Address Block | 100.64.0.0/10 |
| Name | Shared Address Space |
| RFC | [RFC6598] |
| Allocation Date | April 2012 |
| Termination Date | N/A |
| Source | True |
| Destination | True |
| Forwardable | True |
| Global | False |
| Reserved-by-Protocol | False |
+----------------------+----------------------+*/
MustIPv4Addr("100.64.0.0/10"),
/*+----------------------+----------------------------+
| Attribute | Value |
+----------------------+----------------------------+
| Address Block | 127.0.0.0/8 |
| Name | Loopback |
| RFC | [RFC1122], Section 3.2.1.3 |
| Allocation Date | September 1981 |
| Termination Date | N/A |
| Source | False [1] |
| Destination | False [1] |
| Forwardable | False [1] |
| Global | False [1] |
| Reserved-by-Protocol | True |
+----------------------+----------------------------+*/
// [1] Several protocols have been granted exceptions to
// this rule. For examples, see [RFC4379] and
// [RFC5884].
MustIPv4Addr("127.0.0.0/8"),
/*+----------------------+----------------+
| Attribute | Value |
+----------------------+----------------+
| Address Block | 169.254.0.0/16 |
| Name | Link Local |
| RFC | [RFC3927] |
| Allocation Date | May 2005 |
| Termination Date | N/A |
| Source | True |
| Destination | True |
| Forwardable | False |
| Global | False |
| Reserved-by-Protocol | True |
+----------------------+----------------+*/
MustIPv4Addr("169.254.0.0/16"),
/*+----------------------+---------------+
| Attribute | Value |
+----------------------+---------------+
| Address Block | 172.16.0.0/12 |
| Name | Private-Use |
| RFC | [RFC1918] |
| Allocation Date | February 1996 |
| Termination Date | N/A |
| Source | True |
| Destination | True |
| Forwardable | True |
| Global | False |
| Reserved-by-Protocol | False |
+----------------------+---------------+*/
MustIPv4Addr("172.16.0.0/12"),
/*+----------------------+---------------------------------+
| Attribute | Value |
+----------------------+---------------------------------+
| Address Block | 192.0.0.0/24 [2] |
| Name | IETF Protocol Assignments |
| RFC | Section 2.1 of this document |
| Allocation Date | January 2010 |
| Termination Date | N/A |
| Source | False |
| Destination | False |
| Forwardable | False |
| Global | False |
| Reserved-by-Protocol | False |
+----------------------+---------------------------------+*/
// [2] Not usable unless by virtue of a more specific
// reservation.
MustIPv4Addr("192.0.0.0/24"),
/*+----------------------+--------------------------------+
| Attribute | Value |
+----------------------+--------------------------------+
| Address Block | 192.0.0.0/29 |
| Name | IPv4 Service Continuity Prefix |
| RFC | [RFC6333], [RFC7335] |
| Allocation Date | June 2011 |
| Termination Date | N/A |
| Source | True |
| Destination | True |
| Forwardable | True |
| Global | False |
| Reserved-by-Protocol | False |
+----------------------+--------------------------------+*/
MustIPv4Addr("192.0.0.0/29"),
/*+----------------------+----------------------------+
| Attribute | Value |
+----------------------+----------------------------+
| Address Block | 192.0.2.0/24 |
| Name | Documentation (TEST-NET-1) |
| RFC | [RFC5737] |
| Allocation Date | January 2010 |
| Termination Date | N/A |
| Source | False |
| Destination | False |
| Forwardable | False |
| Global | False |
| Reserved-by-Protocol | False |
+----------------------+----------------------------+*/
MustIPv4Addr("192.0.2.0/24"),
/*+----------------------+--------------------+
| Attribute | Value |
+----------------------+--------------------+
| Address Block | 192.88.99.0/24 |
| Name | 6to4 Relay Anycast |
| RFC | [RFC3068] |
| Allocation Date | June 2001 |
| Termination Date | N/A |
| Source | True |
| Destination | True |
| Forwardable | True |
| Global | True |
| Reserved-by-Protocol | False |
+----------------------+--------------------+*/
MustIPv4Addr("192.88.99.0/24"),
/*+----------------------+----------------+
| Attribute | Value |
+----------------------+----------------+
| Address Block | 192.168.0.0/16 |
| Name | Private-Use |
| RFC | [RFC1918] |
| Allocation Date | February 1996 |
| Termination Date | N/A |
| Source | True |
| Destination | True |
| Forwardable | True |
| Global | False |
| Reserved-by-Protocol | False |
+----------------------+----------------+*/
MustIPv4Addr("192.168.0.0/16"),
/*+----------------------+---------------+
| Attribute | Value |
+----------------------+---------------+
| Address Block | 198.18.0.0/15 |
| Name | Benchmarking |
| RFC | [RFC2544] |
| Allocation Date | March 1999 |
| Termination Date | N/A |
| Source | True |
| Destination | True |
| Forwardable | True |
| Global | False |
| Reserved-by-Protocol | False |
+----------------------+---------------+*/
MustIPv4Addr("198.18.0.0/15"),
/*+----------------------+----------------------------+
| Attribute | Value |
+----------------------+----------------------------+
| Address Block | 198.51.100.0/24 |
| Name | Documentation (TEST-NET-2) |
| RFC | [RFC5737] |
| Allocation Date | January 2010 |
| Termination Date | N/A |
| Source | False |
| Destination | False |
| Forwardable | False |
| Global | False |
| Reserved-by-Protocol | False |
+----------------------+----------------------------+*/
MustIPv4Addr("198.51.100.0/24"),
/*+----------------------+----------------------------+
| Attribute | Value |
+----------------------+----------------------------+
| Address Block | 203.0.113.0/24 |
| Name | Documentation (TEST-NET-3) |
| RFC | [RFC5737] |
| Allocation Date | January 2010 |
| Termination Date | N/A |
| Source | False |
| Destination | False |
| Forwardable | False |
| Global | False |
| Reserved-by-Protocol | False |
+----------------------+----------------------------+*/
MustIPv4Addr("203.0.113.0/24"),
/*+----------------------+----------------------+
| Attribute | Value |
+----------------------+----------------------+
| Address Block | 240.0.0.0/4 |
| Name | Reserved |
| RFC | [RFC1112], Section 4 |
| Allocation Date | August 1989 |
| Termination Date | N/A |
| Source | False |
| Destination | False |
| Forwardable | False |
| Global | False |
| Reserved-by-Protocol | True |
+----------------------+----------------------+*/
MustIPv4Addr("240.0.0.0/4"),
/*+----------------------+----------------------+
| Attribute | Value |
+----------------------+----------------------+
| Address Block | 255.255.255.255/32 |
| Name | Limited Broadcast |
| RFC | [RFC0919], Section 7 |
| Allocation Date | October 1984 |
| Termination Date | N/A |
| Source | False |
| Destination | True |
| Forwardable | False |
| Global | False |
| Reserved-by-Protocol | False |
+----------------------+----------------------+*/
MustIPv4Addr("255.255.255.255/32"),
/*+----------------------+------------------+
| Attribute | Value |
+----------------------+------------------+
| Address Block | ::1/128 |
| Name | Loopback Address |
| RFC | [RFC4291] |
| Allocation Date | February 2006 |
| Termination Date | N/A |
| Source | False |
| Destination | False |
| Forwardable | False |
| Global | False |
| Reserved-by-Protocol | True |
+----------------------+------------------+*/
MustIPv6Addr("::1/128"),
/*+----------------------+---------------------+
| Attribute | Value |
+----------------------+---------------------+
| Address Block | ::/128 |
| Name | Unspecified Address |
| RFC | [RFC4291] |
| Allocation Date | February 2006 |
| Termination Date | N/A |
| Source | True |
| Destination | False |
| Forwardable | False |
| Global | False |
| Reserved-by-Protocol | True |
+----------------------+---------------------+*/
MustIPv6Addr("::/128"),
/*+----------------------+---------------------+
| Attribute | Value |
+----------------------+---------------------+
| Address Block | 64:ff9b::/96 |
| Name | IPv4-IPv6 Translat. |
| RFC | [RFC6052] |
| Allocation Date | October 2010 |
| Termination Date | N/A |
| Source | True |
| Destination | True |
| Forwardable | True |
| Global | True |
| Reserved-by-Protocol | False |
+----------------------+---------------------+*/
MustIPv6Addr("64:ff9b::/96"),
/*+----------------------+---------------------+
| Attribute | Value |
+----------------------+---------------------+
| Address Block | ::ffff:0:0/96 |
| Name | IPv4-mapped Address |
| RFC | [RFC4291] |
| Allocation Date | February 2006 |
| Termination Date | N/A |
| Source | False |
| Destination | False |
| Forwardable | False |
| Global | False |
| Reserved-by-Protocol | True |
+----------------------+---------------------+*/
MustIPv6Addr("::ffff:0:0/96"),
/*+----------------------+----------------------------+
| Attribute | Value |
+----------------------+----------------------------+
| Address Block | 100::/64 |
| Name | Discard-Only Address Block |
| RFC | [RFC6666] |
| Allocation Date | June 2012 |
| Termination Date | N/A |
| Source | True |
| Destination | True |
| Forwardable | True |
| Global | False |
| Reserved-by-Protocol | False |
+----------------------+----------------------------+*/
MustIPv6Addr("100::/64"),
/*+----------------------+---------------------------+
| Attribute | Value |
+----------------------+---------------------------+
| Address Block | 2001::/23 |
| Name | IETF Protocol Assignments |
| RFC | [RFC2928] |
| Allocation Date | September 2000 |
| Termination Date | N/A |
| Source | False[1] |
| Destination | False[1] |
| Forwardable | False[1] |
| Global | False[1] |
| Reserved-by-Protocol | False |
+----------------------+---------------------------+*/
// [1] Unless allowed by a more specific allocation.
MustIPv6Addr("2001::/16"),
/*+----------------------+----------------+
| Attribute | Value |
+----------------------+----------------+
| Address Block | 2001::/32 |
| Name | TEREDO |
| RFC | [RFC4380] |
| Allocation Date | January 2006 |
| Termination Date | N/A |
| Source | True |
| Destination | True |
| Forwardable | True |
| Global | False |
| Reserved-by-Protocol | False |
+----------------------+----------------+*/
// Covered by previous entry, included for completeness.
//
// MustIPv6Addr("2001::/16"),
/*+----------------------+----------------+
| Attribute | Value |
+----------------------+----------------+
| Address Block | 2001:2::/48 |
| Name | Benchmarking |
| RFC | [RFC5180] |
| Allocation Date | April 2008 |
| Termination Date | N/A |
| Source | True |
| Destination | True |
| Forwardable | True |
| Global | False |
| Reserved-by-Protocol | False |
+----------------------+----------------+*/
// Covered by previous entry, included for completeness.
//
// MustIPv6Addr("2001:2::/48"),
/*+----------------------+---------------+
| Attribute | Value |
+----------------------+---------------+
| Address Block | 2001:db8::/32 |
| Name | Documentation |
| RFC | [RFC3849] |
| Allocation Date | July 2004 |
| Termination Date | N/A |
| Source | False |
| Destination | False |
| Forwardable | False |
| Global | False |
| Reserved-by-Protocol | False |
+----------------------+---------------+*/
// Covered by previous entry, included for completeness.
//
// MustIPv6Addr("2001:db8::/32"),
/*+----------------------+--------------+
| Attribute | Value |
+----------------------+--------------+
| Address Block | 2001:10::/28 |
| Name | ORCHID |
| RFC | [RFC4843] |
| Allocation Date | March 2007 |
| Termination Date | March 2014 |
| Source | False |
| Destination | False |
| Forwardable | False |
| Global | False |
| Reserved-by-Protocol | False |
+----------------------+--------------+*/
// Covered by previous entry, included for completeness.
//
// MustIPv6Addr("2001:10::/28"),
/*+----------------------+---------------+
| Attribute | Value |
+----------------------+---------------+
| Address Block | 2002::/16 [2] |
| Name | 6to4 |
| RFC | [RFC3056] |
| Allocation Date | February 2001 |
| Termination Date | N/A |
| Source | True |
| Destination | True |
| Forwardable | True |
| Global | N/A [2] |
| Reserved-by-Protocol | False |
+----------------------+---------------+*/
// [2] See [RFC3056] for details.
MustIPv6Addr("2002::/16"),
/*+----------------------+--------------+
| Attribute | Value |
+----------------------+--------------+
| Address Block | fc00::/7 |
| Name | Unique-Local |
| RFC | [RFC4193] |
| Allocation Date | October 2005 |
| Termination Date | N/A |
| Source | True |
| Destination | True |
| Forwardable | True |
| Global | False |
| Reserved-by-Protocol | False |
+----------------------+--------------+*/
MustIPv6Addr("fc00::/7"),
/*+----------------------+-----------------------+
| Attribute | Value |
+----------------------+-----------------------+
| Address Block | fe80::/10 |
| Name | Linked-Scoped Unicast |
| RFC | [RFC4291] |
| Allocation Date | February 2006 |
| Termination Date | N/A |
| Source | True |
| Destination | True |
| Forwardable | False |
| Global | False |
| Reserved-by-Protocol | True |
+----------------------+-----------------------+*/
MustIPv6Addr("fe80::/10"),
},
7335: {
// [RFC7335] IPv4 Service Continuity Prefix
MustIPv4Addr("192.0.0.0/29"), // [RFC7335], §6 IANA Considerations
},
ForwardingBlacklist: { // Pseudo-RFC
// Blacklist of non-forwardable IP blocks taken from RFC6890
//
// TODO: the attributes for forwardable should be
// searcahble and embedded in the main list of RFCs
// above.
MustIPv4Addr("0.0.0.0/8"),
MustIPv4Addr("127.0.0.0/8"),
MustIPv4Addr("169.254.0.0/16"),
MustIPv4Addr("192.0.0.0/24"),
MustIPv4Addr("192.0.2.0/24"),
MustIPv4Addr("198.51.100.0/24"),
MustIPv4Addr("203.0.113.0/24"),
MustIPv4Addr("240.0.0.0/4"),
MustIPv4Addr("255.255.255.255/32"),
MustIPv6Addr("::1/128"),
MustIPv6Addr("::/128"),
MustIPv6Addr("::ffff:0:0/96"),
// There is no way of expressing a whitelist per RFC2928
// atm without creating a negative mask, which I don't
// want to do atm.
//MustIPv6Addr("2001::/23"),
MustIPv6Addr("2001:db8::/32"),
MustIPv6Addr("2001:10::/28"),
MustIPv6Addr("fe80::/10"),
},
}
}
// VisitAllRFCs iterates over all known RFCs and calls the visitor
func VisitAllRFCs(fn func(rfcNum uint, sockaddrs SockAddrs)) {
rfcNetMap := KnownRFCs()
// Blacklist of faux-RFCs. Don't show the world that we're abusing the
// RFC system in this library.
rfcBlacklist := map[uint]struct{}{
ForwardingBlacklist: {},
}
for rfcNum, sas := range rfcNetMap {
if _, found := rfcBlacklist[rfcNum]; !found {
fn(rfcNum, sas)
}
}
}

19
vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-sockaddr/route_info.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
package sockaddr
// RouteInterface specifies an interface for obtaining memoized route table and
// network information from a given OS.
type RouteInterface interface {
// GetDefaultInterfaceName returns the name of the interface that has a
// default route or an error and an empty string if a problem was
// encountered.
GetDefaultInterfaceName() (string, error)
}
// VisitCommands visits each command used by the platform-specific RouteInfo
// implementation.
func (ri routeInfo) VisitCommands(fn func(name string, cmd []string)) {
for k, v := range ri.cmds {
cmds := append([]string(nil), v...)
fn(k, cmds)
}
}

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
// +build darwin dragonfly freebsd netbsd openbsd
package sockaddr
import "os/exec"
var cmds map[string][]string = map[string][]string{
"route": {"/sbin/route", "-n", "get", "default"},
}
type routeInfo struct {
cmds map[string][]string
}
// NewRouteInfo returns a BSD-specific implementation of the RouteInfo
// interface.
func NewRouteInfo() (routeInfo, error) {
return routeInfo{
cmds: cmds,
}, nil
}
// GetDefaultInterfaceName returns the interface name attached to the default
// route on the default interface.
func (ri routeInfo) GetDefaultInterfaceName() (string, error) {
out, err := exec.Command(cmds["route"][0], cmds["route"][1:]...).Output()
if err != nil {
return "", err
}
var ifName string
if ifName, err = parseDefaultIfNameFromRoute(string(out)); err != nil {
return "", err
}
return ifName, nil
}

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
// +build android nacl plan9
package sockaddr
import "errors"
// getDefaultIfName is the default interface function for unsupported platforms.
func getDefaultIfName() (string, error) {
return "", errors.New("No default interface found (unsupported platform)")
}

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
package sockaddr
import (
"errors"
"os/exec"
)
type routeInfo struct {
cmds map[string][]string
}
// NewRouteInfo returns a Linux-specific implementation of the RouteInfo
// interface.
func NewRouteInfo() (routeInfo, error) {
// CoreOS Container Linux moved ip to /usr/bin/ip, so look it up on
// $PATH and fallback to /sbin/ip on error.
path, _ := exec.LookPath("ip")
if path == "" {
path = "/sbin/ip"
}
return routeInfo{
cmds: map[string][]string{"ip": {path, "route"}},
}, nil
}
// GetDefaultInterfaceName returns the interface name attached to the default
// route on the default interface.
func (ri routeInfo) GetDefaultInterfaceName() (string, error) {
out, err := exec.Command(ri.cmds["ip"][0], ri.cmds["ip"][1:]...).Output()
if err != nil {
return "", err
}
var ifName string
if ifName, err = parseDefaultIfNameFromIPCmd(string(out)); err != nil {
return "", errors.New("No default interface found")
}
return ifName, nil
}

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
package sockaddr
import (
"errors"
"os/exec"
)
var cmds map[string][]string = map[string][]string{
"route": {"/usr/sbin/route", "-n", "get", "default"},
}
type routeInfo struct {
cmds map[string][]string
}
// NewRouteInfo returns a BSD-specific implementation of the RouteInfo
// interface.
func NewRouteInfo() (routeInfo, error) {
return routeInfo{
cmds: cmds,
}, nil
}
// GetDefaultInterfaceName returns the interface name attached to the default
// route on the default interface.
func (ri routeInfo) GetDefaultInterfaceName() (string, error) {
out, err := exec.Command(cmds["route"][0], cmds["route"][1:]...).Output()
if err != nil {
return "", err
}
var ifName string
if ifName, err = parseDefaultIfNameFromRoute(string(out)); err != nil {
return "", errors.New("No default interface found")
}
return ifName, nil
}

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
package sockaddr
import "os/exec"
var cmds map[string][]string = map[string][]string{
"netstat": {"netstat", "-rn"},
"ipconfig": {"ipconfig"},
}
type routeInfo struct {
cmds map[string][]string
}
// NewRouteInfo returns a BSD-specific implementation of the RouteInfo
// interface.
func NewRouteInfo() (routeInfo, error) {
return routeInfo{
cmds: cmds,
}, nil
}
// GetDefaultInterfaceName returns the interface name attached to the default
// route on the default interface.
func (ri routeInfo) GetDefaultInterfaceName() (string, error) {
ifNameOut, err := exec.Command(cmds["netstat"][0], cmds["netstat"][1:]...).Output()
if err != nil {
return "", err
}
ipconfigOut, err := exec.Command(cmds["ipconfig"][0], cmds["ipconfig"][1:]...).Output()
if err != nil {
return "", err
}
ifName, err := parseDefaultIfNameWindows(string(ifNameOut), string(ipconfigOut))
if err != nil {
return "", err
}
return ifName, nil
}

206
vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-sockaddr/sockaddr.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,206 @@
package sockaddr
import (
"encoding/json"
"fmt"
"strings"
)
type SockAddrType int
type AttrName string
const (
TypeUnknown SockAddrType = 0x0
TypeUnix = 0x1
TypeIPv4 = 0x2
TypeIPv6 = 0x4
// TypeIP is the union of TypeIPv4 and TypeIPv6
TypeIP = 0x6
)
type SockAddr interface {
// CmpRFC returns 0 if SockAddr exactly matches one of the matched RFC
// networks, -1 if the receiver is contained within the RFC network, or
// 1 if the address is not contained within the RFC.
CmpRFC(rfcNum uint, sa SockAddr) int
// Contains returns true if the SockAddr arg is contained within the
// receiver
Contains(SockAddr) bool
// Equal allows for the comparison of two SockAddrs
Equal(SockAddr) bool
DialPacketArgs() (string, string)
DialStreamArgs() (string, string)
ListenPacketArgs() (string, string)
ListenStreamArgs() (string, string)
// String returns the string representation of SockAddr
String() string
// Type returns the SockAddrType
Type() SockAddrType
}
// sockAddrAttrMap is a map of the SockAddr type-specific attributes.
var sockAddrAttrMap map[AttrName]func(SockAddr) string
var sockAddrAttrs []AttrName
func init() {
sockAddrInit()
}
// New creates a new SockAddr from the string. The order in which New()
// attempts to construct a SockAddr is: IPv4Addr, IPv6Addr, SockAddrUnix.
//
// NOTE: New() relies on the heuristic wherein if the path begins with either a
// '.' or '/' character before creating a new UnixSock. For UNIX sockets that
// are absolute paths or are nested within a sub-directory, this works as
// expected, however if the UNIX socket is contained in the current working
// directory, this will fail unless the path begins with "./"
// (e.g. "./my-local-socket"). Calls directly to NewUnixSock() do not suffer
// this limitation. Invalid IP addresses such as "256.0.0.0/-1" will run afoul
// of this heuristic and be assumed to be a valid UNIX socket path (which they
// are, but it is probably not what you want and you won't realize it until you
// stat(2) the file system to discover it doesn't exist).
func NewSockAddr(s string) (SockAddr, error) {
ipv4Addr, err := NewIPv4Addr(s)
if err == nil {
return ipv4Addr, nil
}
ipv6Addr, err := NewIPv6Addr(s)
if err == nil {
return ipv6Addr, nil
}
// Check to make sure the string begins with either a '.' or '/', or
// contains a '/'.
if len(s) > 1 && (strings.IndexAny(s[0:1], "./") != -1 || strings.IndexByte(s, '/') != -1) {
unixSock, err := NewUnixSock(s)
if err == nil {
return unixSock, nil
}
}
return nil, fmt.Errorf("Unable to convert %q to an IPv4 or IPv6 address, or a UNIX Socket", s)
}
// ToIPAddr returns an IPAddr type or nil if the type conversion fails.
func ToIPAddr(sa SockAddr) *IPAddr {
ipa, ok := sa.(IPAddr)
if !ok {
return nil
}
return &ipa
}
// ToIPv4Addr returns an IPv4Addr type or nil if the type conversion fails.
func ToIPv4Addr(sa SockAddr) *IPv4Addr {
switch v := sa.(type) {
case IPv4Addr:
return &v
default:
return nil
}
}
// ToIPv6Addr returns an IPv6Addr type or nil if the type conversion fails.
func ToIPv6Addr(sa SockAddr) *IPv6Addr {
switch v := sa.(type) {
case IPv6Addr:
return &v
default:
return nil
}
}
// ToUnixSock returns a UnixSock type or nil if the type conversion fails.
func ToUnixSock(sa SockAddr) *UnixSock {
switch v := sa.(type) {
case UnixSock:
return &v
default:
return nil
}
}
// SockAddrAttr returns a string representation of an attribute for the given
// SockAddr.
func SockAddrAttr(sa SockAddr, selector AttrName) string {
fn, found := sockAddrAttrMap[selector]
if !found {
return ""
}
return fn(sa)
}
// String() for SockAddrType returns a string representation of the
// SockAddrType (e.g. "IPv4", "IPv6", "UNIX", "IP", or "unknown").
func (sat SockAddrType) String() string {
switch sat {
case TypeIPv4:
return "IPv4"
case TypeIPv6:
return "IPv6"
// There is no concrete "IP" type. Leaving here as a reminder.
// case TypeIP:
// return "IP"
case TypeUnix:
return "UNIX"
default:
panic("unsupported type")
}
}
// sockAddrInit is called once at init()
func sockAddrInit() {
sockAddrAttrs = []AttrName{
"type", // type should be first
"string",
}
sockAddrAttrMap = map[AttrName]func(sa SockAddr) string{
"string": func(sa SockAddr) string {
return sa.String()
},
"type": func(sa SockAddr) string {
return sa.Type().String()
},
}
}
// UnixSockAttrs returns a list of attributes supported by the UnixSock type
func SockAddrAttrs() []AttrName {
return sockAddrAttrs
}
// Although this is pretty trivial to do in a program, having the logic here is
// useful all around. Note that this marshals into a *string* -- the underlying
// string representation of the sockaddr. If you then unmarshal into this type
// in Go, all will work as expected, but externally you can take what comes out
// and use the string value directly.
type SockAddrMarshaler struct {
SockAddr
}
func (s *SockAddrMarshaler) MarshalJSON() ([]byte, error) {
return json.Marshal(s.SockAddr.String())
}
func (s *SockAddrMarshaler) UnmarshalJSON(in []byte) error {
var str string
err := json.Unmarshal(in, &str)
if err != nil {
return err
}
sa, err := NewSockAddr(str)
if err != nil {
return err
}
s.SockAddr = sa
return nil
}

193
vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-sockaddr/sockaddrs.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,193 @@
package sockaddr
import (
"bytes"
"sort"
)
// SockAddrs is a slice of SockAddrs
type SockAddrs []SockAddr
func (s SockAddrs) Len() int { return len(s) }
func (s SockAddrs) Swap(i, j int) { s[i], s[j] = s[j], s[i] }
// CmpAddrFunc is the function signature that must be met to be used in the
// OrderedAddrBy multiAddrSorter
type CmpAddrFunc func(p1, p2 *SockAddr) int
// multiAddrSorter implements the Sort interface, sorting the SockAddrs within.
type multiAddrSorter struct {
addrs SockAddrs
cmp []CmpAddrFunc
}
// Sort sorts the argument slice according to the Cmp functions passed to
// OrderedAddrBy.
func (ms *multiAddrSorter) Sort(sockAddrs SockAddrs) {
ms.addrs = sockAddrs
sort.Sort(ms)
}
// OrderedAddrBy sorts SockAddr by the list of sort function pointers.
func OrderedAddrBy(cmpFuncs ...CmpAddrFunc) *multiAddrSorter {
return &multiAddrSorter{
cmp: cmpFuncs,
}
}
// Len is part of sort.Interface.
func (ms *multiAddrSorter) Len() int {
return len(ms.addrs)
}
// Less is part of sort.Interface. It is implemented by looping along the
// Cmp() functions until it finds a comparison that is either less than,
// equal to, or greater than.
func (ms *multiAddrSorter) Less(i, j int) bool {
p, q := &ms.addrs[i], &ms.addrs[j]
// Try all but the last comparison.
var k int
for k = 0; k < len(ms.cmp)-1; k++ {
cmp := ms.cmp[k]
x := cmp(p, q)
switch x {
case -1:
// p < q, so we have a decision.
return true
case 1:
// p > q, so we have a decision.
return false
}
// p == q; try the next comparison.
}
// All comparisons to here said "equal", so just return whatever the
// final comparison reports.
switch ms.cmp[k](p, q) {
case -1:
return true
case 1:
return false
default:
// Still a tie! Now what?
return false
}
}
// Swap is part of sort.Interface.
func (ms *multiAddrSorter) Swap(i, j int) {
ms.addrs[i], ms.addrs[j] = ms.addrs[j], ms.addrs[i]
}
const (
// NOTE (sean@): These constants are here for code readability only and
// are sprucing up the code for readability purposes. Some of the
// Cmp*() variants have confusing logic (especially when dealing with
// mixed-type comparisons) and this, I think, has made it easier to grok
// the code faster.
sortReceiverBeforeArg = -1
sortDeferDecision = 0
sortArgBeforeReceiver = 1
)
// AscAddress is a sorting function to sort SockAddrs by their respective
// address type. Non-equal types are deferred in the sort.
func AscAddress(p1Ptr, p2Ptr *SockAddr) int {
p1 := *p1Ptr
p2 := *p2Ptr
switch v := p1.(type) {
case IPv4Addr:
return v.CmpAddress(p2)
case IPv6Addr:
return v.CmpAddress(p2)
case UnixSock:
return v.CmpAddress(p2)
default:
return sortDeferDecision
}
}
// AscPort is a sorting function to sort SockAddrs by their respective address
// type. Non-equal types are deferred in the sort.
func AscPort(p1Ptr, p2Ptr *SockAddr) int {
p1 := *p1Ptr
p2 := *p2Ptr
switch v := p1.(type) {
case IPv4Addr:
return v.CmpPort(p2)
case IPv6Addr:
return v.CmpPort(p2)
default:
return sortDeferDecision
}
}
// AscPrivate is a sorting function to sort "more secure" private values before
// "more public" values. Both IPv4 and IPv6 are compared against RFC6890
// (RFC6890 includes, and is not limited to, RFC1918 and RFC6598 for IPv4, and
// IPv6 includes RFC4193).
func AscPrivate(p1Ptr, p2Ptr *SockAddr) int {
p1 := *p1Ptr
p2 := *p2Ptr
switch v := p1.(type) {
case IPv4Addr, IPv6Addr:
return v.CmpRFC(6890, p2)
default:
return sortDeferDecision
}
}
// AscNetworkSize is a sorting function to sort SockAddrs based on their network
// size. Non-equal types are deferred in the sort.
func AscNetworkSize(p1Ptr, p2Ptr *SockAddr) int {
p1 := *p1Ptr
p2 := *p2Ptr
p1Type := p1.Type()
p2Type := p2.Type()
// Network size operations on non-IP types make no sense
if p1Type != p2Type && p1Type != TypeIP {
return sortDeferDecision
}
ipA := p1.(IPAddr)
ipB := p2.(IPAddr)
return bytes.Compare([]byte(*ipA.NetIPMask()), []byte(*ipB.NetIPMask()))
}
// AscType is a sorting function to sort "more secure" types before
// "less-secure" types.
func AscType(p1Ptr, p2Ptr *SockAddr) int {
p1 := *p1Ptr
p2 := *p2Ptr
p1Type := p1.Type()
p2Type := p2.Type()
switch {
case p1Type < p2Type:
return sortReceiverBeforeArg
case p1Type == p2Type:
return sortDeferDecision
case p1Type > p2Type:
return sortArgBeforeReceiver
default:
return sortDeferDecision
}
}
// FilterByType returns two lists: a list of matched and unmatched SockAddrs
func (sas SockAddrs) FilterByType(type_ SockAddrType) (matched, excluded SockAddrs) {
matched = make(SockAddrs, 0, len(sas))
excluded = make(SockAddrs, 0, len(sas))
for _, sa := range sas {
if sa.Type()&type_ != 0 {
matched = append(matched, sa)
} else {
excluded = append(excluded, sa)
}
}
return matched, excluded
}

135
vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-sockaddr/unixsock.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,135 @@
package sockaddr
import (
"fmt"
"strings"
)
type UnixSock struct {
SockAddr
path string
}
type UnixSocks []*UnixSock
// unixAttrMap is a map of the UnixSockAddr type-specific attributes.
var unixAttrMap map[AttrName]func(UnixSock) string
var unixAttrs []AttrName
func init() {
unixAttrInit()
}
// NewUnixSock creates an UnixSock from a string path. String can be in the
// form of either URI-based string (e.g. `file:///etc/passwd`), an absolute
// path (e.g. `/etc/passwd`), or a relative path (e.g. `./foo`).
func NewUnixSock(s string) (ret UnixSock, err error) {
ret.path = s
return ret, nil
}
// CmpAddress follows the Cmp() standard protocol and returns:
//
// - -1 If the receiver should sort first because its name lexically sorts before arg
// - 0 if the SockAddr arg is not a UnixSock, or is a UnixSock with the same path.
// - 1 If the argument should sort first.
func (us UnixSock) CmpAddress(sa SockAddr) int {
usb, ok := sa.(UnixSock)
if !ok {
return sortDeferDecision
}
return strings.Compare(us.Path(), usb.Path())
}
// DialPacketArgs returns the arguments required to be passed to net.DialUnix()
// with the `unixgram` network type.
func (us UnixSock) DialPacketArgs() (network, dialArgs string) {
return "unixgram", us.path
}
// DialStreamArgs returns the arguments required to be passed to net.DialUnix()
// with the `unix` network type.
func (us UnixSock) DialStreamArgs() (network, dialArgs string) {
return "unix", us.path
}
// Equal returns true if a SockAddr is equal to the receiving UnixSock.
func (us UnixSock) Equal(sa SockAddr) bool {
usb, ok := sa.(UnixSock)
if !ok {
return false
}
if us.Path() != usb.Path() {
return false
}
return true
}
// ListenPacketArgs returns the arguments required to be passed to
// net.ListenUnixgram() with the `unixgram` network type.
func (us UnixSock) ListenPacketArgs() (network, dialArgs string) {
return "unixgram", us.path
}
// ListenStreamArgs returns the arguments required to be passed to
// net.ListenUnix() with the `unix` network type.
func (us UnixSock) ListenStreamArgs() (network, dialArgs string) {
return "unix", us.path
}
// MustUnixSock is a helper method that must return an UnixSock or panic on
// invalid input.
func MustUnixSock(addr string) UnixSock {
us, err := NewUnixSock(addr)
if err != nil {
panic(fmt.Sprintf("Unable to create a UnixSock from %+q: %v", addr, err))
}
return us
}
// Path returns the given path of the UnixSock
func (us UnixSock) Path() string {
return us.path
}
// String returns the path of the UnixSock
func (us UnixSock) String() string {
return fmt.Sprintf("%+q", us.path)
}
// Type is used as a type switch and returns TypeUnix
func (UnixSock) Type() SockAddrType {
return TypeUnix
}
// UnixSockAttrs returns a list of attributes supported by the UnixSockAddr type
func UnixSockAttrs() []AttrName {
return unixAttrs
}
// UnixSockAttr returns a string representation of an attribute for the given
// UnixSock.
func UnixSockAttr(us UnixSock, attrName AttrName) string {
fn, found := unixAttrMap[attrName]
if !found {
return ""
}
return fn(us)
}
// unixAttrInit is called once at init()
func unixAttrInit() {
// Sorted for human readability
unixAttrs = []AttrName{
"path",
}
unixAttrMap = map[AttrName]func(us UnixSock) string{
"path": func(us UnixSock) string {
return us.Path()
},
}
}

354
vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-version/LICENSE generated vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,354 @@
Mozilla Public License, version 2.0
1. Definitions
1.1. “Contributor”
means each individual or legal entity that creates, contributes to the
creation of, or owns Covered Software.
1.2. “Contributor Version”
means the combination of the Contributions of others (if any) used by a
Contributor and that particular Contributors Contribution.
1.3. “Contribution”
means Covered Software of a particular Contributor.
1.4. “Covered Software”
means Source Code Form to which the initial Contributor has attached the
notice in Exhibit A, the Executable Form of such Source Code Form, and
Modifications of such Source Code Form, in each case including portions
thereof.
1.5. “Incompatible With Secondary Licenses”
means
a. that the initial Contributor has attached the notice described in
Exhibit B to the Covered Software; or
b. that the Covered Software was made available under the terms of version
1.1 or earlier of the License, but not also under the terms of a
Secondary License.
1.6. “Executable Form”
means any form of the work other than Source Code Form.
1.7. “Larger Work”
means a work that combines Covered Software with other material, in a separate
file or files, that is not Covered Software.
1.8. “License”
means this document.
1.9. “Licensable”
means having the right to grant, to the maximum extent possible, whether at the
time of the initial grant or subsequently, any and all of the rights conveyed by
this License.
1.10. “Modifications”
means any of the following:
a. any file in Source Code Form that results from an addition to, deletion
from, or modification of the contents of Covered Software; or
b. any new file in Source Code Form that contains any Covered Software.
1.11. “Patent Claims” of a Contributor
means any patent claim(s), including without limitation, method, process,
and apparatus claims, in any patent Licensable by such Contributor that
would be infringed, but for the grant of the License, by the making,
using, selling, offering for sale, having made, import, or transfer of
either its Contributions or its Contributor Version.
1.12. “Secondary License”
means either the GNU General Public License, Version 2.0, the GNU Lesser
General Public License, Version 2.1, the GNU Affero General Public
License, Version 3.0, or any later versions of those licenses.
1.13. “Source Code Form”
means the form of the work preferred for making modifications.
1.14. “You” (or “Your”)
means an individual or a legal entity exercising rights under this
License. For legal entities, “You” includes any entity that controls, is
controlled by, or is under common control with You. For purposes of this
definition, “control” means (a) the power, direct or indirect, to cause
the direction or management of such entity, whether by contract or
otherwise, or (b) ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the
outstanding shares or beneficial ownership of such entity.
2. License Grants and Conditions
2.1. Grants
Each Contributor hereby grants You a world-wide, royalty-free,
non-exclusive license:
a. under intellectual property rights (other than patent or trademark)
Licensable by such Contributor to use, reproduce, make available,
modify, display, perform, distribute, and otherwise exploit its
Contributions, either on an unmodified basis, with Modifications, or as
part of a Larger Work; and
b. under Patent Claims of such Contributor to make, use, sell, offer for
sale, have made, import, and otherwise transfer either its Contributions
or its Contributor Version.
2.2. Effective Date
The licenses granted in Section 2.1 with respect to any Contribution become
effective for each Contribution on the date the Contributor first distributes
such Contribution.
2.3. Limitations on Grant Scope
The licenses granted in this Section 2 are the only rights granted under this
License. No additional rights or licenses will be implied from the distribution
or licensing of Covered Software under this License. Notwithstanding Section
2.1(b) above, no patent license is granted by a Contributor:
a. for any code that a Contributor has removed from Covered Software; or
b. for infringements caused by: (i) Your and any other third partys
modifications of Covered Software, or (ii) the combination of its
Contributions with other software (except as part of its Contributor
Version); or
c. under Patent Claims infringed by Covered Software in the absence of its
Contributions.
This License does not grant any rights in the trademarks, service marks, or
logos of any Contributor (except as may be necessary to comply with the
notice requirements in Section 3.4).
2.4. Subsequent Licenses
No Contributor makes additional grants as a result of Your choice to
distribute the Covered Software under a subsequent version of this License
(see Section 10.2) or under the terms of a Secondary License (if permitted
under the terms of Section 3.3).
2.5. Representation
Each Contributor represents that the Contributor believes its Contributions
are its original creation(s) or it has sufficient rights to grant the
rights to its Contributions conveyed by this License.
2.6. Fair Use
This License is not intended to limit any rights You have under applicable
copyright doctrines of fair use, fair dealing, or other equivalents.
2.7. Conditions
Sections 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, and 3.4 are conditions of the licenses granted in
Section 2.1.
3. Responsibilities
3.1. Distribution of Source Form
All distribution of Covered Software in Source Code Form, including any
Modifications that You create or to which You contribute, must be under the
terms of this License. You must inform recipients that the Source Code Form
of the Covered Software is governed by the terms of this License, and how
they can obtain a copy of this License. You may not attempt to alter or
restrict the recipients rights in the Source Code Form.
3.2. Distribution of Executable Form
If You distribute Covered Software in Executable Form then:
a. such Covered Software must also be made available in Source Code Form,
as described in Section 3.1, and You must inform recipients of the
Executable Form how they can obtain a copy of such Source Code Form by
reasonable means in a timely manner, at a charge no more than the cost
of distribution to the recipient; and
b. You may distribute such Executable Form under the terms of this License,
or sublicense it under different terms, provided that the license for
the Executable Form does not attempt to limit or alter the recipients
rights in the Source Code Form under this License.
3.3. Distribution of a Larger Work
You may create and distribute a Larger Work under terms of Your choice,
provided that You also comply with the requirements of this License for the
Covered Software. If the Larger Work is a combination of Covered Software
with a work governed by one or more Secondary Licenses, and the Covered
Software is not Incompatible With Secondary Licenses, this License permits
You to additionally distribute such Covered Software under the terms of
such Secondary License(s), so that the recipient of the Larger Work may, at
their option, further distribute the Covered Software under the terms of
either this License or such Secondary License(s).
3.4. Notices
You may not remove or alter the substance of any license notices (including
copyright notices, patent notices, disclaimers of warranty, or limitations
of liability) contained within the Source Code Form of the Covered
Software, except that You may alter any license notices to the extent
required to remedy known factual inaccuracies.
3.5. Application of Additional Terms
You may choose to offer, and to charge a fee for, warranty, support,
indemnity or liability obligations to one or more recipients of Covered
Software. However, You may do so only on Your own behalf, and not on behalf
of any Contributor. You must make it absolutely clear that any such
warranty, support, indemnity, or liability obligation is offered by You
alone, and You hereby agree to indemnify every Contributor for any
liability incurred by such Contributor as a result of warranty, support,
indemnity or liability terms You offer. You may include additional
disclaimers of warranty and limitations of liability specific to any
jurisdiction.
4. Inability to Comply Due to Statute or Regulation
If it is impossible for You to comply with any of the terms of this License
with respect to some or all of the Covered Software due to statute, judicial
order, or regulation then You must: (a) comply with the terms of this License
to the maximum extent possible; and (b) describe the limitations and the code
they affect. Such description must be placed in a text file included with all
distributions of the Covered Software under this License. Except to the
extent prohibited by statute or regulation, such description must be
sufficiently detailed for a recipient of ordinary skill to be able to
understand it.
5. Termination
5.1. The rights granted under this License will terminate automatically if You
fail to comply with any of its terms. However, if You become compliant,
then the rights granted under this License from a particular Contributor
are reinstated (a) provisionally, unless and until such Contributor
explicitly and finally terminates Your grants, and (b) on an ongoing basis,
if such Contributor fails to notify You of the non-compliance by some
reasonable means prior to 60 days after You have come back into compliance.
Moreover, Your grants from a particular Contributor are reinstated on an
ongoing basis if such Contributor notifies You of the non-compliance by
some reasonable means, this is the first time You have received notice of
non-compliance with this License from such Contributor, and You become
compliant prior to 30 days after Your receipt of the notice.
5.2. If You initiate litigation against any entity by asserting a patent
infringement claim (excluding declaratory judgment actions, counter-claims,
and cross-claims) alleging that a Contributor Version directly or
indirectly infringes any patent, then the rights granted to You by any and
all Contributors for the Covered Software under Section 2.1 of this License
shall terminate.
5.3. In the event of termination under Sections 5.1 or 5.2 above, all end user
license agreements (excluding distributors and resellers) which have been
validly granted by You or Your distributors under this License prior to
termination shall survive termination.
6. Disclaimer of Warranty
Covered Software is provided under this License on an “as is” basis, without
warranty of any kind, either expressed, implied, or statutory, including,
without limitation, warranties that the Covered Software is free of defects,
merchantable, fit for a particular purpose or non-infringing. The entire
risk as to the quality and performance of the Covered Software is with You.
Should any Covered Software prove defective in any respect, You (not any
Contributor) assume the cost of any necessary servicing, repair, or
correction. This disclaimer of warranty constitutes an essential part of this
License. No use of any Covered Software is authorized under this License
except under this disclaimer.
7. Limitation of Liability
Under no circumstances and under no legal theory, whether tort (including
negligence), contract, or otherwise, shall any Contributor, or anyone who
distributes Covered Software as permitted above, be liable to You for any
direct, indirect, special, incidental, or consequential damages of any
character including, without limitation, damages for lost profits, loss of
goodwill, work stoppage, computer failure or malfunction, or any and all
other commercial damages or losses, even if such party shall have been
informed of the possibility of such damages. This limitation of liability
shall not apply to liability for death or personal injury resulting from such
partys negligence to the extent applicable law prohibits such limitation.
Some jurisdictions do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental or
consequential damages, so this exclusion and limitation may not apply to You.
8. Litigation
Any litigation relating to this License may be brought only in the courts of
a jurisdiction where the defendant maintains its principal place of business
and such litigation shall be governed by laws of that jurisdiction, without
reference to its conflict-of-law provisions. Nothing in this Section shall
prevent a partys ability to bring cross-claims or counter-claims.
9. Miscellaneous
This License represents the complete agreement concerning the subject matter
hereof. If any provision of this License is held to be unenforceable, such
provision shall be reformed only to the extent necessary to make it
enforceable. Any law or regulation which provides that the language of a
contract shall be construed against the drafter shall not be used to construe
this License against a Contributor.
10. Versions of the License
10.1. New Versions
Mozilla Foundation is the license steward. Except as provided in Section
10.3, no one other than the license steward has the right to modify or
publish new versions of this License. Each version will be given a
distinguishing version number.
10.2. Effect of New Versions
You may distribute the Covered Software under the terms of the version of
the License under which You originally received the Covered Software, or
under the terms of any subsequent version published by the license
steward.
10.3. Modified Versions
If you create software not governed by this License, and you want to
create a new license for such software, you may create and use a modified
version of this License if you rename the license and remove any
references to the name of the license steward (except to note that such
modified license differs from this License).
10.4. Distributing Source Code Form that is Incompatible With Secondary Licenses
If You choose to distribute Source Code Form that is Incompatible With
Secondary Licenses under the terms of this version of the License, the
notice described in Exhibit B of this License must be attached.
Exhibit A - Source Code Form License Notice
This Source Code Form is subject to the
terms of the Mozilla Public License, v.
2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not
distributed with this file, You can
obtain one at
http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
If it is not possible or desirable to put the notice in a particular file, then
You may include the notice in a location (such as a LICENSE file in a relevant
directory) where a recipient would be likely to look for such a notice.
You may add additional accurate notices of copyright ownership.
Exhibit B - “Incompatible With Secondary Licenses” Notice
This Source Code Form is “Incompatible
With Secondary Licenses”, as defined by
the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0.

204
vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-version/constraint.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,204 @@
package version
import (
"fmt"
"reflect"
"regexp"
"strings"
)
// Constraint represents a single constraint for a version, such as
// ">= 1.0".
type Constraint struct {
f constraintFunc
check *Version
original string
}
// Constraints is a slice of constraints. We make a custom type so that
// we can add methods to it.
type Constraints []*Constraint
type constraintFunc func(v, c *Version) bool
var constraintOperators map[string]constraintFunc
var constraintRegexp *regexp.Regexp
func init() {
constraintOperators = map[string]constraintFunc{
"": constraintEqual,
"=": constraintEqual,
"!=": constraintNotEqual,
">": constraintGreaterThan,
"<": constraintLessThan,
">=": constraintGreaterThanEqual,
"<=": constraintLessThanEqual,
"~>": constraintPessimistic,
}
ops := make([]string, 0, len(constraintOperators))
for k := range constraintOperators {
ops = append(ops, regexp.QuoteMeta(k))
}
constraintRegexp = regexp.MustCompile(fmt.Sprintf(
`^\s*(%s)\s*(%s)\s*$`,
strings.Join(ops, "|"),
VersionRegexpRaw))
}
// NewConstraint will parse one or more constraints from the given
// constraint string. The string must be a comma-separated list of
// constraints.
func NewConstraint(v string) (Constraints, error) {
vs := strings.Split(v, ",")
result := make([]*Constraint, len(vs))
for i, single := range vs {
c, err := parseSingle(single)
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
result[i] = c
}
return Constraints(result), nil
}
// Check tests if a version satisfies all the constraints.
func (cs Constraints) Check(v *Version) bool {
for _, c := range cs {
if !c.Check(v) {
return false
}
}
return true
}
// Returns the string format of the constraints
func (cs Constraints) String() string {
csStr := make([]string, len(cs))
for i, c := range cs {
csStr[i] = c.String()
}
return strings.Join(csStr, ",")
}
// Check tests if a constraint is validated by the given version.
func (c *Constraint) Check(v *Version) bool {
return c.f(v, c.check)
}
func (c *Constraint) String() string {
return c.original
}
func parseSingle(v string) (*Constraint, error) {
matches := constraintRegexp.FindStringSubmatch(v)
if matches == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("Malformed constraint: %s", v)
}
check, err := NewVersion(matches[2])
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
return &Constraint{
f: constraintOperators[matches[1]],
check: check,
original: v,
}, nil
}
func prereleaseCheck(v, c *Version) bool {
switch vPre, cPre := v.Prerelease() != "", c.Prerelease() != ""; {
case cPre && vPre:
// A constraint with a pre-release can only match a pre-release version
// with the same base segments.
return reflect.DeepEqual(c.Segments64(), v.Segments64())
case !cPre && vPre:
// A constraint without a pre-release can only match a version without a
// pre-release.
return false
case cPre && !vPre:
// OK, except with the pessimistic operator
case !cPre && !vPre:
// OK
}
return true
}
//-------------------------------------------------------------------
// Constraint functions
//-------------------------------------------------------------------
func constraintEqual(v, c *Version) bool {
return v.Equal(c)
}
func constraintNotEqual(v, c *Version) bool {
return !v.Equal(c)
}
func constraintGreaterThan(v, c *Version) bool {
return prereleaseCheck(v, c) && v.Compare(c) == 1
}
func constraintLessThan(v, c *Version) bool {
return prereleaseCheck(v, c) && v.Compare(c) == -1
}
func constraintGreaterThanEqual(v, c *Version) bool {
return prereleaseCheck(v, c) && v.Compare(c) >= 0
}
func constraintLessThanEqual(v, c *Version) bool {
return prereleaseCheck(v, c) && v.Compare(c) <= 0
}
func constraintPessimistic(v, c *Version) bool {
// Using a pessimistic constraint with a pre-release, restricts versions to pre-releases
if !prereleaseCheck(v, c) || (c.Prerelease() != "" && v.Prerelease() == "") {
return false
}
// If the version being checked is naturally less than the constraint, then there
// is no way for the version to be valid against the constraint
if v.LessThan(c) {
return false
}
// We'll use this more than once, so grab the length now so it's a little cleaner
// to write the later checks
cs := len(c.segments)
// If the version being checked has less specificity than the constraint, then there
// is no way for the version to be valid against the constraint
if cs > len(v.segments) {
return false
}
// Check the segments in the constraint against those in the version. If the version
// being checked, at any point, does not have the same values in each index of the
// constraints segments, then it cannot be valid against the constraint.
for i := 0; i < c.si-1; i++ {
if v.segments[i] != c.segments[i] {
return false
}
}
// Check the last part of the segment in the constraint. If the version segment at
// this index is less than the constraints segment at this index, then it cannot
// be valid against the constraint
if c.segments[cs-1] > v.segments[cs-1] {
return false
}
// If nothing has rejected the version by now, it's valid
return true
}

347
vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-version/version.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,347 @@
package version
import (
"bytes"
"fmt"
"reflect"
"regexp"
"strconv"
"strings"
)
// The compiled regular expression used to test the validity of a version.
var versionRegexp *regexp.Regexp
// The raw regular expression string used for testing the validity
// of a version.
const VersionRegexpRaw string = `v?([0-9]+(\.[0-9]+)*?)` +
`(-([0-9]+[0-9A-Za-z\-~]*(\.[0-9A-Za-z\-~]+)*)|(-?([A-Za-z\-~]+[0-9A-Za-z\-~]*(\.[0-9A-Za-z\-~]+)*)))?` +
`(\+([0-9A-Za-z\-~]+(\.[0-9A-Za-z\-~]+)*))?` +
`?`
// Version represents a single version.
type Version struct {
metadata string
pre string
segments []int64
si int
original string
}
func init() {
versionRegexp = regexp.MustCompile("^" + VersionRegexpRaw + "$")
}
// NewVersion parses the given version and returns a new
// Version.
func NewVersion(v string) (*Version, error) {
matches := versionRegexp.FindStringSubmatch(v)
if matches == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("Malformed version: %s", v)
}
segmentsStr := strings.Split(matches[1], ".")
segments := make([]int64, len(segmentsStr))
si := 0
for i, str := range segmentsStr {
val, err := strconv.ParseInt(str, 10, 64)
if err != nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf(
"Error parsing version: %s", err)
}
segments[i] = int64(val)
si++
}
// Even though we could support more than three segments, if we
// got less than three, pad it with 0s. This is to cover the basic
// default usecase of semver, which is MAJOR.MINOR.PATCH at the minimum
for i := len(segments); i < 3; i++ {
segments = append(segments, 0)
}
pre := matches[7]
if pre == "" {
pre = matches[4]
}
return &Version{
metadata: matches[10],
pre: pre,
segments: segments,
si: si,
original: v,
}, nil
}
// Must is a helper that wraps a call to a function returning (*Version, error)
// and panics if error is non-nil.
func Must(v *Version, err error) *Version {
if err != nil {
panic(err)
}
return v
}
// Compare compares this version to another version. This
// returns -1, 0, or 1 if this version is smaller, equal,
// or larger than the other version, respectively.
//
// If you want boolean results, use the LessThan, Equal,
// or GreaterThan methods.
func (v *Version) Compare(other *Version) int {
// A quick, efficient equality check
if v.String() == other.String() {
return 0
}
segmentsSelf := v.Segments64()
segmentsOther := other.Segments64()
// If the segments are the same, we must compare on prerelease info
if reflect.DeepEqual(segmentsSelf, segmentsOther) {
preSelf := v.Prerelease()
preOther := other.Prerelease()
if preSelf == "" && preOther == "" {
return 0
}
if preSelf == "" {
return 1
}
if preOther == "" {
return -1
}
return comparePrereleases(preSelf, preOther)
}
// Get the highest specificity (hS), or if they're equal, just use segmentSelf length
lenSelf := len(segmentsSelf)
lenOther := len(segmentsOther)
hS := lenSelf
if lenSelf < lenOther {
hS = lenOther
}
// Compare the segments
// Because a constraint could have more/less specificity than the version it's
// checking, we need to account for a lopsided or jagged comparison
for i := 0; i < hS; i++ {
if i > lenSelf-1 {
// This means Self had the lower specificity
// Check to see if the remaining segments in Other are all zeros
if !allZero(segmentsOther[i:]) {
// if not, it means that Other has to be greater than Self
return -1
}
break
} else if i > lenOther-1 {
// this means Other had the lower specificity
// Check to see if the remaining segments in Self are all zeros -
if !allZero(segmentsSelf[i:]) {
//if not, it means that Self has to be greater than Other
return 1
}
break
}
lhs := segmentsSelf[i]
rhs := segmentsOther[i]
if lhs == rhs {
continue
} else if lhs < rhs {
return -1
}
// Otherwis, rhs was > lhs, they're not equal
return 1
}
// if we got this far, they're equal
return 0
}
func allZero(segs []int64) bool {
for _, s := range segs {
if s != 0 {
return false
}
}
return true
}
func comparePart(preSelf string, preOther string) int {
if preSelf == preOther {
return 0
}
var selfInt int64
selfNumeric := true
selfInt, err := strconv.ParseInt(preSelf, 10, 64)
if err != nil {
selfNumeric = false
}
var otherInt int64
otherNumeric := true
otherInt, err = strconv.ParseInt(preOther, 10, 64)
if err != nil {
otherNumeric = false
}
// if a part is empty, we use the other to decide
if preSelf == "" {
if otherNumeric {
return -1
}
return 1
}
if preOther == "" {
if selfNumeric {
return 1
}
return -1
}
if selfNumeric && !otherNumeric {
return -1
} else if !selfNumeric && otherNumeric {
return 1
} else if !selfNumeric && !otherNumeric && preSelf > preOther {
return 1
} else if selfInt > otherInt {
return 1
}
return -1
}
func comparePrereleases(v string, other string) int {
// the same pre release!
if v == other {
return 0
}
// split both pre releases for analyse their parts
selfPreReleaseMeta := strings.Split(v, ".")
otherPreReleaseMeta := strings.Split(other, ".")
selfPreReleaseLen := len(selfPreReleaseMeta)
otherPreReleaseLen := len(otherPreReleaseMeta)
biggestLen := otherPreReleaseLen
if selfPreReleaseLen > otherPreReleaseLen {
biggestLen = selfPreReleaseLen
}
// loop for parts to find the first difference
for i := 0; i < biggestLen; i = i + 1 {
partSelfPre := ""
if i < selfPreReleaseLen {
partSelfPre = selfPreReleaseMeta[i]
}
partOtherPre := ""
if i < otherPreReleaseLen {
partOtherPre = otherPreReleaseMeta[i]
}
compare := comparePart(partSelfPre, partOtherPre)
// if parts are equals, continue the loop
if compare != 0 {
return compare
}
}
return 0
}
// Equal tests if two versions are equal.
func (v *Version) Equal(o *Version) bool {
return v.Compare(o) == 0
}
// GreaterThan tests if this version is greater than another version.
func (v *Version) GreaterThan(o *Version) bool {
return v.Compare(o) > 0
}
// LessThan tests if this version is less than another version.
func (v *Version) LessThan(o *Version) bool {
return v.Compare(o) < 0
}
// Metadata returns any metadata that was part of the version
// string.
//
// Metadata is anything that comes after the "+" in the version.
// For example, with "1.2.3+beta", the metadata is "beta".
func (v *Version) Metadata() string {
return v.metadata
}
// Prerelease returns any prerelease data that is part of the version,
// or blank if there is no prerelease data.
//
// Prerelease information is anything that comes after the "-" in the
// version (but before any metadata). For example, with "1.2.3-beta",
// the prerelease information is "beta".
func (v *Version) Prerelease() string {
return v.pre
}
// Segments returns the numeric segments of the version as a slice of ints.
//
// This excludes any metadata or pre-release information. For example,
// for a version "1.2.3-beta", segments will return a slice of
// 1, 2, 3.
func (v *Version) Segments() []int {
segmentSlice := make([]int, len(v.segments))
for i, v := range v.segments {
segmentSlice[i] = int(v)
}
return segmentSlice
}
// Segments64 returns the numeric segments of the version as a slice of int64s.
//
// This excludes any metadata or pre-release information. For example,
// for a version "1.2.3-beta", segments will return a slice of
// 1, 2, 3.
func (v *Version) Segments64() []int64 {
result := make([]int64, len(v.segments))
copy(result, v.segments)
return result
}
// String returns the full version string included pre-release
// and metadata information.
//
// This value is rebuilt according to the parsed segments and other
// information. Therefore, ambiguities in the version string such as
// prefixed zeroes (1.04.0 => 1.4.0), `v` prefix (v1.0.0 => 1.0.0), and
// missing parts (1.0 => 1.0.0) will be made into a canonicalized form
// as shown in the parenthesized examples.
func (v *Version) String() string {
var buf bytes.Buffer
fmtParts := make([]string, len(v.segments))
for i, s := range v.segments {
// We can ignore err here since we've pre-parsed the values in segments
str := strconv.FormatInt(s, 10)
fmtParts[i] = str
}
fmt.Fprintf(&buf, strings.Join(fmtParts, "."))
if v.pre != "" {
fmt.Fprintf(&buf, "-%s", v.pre)
}
if v.metadata != "" {
fmt.Fprintf(&buf, "+%s", v.metadata)
}
return buf.String()
}
// Original returns the original parsed version as-is, including any
// potential whitespace, `v` prefix, etc.
func (v *Version) Original() string {
return v.original
}

View File

@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
package version
// Collection is a type that implements the sort.Interface interface
// so that versions can be sorted.
type Collection []*Version
func (v Collection) Len() int {
return len(v)
}
func (v Collection) Less(i, j int) bool {
return v[i].LessThan(v[j])
}
func (v Collection) Swap(i, j int) {
v[i], v[j] = v[j], v[i]
}

363
vendor/github.com/hashicorp/nomad/LICENSE generated vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,363 @@
Mozilla Public License, version 2.0
1. Definitions
1.1. "Contributor"
means each individual or legal entity that creates, contributes to the
creation of, or owns Covered Software.
1.2. "Contributor Version"
means the combination of the Contributions of others (if any) used by a
Contributor and that particular Contributor's Contribution.
1.3. "Contribution"
means Covered Software of a particular Contributor.
1.4. "Covered Software"
means Source Code Form to which the initial Contributor has attached the
notice in Exhibit A, the Executable Form of such Source Code Form, and
Modifications of such Source Code Form, in each case including portions
thereof.
1.5. "Incompatible With Secondary Licenses"
means
a. that the initial Contributor has attached the notice described in
Exhibit B to the Covered Software; or
b. that the Covered Software was made available under the terms of
version 1.1 or earlier of the License, but not also under the terms of
a Secondary License.
1.6. "Executable Form"
means any form of the work other than Source Code Form.
1.7. "Larger Work"
means a work that combines Covered Software with other material, in a
separate file or files, that is not Covered Software.
1.8. "License"
means this document.
1.9. "Licensable"
means having the right to grant, to the maximum extent possible, whether
at the time of the initial grant or subsequently, any and all of the
rights conveyed by this License.
1.10. "Modifications"
means any of the following:
a. any file in Source Code Form that results from an addition to,
deletion from, or modification of the contents of Covered Software; or
b. any new file in Source Code Form that contains any Covered Software.
1.11. "Patent Claims" of a Contributor
means any patent claim(s), including without limitation, method,
process, and apparatus claims, in any patent Licensable by such
Contributor that would be infringed, but for the grant of the License,
by the making, using, selling, offering for sale, having made, import,
or transfer of either its Contributions or its Contributor Version.
1.12. "Secondary License"
means either the GNU General Public License, Version 2.0, the GNU Lesser
General Public License, Version 2.1, the GNU Affero General Public
License, Version 3.0, or any later versions of those licenses.
1.13. "Source Code Form"
means the form of the work preferred for making modifications.
1.14. "You" (or "Your")
means an individual or a legal entity exercising rights under this
License. For legal entities, "You" includes any entity that controls, is
controlled by, or is under common control with You. For purposes of this
definition, "control" means (a) the power, direct or indirect, to cause
the direction or management of such entity, whether by contract or
otherwise, or (b) ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the
outstanding shares or beneficial ownership of such entity.
2. License Grants and Conditions
2.1. Grants
Each Contributor hereby grants You a world-wide, royalty-free,
non-exclusive license:
a. under intellectual property rights (other than patent or trademark)
Licensable by such Contributor to use, reproduce, make available,
modify, display, perform, distribute, and otherwise exploit its
Contributions, either on an unmodified basis, with Modifications, or
as part of a Larger Work; and
b. under Patent Claims of such Contributor to make, use, sell, offer for
sale, have made, import, and otherwise transfer either its
Contributions or its Contributor Version.
2.2. Effective Date
The licenses granted in Section 2.1 with respect to any Contribution
become effective for each Contribution on the date the Contributor first
distributes such Contribution.
2.3. Limitations on Grant Scope
The licenses granted in this Section 2 are the only rights granted under
this License. No additional rights or licenses will be implied from the
distribution or licensing of Covered Software under this License.
Notwithstanding Section 2.1(b) above, no patent license is granted by a
Contributor:
a. for any code that a Contributor has removed from Covered Software; or
b. for infringements caused by: (i) Your and any other third party's
modifications of Covered Software, or (ii) the combination of its
Contributions with other software (except as part of its Contributor
Version); or
c. under Patent Claims infringed by Covered Software in the absence of
its Contributions.
This License does not grant any rights in the trademarks, service marks,
or logos of any Contributor (except as may be necessary to comply with
the notice requirements in Section 3.4).
2.4. Subsequent Licenses
No Contributor makes additional grants as a result of Your choice to
distribute the Covered Software under a subsequent version of this
License (see Section 10.2) or under the terms of a Secondary License (if
permitted under the terms of Section 3.3).
2.5. Representation
Each Contributor represents that the Contributor believes its
Contributions are its original creation(s) or it has sufficient rights to
grant the rights to its Contributions conveyed by this License.
2.6. Fair Use
This License is not intended to limit any rights You have under
applicable copyright doctrines of fair use, fair dealing, or other
equivalents.
2.7. Conditions
Sections 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, and 3.4 are conditions of the licenses granted in
Section 2.1.
3. Responsibilities
3.1. Distribution of Source Form
All distribution of Covered Software in Source Code Form, including any
Modifications that You create or to which You contribute, must be under
the terms of this License. You must inform recipients that the Source
Code Form of the Covered Software is governed by the terms of this
License, and how they can obtain a copy of this License. You may not
attempt to alter or restrict the recipients' rights in the Source Code
Form.
3.2. Distribution of Executable Form
If You distribute Covered Software in Executable Form then:
a. such Covered Software must also be made available in Source Code Form,
as described in Section 3.1, and You must inform recipients of the
Executable Form how they can obtain a copy of such Source Code Form by
reasonable means in a timely manner, at a charge no more than the cost
of distribution to the recipient; and
b. You may distribute such Executable Form under the terms of this
License, or sublicense it under different terms, provided that the
license for the Executable Form does not attempt to limit or alter the
recipients' rights in the Source Code Form under this License.
3.3. Distribution of a Larger Work
You may create and distribute a Larger Work under terms of Your choice,
provided that You also comply with the requirements of this License for
the Covered Software. If the Larger Work is a combination of Covered
Software with a work governed by one or more Secondary Licenses, and the
Covered Software is not Incompatible With Secondary Licenses, this
License permits You to additionally distribute such Covered Software
under the terms of such Secondary License(s), so that the recipient of
the Larger Work may, at their option, further distribute the Covered
Software under the terms of either this License or such Secondary
License(s).
3.4. Notices
You may not remove or alter the substance of any license notices
(including copyright notices, patent notices, disclaimers of warranty, or
limitations of liability) contained within the Source Code Form of the
Covered Software, except that You may alter any license notices to the
extent required to remedy known factual inaccuracies.
3.5. Application of Additional Terms
You may choose to offer, and to charge a fee for, warranty, support,
indemnity or liability obligations to one or more recipients of Covered
Software. However, You may do so only on Your own behalf, and not on
behalf of any Contributor. You must make it absolutely clear that any
such warranty, support, indemnity, or liability obligation is offered by
You alone, and You hereby agree to indemnify every Contributor for any
liability incurred by such Contributor as a result of warranty, support,
indemnity or liability terms You offer. You may include additional
disclaimers of warranty and limitations of liability specific to any
jurisdiction.
4. Inability to Comply Due to Statute or Regulation
If it is impossible for You to comply with any of the terms of this License
with respect to some or all of the Covered Software due to statute,
judicial order, or regulation then You must: (a) comply with the terms of
this License to the maximum extent possible; and (b) describe the
limitations and the code they affect. Such description must be placed in a
text file included with all distributions of the Covered Software under
this License. Except to the extent prohibited by statute or regulation,
such description must be sufficiently detailed for a recipient of ordinary
skill to be able to understand it.
5. Termination
5.1. The rights granted under this License will terminate automatically if You
fail to comply with any of its terms. However, if You become compliant,
then the rights granted under this License from a particular Contributor
are reinstated (a) provisionally, unless and until such Contributor
explicitly and finally terminates Your grants, and (b) on an ongoing
basis, if such Contributor fails to notify You of the non-compliance by
some reasonable means prior to 60 days after You have come back into
compliance. Moreover, Your grants from a particular Contributor are
reinstated on an ongoing basis if such Contributor notifies You of the
non-compliance by some reasonable means, this is the first time You have
received notice of non-compliance with this License from such
Contributor, and You become compliant prior to 30 days after Your receipt
of the notice.
5.2. If You initiate litigation against any entity by asserting a patent
infringement claim (excluding declaratory judgment actions,
counter-claims, and cross-claims) alleging that a Contributor Version
directly or indirectly infringes any patent, then the rights granted to
You by any and all Contributors for the Covered Software under Section
2.1 of this License shall terminate.
5.3. In the event of termination under Sections 5.1 or 5.2 above, all end user
license agreements (excluding distributors and resellers) which have been
validly granted by You or Your distributors under this License prior to
termination shall survive termination.
6. Disclaimer of Warranty
Covered Software is provided under this License on an "as is" basis,
without warranty of any kind, either expressed, implied, or statutory,
including, without limitation, warranties that the Covered Software is free
of defects, merchantable, fit for a particular purpose or non-infringing.
The entire risk as to the quality and performance of the Covered Software
is with You. Should any Covered Software prove defective in any respect,
You (not any Contributor) assume the cost of any necessary servicing,
repair, or correction. This disclaimer of warranty constitutes an essential
part of this License. No use of any Covered Software is authorized under
this License except under this disclaimer.
7. Limitation of Liability
Under no circumstances and under no legal theory, whether tort (including
negligence), contract, or otherwise, shall any Contributor, or anyone who
distributes Covered Software as permitted above, be liable to You for any
direct, indirect, special, incidental, or consequential damages of any
character including, without limitation, damages for lost profits, loss of
goodwill, work stoppage, computer failure or malfunction, or any and all
other commercial damages or losses, even if such party shall have been
informed of the possibility of such damages. This limitation of liability
shall not apply to liability for death or personal injury resulting from
such party's negligence to the extent applicable law prohibits such
limitation. Some jurisdictions do not allow the exclusion or limitation of
incidental or consequential damages, so this exclusion and limitation may
not apply to You.
8. Litigation
Any litigation relating to this License may be brought only in the courts
of a jurisdiction where the defendant maintains its principal place of
business and such litigation shall be governed by laws of that
jurisdiction, without reference to its conflict-of-law provisions. Nothing
in this Section shall prevent a party's ability to bring cross-claims or
counter-claims.
9. Miscellaneous
This License represents the complete agreement concerning the subject
matter hereof. If any provision of this License is held to be
unenforceable, such provision shall be reformed only to the extent
necessary to make it enforceable. Any law or regulation which provides that
the language of a contract shall be construed against the drafter shall not
be used to construe this License against a Contributor.
10. Versions of the License
10.1. New Versions
Mozilla Foundation is the license steward. Except as provided in Section
10.3, no one other than the license steward has the right to modify or
publish new versions of this License. Each version will be given a
distinguishing version number.
10.2. Effect of New Versions
You may distribute the Covered Software under the terms of the version
of the License under which You originally received the Covered Software,
or under the terms of any subsequent version published by the license
steward.
10.3. Modified Versions
If you create software not governed by this License, and you want to
create a new license for such software, you may create and use a
modified version of this License if you rename the license and remove
any references to the name of the license steward (except to note that
such modified license differs from this License).
10.4. Distributing Source Code Form that is Incompatible With Secondary
Licenses If You choose to distribute Source Code Form that is
Incompatible With Secondary Licenses under the terms of this version of
the License, the notice described in Exhibit B of this License must be
attached.
Exhibit A - Source Code Form License Notice
This Source Code Form is subject to the
terms of the Mozilla Public License, v.
2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not
distributed with this file, You can
obtain one at
http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
If it is not possible or desirable to put the notice in a particular file,
then You may include the notice in a location (such as a LICENSE file in a
relevant directory) where a recipient would be likely to look for such a
notice.
You may add additional accurate notices of copyright ownership.
Exhibit B - "Incompatible With Secondary Licenses" Notice
This Source Code Form is "Incompatible
With Secondary Licenses", as defined by
the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0.

281
vendor/github.com/hashicorp/nomad/acl/acl.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,281 @@
package acl
import (
"fmt"
iradix "github.com/hashicorp/go-immutable-radix"
)
// ManagementACL is a singleton used for management tokens
var ManagementACL *ACL
func init() {
var err error
ManagementACL, err = NewACL(true, nil)
if err != nil {
panic(fmt.Errorf("failed to setup management ACL: %v", err))
}
}
// capabilitySet is a type wrapper to help managing a set of capabilities
type capabilitySet map[string]struct{}
func (c capabilitySet) Check(k string) bool {
_, ok := c[k]
return ok
}
func (c capabilitySet) Set(k string) {
c[k] = struct{}{}
}
func (c capabilitySet) Clear() {
for cap := range c {
delete(c, cap)
}
}
// ACL object is used to convert a set of policies into a structure that
// can be efficiently evaluated to determine if an action is allowed.
type ACL struct {
// management tokens are allowed to do anything
management bool
// namespaces maps a namespace to a capabilitySet
namespaces *iradix.Tree
agent string
node string
operator string
quota string
}
// maxPrivilege returns the policy which grants the most privilege
// This handles the case of Deny always taking maximum precedence.
func maxPrivilege(a, b string) string {
switch {
case a == PolicyDeny || b == PolicyDeny:
return PolicyDeny
case a == PolicyWrite || b == PolicyWrite:
return PolicyWrite
case a == PolicyRead || b == PolicyRead:
return PolicyRead
default:
return ""
}
}
// NewACL compiles a set of policies into an ACL object
func NewACL(management bool, policies []*Policy) (*ACL, error) {
// Hot-path management tokens
if management {
return &ACL{management: true}, nil
}
// Create the ACL object
acl := &ACL{}
nsTxn := iradix.New().Txn()
for _, policy := range policies {
NAMESPACES:
for _, ns := range policy.Namespaces {
// Check for existing capabilities
var capabilities capabilitySet
raw, ok := nsTxn.Get([]byte(ns.Name))
if ok {
capabilities = raw.(capabilitySet)
} else {
capabilities = make(capabilitySet)
nsTxn.Insert([]byte(ns.Name), capabilities)
}
// Deny always takes precedence
if capabilities.Check(NamespaceCapabilityDeny) {
continue NAMESPACES
}
// Add in all the capabilities
for _, cap := range ns.Capabilities {
if cap == NamespaceCapabilityDeny {
// Overwrite any existing capabilities
capabilities.Clear()
capabilities.Set(NamespaceCapabilityDeny)
continue NAMESPACES
}
capabilities.Set(cap)
}
}
// Take the maximum privilege for agent, node, and operator
if policy.Agent != nil {
acl.agent = maxPrivilege(acl.agent, policy.Agent.Policy)
}
if policy.Node != nil {
acl.node = maxPrivilege(acl.node, policy.Node.Policy)
}
if policy.Operator != nil {
acl.operator = maxPrivilege(acl.operator, policy.Operator.Policy)
}
if policy.Quota != nil {
acl.quota = maxPrivilege(acl.quota, policy.Quota.Policy)
}
}
// Finalize the namespaces
acl.namespaces = nsTxn.Commit()
return acl, nil
}
// AllowNsOp is shorthand for AllowNamespaceOperation
func (a *ACL) AllowNsOp(ns string, op string) bool {
return a.AllowNamespaceOperation(ns, op)
}
// AllowNamespaceOperation checks if a given operation is allowed for a namespace
func (a *ACL) AllowNamespaceOperation(ns string, op string) bool {
// Hot path management tokens
if a.management {
return true
}
// Check for a matching capability set
raw, ok := a.namespaces.Get([]byte(ns))
if !ok {
return false
}
// Check if the capability has been granted
capabilities := raw.(capabilitySet)
return capabilities.Check(op)
}
// AllowNamespace checks if any operations are allowed for a namespace
func (a *ACL) AllowNamespace(ns string) bool {
// Hot path management tokens
if a.management {
return true
}
// Check for a matching capability set
raw, ok := a.namespaces.Get([]byte(ns))
if !ok {
return false
}
// Check if the capability has been granted
capabilities := raw.(capabilitySet)
if len(capabilities) == 0 {
return false
}
return !capabilities.Check(PolicyDeny)
}
// AllowAgentRead checks if read operations are allowed for an agent
func (a *ACL) AllowAgentRead() bool {
switch {
case a.management:
return true
case a.agent == PolicyWrite:
return true
case a.agent == PolicyRead:
return true
default:
return false
}
}
// AllowAgentWrite checks if write operations are allowed for an agent
func (a *ACL) AllowAgentWrite() bool {
switch {
case a.management:
return true
case a.agent == PolicyWrite:
return true
default:
return false
}
}
// AllowNodeRead checks if read operations are allowed for a node
func (a *ACL) AllowNodeRead() bool {
switch {
case a.management:
return true
case a.node == PolicyWrite:
return true
case a.node == PolicyRead:
return true
default:
return false
}
}
// AllowNodeWrite checks if write operations are allowed for a node
func (a *ACL) AllowNodeWrite() bool {
switch {
case a.management:
return true
case a.node == PolicyWrite:
return true
default:
return false
}
}
// AllowOperatorRead checks if read operations are allowed for a operator
func (a *ACL) AllowOperatorRead() bool {
switch {
case a.management:
return true
case a.operator == PolicyWrite:
return true
case a.operator == PolicyRead:
return true
default:
return false
}
}
// AllowOperatorWrite checks if write operations are allowed for a operator
func (a *ACL) AllowOperatorWrite() bool {
switch {
case a.management:
return true
case a.operator == PolicyWrite:
return true
default:
return false
}
}
// AllowQuotaRead checks if read operations are allowed for all quotas
func (a *ACL) AllowQuotaRead() bool {
switch {
case a.management:
return true
case a.quota == PolicyWrite:
return true
case a.quota == PolicyRead:
return true
default:
return false
}
}
// AllowQuotaWrite checks if write operations are allowed for quotas
func (a *ACL) AllowQuotaWrite() bool {
switch {
case a.management:
return true
case a.quota == PolicyWrite:
return true
default:
return false
}
}
// IsManagement checks if this represents a management token
func (a *ACL) IsManagement() bool {
return a.management
}

191
vendor/github.com/hashicorp/nomad/acl/policy.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,191 @@
package acl
import (
"fmt"
"regexp"
"github.com/hashicorp/hcl"
)
const (
// The following levels are the only valid values for the `policy = "read"` stanza.
// When policies are merged together, the most privilege is granted, except for deny
// which always takes precedence and supercedes.
PolicyDeny = "deny"
PolicyRead = "read"
PolicyWrite = "write"
)
const (
// The following are the fine-grained capabilities that can be granted within a namespace.
// The Policy stanza is a short hand for granting several of these. When capabilities are
// combined we take the union of all capabilities. If the deny capability is present, it
// takes precedence and overwrites all other capabilities.
NamespaceCapabilityDeny = "deny"
NamespaceCapabilityListJobs = "list-jobs"
NamespaceCapabilityReadJob = "read-job"
NamespaceCapabilitySubmitJob = "submit-job"
NamespaceCapabilityDispatchJob = "dispatch-job"
NamespaceCapabilityReadLogs = "read-logs"
NamespaceCapabilityReadFS = "read-fs"
NamespaceCapabilitySentinelOverride = "sentinel-override"
)
var (
validNamespace = regexp.MustCompile("^[a-zA-Z0-9-]{1,128}$")
)
// Policy represents a parsed HCL or JSON policy.
type Policy struct {
Namespaces []*NamespacePolicy `hcl:"namespace,expand"`
Agent *AgentPolicy `hcl:"agent"`
Node *NodePolicy `hcl:"node"`
Operator *OperatorPolicy `hcl:"operator"`
Quota *QuotaPolicy `hcl:"quota"`
Raw string `hcl:"-"`
}
// IsEmpty checks to make sure that at least one policy has been set and is not
// comprised of only a raw policy.
func (p *Policy) IsEmpty() bool {
return len(p.Namespaces) == 0 &&
p.Agent == nil &&
p.Node == nil &&
p.Operator == nil &&
p.Quota == nil
}
// NamespacePolicy is the policy for a specific namespace
type NamespacePolicy struct {
Name string `hcl:",key"`
Policy string
Capabilities []string
}
type AgentPolicy struct {
Policy string
}
type NodePolicy struct {
Policy string
}
type OperatorPolicy struct {
Policy string
}
type QuotaPolicy struct {
Policy string
}
// isPolicyValid makes sure the given string matches one of the valid policies.
func isPolicyValid(policy string) bool {
switch policy {
case PolicyDeny, PolicyRead, PolicyWrite:
return true
default:
return false
}
}
// isNamespaceCapabilityValid ensures the given capability is valid for a namespace policy
func isNamespaceCapabilityValid(cap string) bool {
switch cap {
case NamespaceCapabilityDeny, NamespaceCapabilityListJobs, NamespaceCapabilityReadJob,
NamespaceCapabilitySubmitJob, NamespaceCapabilityDispatchJob, NamespaceCapabilityReadLogs,
NamespaceCapabilityReadFS:
return true
// Separate the enterprise-only capabilities
case NamespaceCapabilitySentinelOverride:
return true
default:
return false
}
}
// expandNamespacePolicy provides the equivalent set of capabilities for
// a namespace policy
func expandNamespacePolicy(policy string) []string {
switch policy {
case PolicyDeny:
return []string{NamespaceCapabilityDeny}
case PolicyRead:
return []string{
NamespaceCapabilityListJobs,
NamespaceCapabilityReadJob,
}
case PolicyWrite:
return []string{
NamespaceCapabilityListJobs,
NamespaceCapabilityReadJob,
NamespaceCapabilitySubmitJob,
NamespaceCapabilityDispatchJob,
NamespaceCapabilityReadLogs,
NamespaceCapabilityReadFS,
}
default:
return nil
}
}
// Parse is used to parse the specified ACL rules into an
// intermediary set of policies, before being compiled into
// the ACL
func Parse(rules string) (*Policy, error) {
// Decode the rules
p := &Policy{Raw: rules}
if rules == "" {
// Hot path for empty rules
return p, nil
}
// Attempt to parse
if err := hcl.Decode(p, rules); err != nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("Failed to parse ACL Policy: %v", err)
}
// At least one valid policy must be specified, we don't want to store only
// raw data
if p.IsEmpty() {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("Invalid policy: %s", p.Raw)
}
// Validate the policy
for _, ns := range p.Namespaces {
if !validNamespace.MatchString(ns.Name) {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("Invalid namespace name: %#v", ns)
}
if ns.Policy != "" && !isPolicyValid(ns.Policy) {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("Invalid namespace policy: %#v", ns)
}
for _, cap := range ns.Capabilities {
if !isNamespaceCapabilityValid(cap) {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("Invalid namespace capability '%s': %#v", cap, ns)
}
}
// Expand the short hand policy to the capabilities and
// add to any existing capabilities
if ns.Policy != "" {
extraCap := expandNamespacePolicy(ns.Policy)
ns.Capabilities = append(ns.Capabilities, extraCap...)
}
}
if p.Agent != nil && !isPolicyValid(p.Agent.Policy) {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("Invalid agent policy: %#v", p.Agent)
}
if p.Node != nil && !isPolicyValid(p.Node.Policy) {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("Invalid node policy: %#v", p.Node)
}
if p.Operator != nil && !isPolicyValid(p.Operator.Policy) {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("Invalid operator policy: %#v", p.Operator)
}
if p.Quota != nil && !isPolicyValid(p.Quota.Policy) {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("Invalid quota policy: %#v", p.Quota)
}
return p, nil
}

196
vendor/github.com/hashicorp/nomad/api/acl.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,196 @@
package api
import (
"fmt"
"time"
)
// ACLPolicies is used to query the ACL Policy endpoints.
type ACLPolicies struct {
client *Client
}
// ACLPolicies returns a new handle on the ACL policies.
func (c *Client) ACLPolicies() *ACLPolicies {
return &ACLPolicies{client: c}
}
// List is used to dump all of the policies.
func (a *ACLPolicies) List(q *QueryOptions) ([]*ACLPolicyListStub, *QueryMeta, error) {
var resp []*ACLPolicyListStub
qm, err := a.client.query("/v1/acl/policies", &resp, q)
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
return resp, qm, nil
}
// Upsert is used to create or update a policy
func (a *ACLPolicies) Upsert(policy *ACLPolicy, q *WriteOptions) (*WriteMeta, error) {
if policy == nil || policy.Name == "" {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("missing policy name")
}
wm, err := a.client.write("/v1/acl/policy/"+policy.Name, policy, nil, q)
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
return wm, nil
}
// Delete is used to delete a policy
func (a *ACLPolicies) Delete(policyName string, q *WriteOptions) (*WriteMeta, error) {
if policyName == "" {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("missing policy name")
}
wm, err := a.client.delete("/v1/acl/policy/"+policyName, nil, q)
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
return wm, nil
}
// Info is used to query a specific policy
func (a *ACLPolicies) Info(policyName string, q *QueryOptions) (*ACLPolicy, *QueryMeta, error) {
if policyName == "" {
return nil, nil, fmt.Errorf("missing policy name")
}
var resp ACLPolicy
wm, err := a.client.query("/v1/acl/policy/"+policyName, &resp, q)
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
return &resp, wm, nil
}
// ACLTokens is used to query the ACL token endpoints.
type ACLTokens struct {
client *Client
}
// ACLTokens returns a new handle on the ACL tokens.
func (c *Client) ACLTokens() *ACLTokens {
return &ACLTokens{client: c}
}
// Bootstrap is used to get the initial bootstrap token
func (a *ACLTokens) Bootstrap(q *WriteOptions) (*ACLToken, *WriteMeta, error) {
var resp ACLToken
wm, err := a.client.write("/v1/acl/bootstrap", nil, &resp, q)
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
return &resp, wm, nil
}
// List is used to dump all of the tokens.
func (a *ACLTokens) List(q *QueryOptions) ([]*ACLTokenListStub, *QueryMeta, error) {
var resp []*ACLTokenListStub
qm, err := a.client.query("/v1/acl/tokens", &resp, q)
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
return resp, qm, nil
}
// Create is used to create a token
func (a *ACLTokens) Create(token *ACLToken, q *WriteOptions) (*ACLToken, *WriteMeta, error) {
if token.AccessorID != "" {
return nil, nil, fmt.Errorf("cannot specify Accessor ID")
}
var resp ACLToken
wm, err := a.client.write("/v1/acl/token", token, &resp, q)
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
return &resp, wm, nil
}
// Update is used to update an existing token
func (a *ACLTokens) Update(token *ACLToken, q *WriteOptions) (*ACLToken, *WriteMeta, error) {
if token.AccessorID == "" {
return nil, nil, fmt.Errorf("missing accessor ID")
}
var resp ACLToken
wm, err := a.client.write("/v1/acl/token/"+token.AccessorID,
token, &resp, q)
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
return &resp, wm, nil
}
// Delete is used to delete a token
func (a *ACLTokens) Delete(accessorID string, q *WriteOptions) (*WriteMeta, error) {
if accessorID == "" {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("missing accessor ID")
}
wm, err := a.client.delete("/v1/acl/token/"+accessorID, nil, q)
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
return wm, nil
}
// Info is used to query a token
func (a *ACLTokens) Info(accessorID string, q *QueryOptions) (*ACLToken, *QueryMeta, error) {
if accessorID == "" {
return nil, nil, fmt.Errorf("missing accessor ID")
}
var resp ACLToken
wm, err := a.client.query("/v1/acl/token/"+accessorID, &resp, q)
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
return &resp, wm, nil
}
// Self is used to query our own token
func (a *ACLTokens) Self(q *QueryOptions) (*ACLToken, *QueryMeta, error) {
var resp ACLToken
wm, err := a.client.query("/v1/acl/token/self", &resp, q)
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
return &resp, wm, nil
}
// ACLPolicyListStub is used to for listing ACL policies
type ACLPolicyListStub struct {
Name string
Description string
CreateIndex uint64
ModifyIndex uint64
}
// ACLPolicy is used to represent an ACL policy
type ACLPolicy struct {
Name string
Description string
Rules string
CreateIndex uint64
ModifyIndex uint64
}
// ACLToken represents a client token which is used to Authenticate
type ACLToken struct {
AccessorID string
SecretID string
Name string
Type string
Policies []string
Global bool
CreateTime time.Time
CreateIndex uint64
ModifyIndex uint64
}
type ACLTokenListStub struct {
AccessorID string
Name string
Type string
Policies []string
Global bool
CreateTime time.Time
CreateIndex uint64
ModifyIndex uint64
}

308
vendor/github.com/hashicorp/nomad/api/agent.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,308 @@
package api
import (
"encoding/json"
"fmt"
"net/url"
)
// Agent encapsulates an API client which talks to Nomad's
// agent endpoints for a specific node.
type Agent struct {
client *Client
// Cache static agent info
nodeName string
datacenter string
region string
}
// KeyringResponse is a unified key response and can be used for install,
// remove, use, as well as listing key queries.
type KeyringResponse struct {
Messages map[string]string
Keys map[string]int
NumNodes int
}
// KeyringRequest is request objects for serf key operations.
type KeyringRequest struct {
Key string
}
// Agent returns a new agent which can be used to query
// the agent-specific endpoints.
func (c *Client) Agent() *Agent {
return &Agent{client: c}
}
// Self is used to query the /v1/agent/self endpoint and
// returns information specific to the running agent.
func (a *Agent) Self() (*AgentSelf, error) {
var out *AgentSelf
// Query the self endpoint on the agent
_, err := a.client.query("/v1/agent/self", &out, nil)
if err != nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("failed querying self endpoint: %s", err)
}
// Populate the cache for faster queries
a.populateCache(out)
return out, nil
}
// populateCache is used to insert various pieces of static
// data into the agent handle. This is used during subsequent
// lookups for the same data later on to save the round trip.
func (a *Agent) populateCache(self *AgentSelf) {
if a.nodeName == "" {
a.nodeName = self.Member.Name
}
if a.datacenter == "" {
if val, ok := self.Config["Datacenter"]; ok {
a.datacenter, _ = val.(string)
}
}
if a.region == "" {
if val, ok := self.Config["Region"]; ok {
a.region, _ = val.(string)
}
}
}
// NodeName is used to query the Nomad agent for its node name.
func (a *Agent) NodeName() (string, error) {
// Return from cache if we have it
if a.nodeName != "" {
return a.nodeName, nil
}
// Query the node name
_, err := a.Self()
return a.nodeName, err
}
// Datacenter is used to return the name of the datacenter which
// the agent is a member of.
func (a *Agent) Datacenter() (string, error) {
// Return from cache if we have it
if a.datacenter != "" {
return a.datacenter, nil
}
// Query the agent for the DC
_, err := a.Self()
return a.datacenter, err
}
// Region is used to look up the region the agent is in.
func (a *Agent) Region() (string, error) {
// Return from cache if we have it
if a.region != "" {
return a.region, nil
}
// Query the agent for the region
_, err := a.Self()
return a.region, err
}
// Join is used to instruct a server node to join another server
// via the gossip protocol. Multiple addresses may be specified.
// We attempt to join all of the hosts in the list. Returns the
// number of nodes successfully joined and any error. If one or
// more nodes have a successful result, no error is returned.
func (a *Agent) Join(addrs ...string) (int, error) {
// Accumulate the addresses
v := url.Values{}
for _, addr := range addrs {
v.Add("address", addr)
}
// Send the join request
var resp joinResponse
_, err := a.client.write("/v1/agent/join?"+v.Encode(), nil, &resp, nil)
if err != nil {
return 0, fmt.Errorf("failed joining: %s", err)
}
if resp.Error != "" {
return 0, fmt.Errorf("failed joining: %s", resp.Error)
}
return resp.NumJoined, nil
}
// Members is used to query all of the known server members
func (a *Agent) Members() (*ServerMembers, error) {
var resp *ServerMembers
// Query the known members
_, err := a.client.query("/v1/agent/members", &resp, nil)
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
return resp, nil
}
// ForceLeave is used to eject an existing node from the cluster.
func (a *Agent) ForceLeave(node string) error {
_, err := a.client.write("/v1/agent/force-leave?node="+node, nil, nil, nil)
return err
}
// Servers is used to query the list of servers on a client node.
func (a *Agent) Servers() ([]string, error) {
var resp []string
_, err := a.client.query("/v1/agent/servers", &resp, nil)
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
return resp, nil
}
// SetServers is used to update the list of servers on a client node.
func (a *Agent) SetServers(addrs []string) error {
// Accumulate the addresses
v := url.Values{}
for _, addr := range addrs {
v.Add("address", addr)
}
_, err := a.client.write("/v1/agent/servers?"+v.Encode(), nil, nil, nil)
return err
}
// ListKeys returns the list of installed keys
func (a *Agent) ListKeys() (*KeyringResponse, error) {
var resp KeyringResponse
_, err := a.client.query("/v1/agent/keyring/list", &resp, nil)
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
return &resp, nil
}
// InstallKey installs a key in the keyrings of all the serf members
func (a *Agent) InstallKey(key string) (*KeyringResponse, error) {
args := KeyringRequest{
Key: key,
}
var resp KeyringResponse
_, err := a.client.write("/v1/agent/keyring/install", &args, &resp, nil)
return &resp, err
}
// UseKey uses a key from the keyring of serf members
func (a *Agent) UseKey(key string) (*KeyringResponse, error) {
args := KeyringRequest{
Key: key,
}
var resp KeyringResponse
_, err := a.client.write("/v1/agent/keyring/use", &args, &resp, nil)
return &resp, err
}
// RemoveKey removes a particular key from keyrings of serf members
func (a *Agent) RemoveKey(key string) (*KeyringResponse, error) {
args := KeyringRequest{
Key: key,
}
var resp KeyringResponse
_, err := a.client.write("/v1/agent/keyring/remove", &args, &resp, nil)
return &resp, err
}
// Health queries the agent's health
func (a *Agent) Health() (*AgentHealthResponse, error) {
req, err := a.client.newRequest("GET", "/v1/agent/health")
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
var health AgentHealthResponse
_, resp, err := a.client.doRequest(req)
if err != nil {
return nil, err
}
defer resp.Body.Close()
// Always try to decode the response as JSON
err = json.NewDecoder(resp.Body).Decode(&health)
if err == nil {
return &health, nil
}
// Return custom error when response is not expected JSON format
return nil, fmt.Errorf("unable to unmarshal response with status %d: %v", resp.StatusCode, err)
}
// joinResponse is used to decode the response we get while
// sending a member join request.
type joinResponse struct {
NumJoined int `json:"num_joined"`
Error string `json:"error"`
}
type ServerMembers struct {
ServerName string
ServerRegion string
ServerDC string
Members []*AgentMember
}
type AgentSelf struct {
Config map[string]interface{} `json:"config"`
Member AgentMember `json:"member"`
Stats map[string]map[string]string `json:"stats"`
}
// AgentMember represents a cluster member known to the agent
type AgentMember struct {
Name string
Addr string
Port uint16
Tags map[string]string
Status string
ProtocolMin uint8
ProtocolMax uint8
ProtocolCur uint8
DelegateMin uint8
DelegateMax uint8
DelegateCur uint8
}
// AgentMembersNameSort implements sort.Interface for []*AgentMembersNameSort
// based on the Name, DC and Region
type AgentMembersNameSort []*AgentMember
func (a AgentMembersNameSort) Len() int { return len(a) }
func (a AgentMembersNameSort) Swap(i, j int) { a[i], a[j] = a[j], a[i] }
func (a AgentMembersNameSort) Less(i, j int) bool {
if a[i].Tags["region"] != a[j].Tags["region"] {
return a[i].Tags["region"] < a[j].Tags["region"]
}
if a[i].Tags["dc"] != a[j].Tags["dc"] {
return a[i].Tags["dc"] < a[j].Tags["dc"]
}
return a[i].Name < a[j].Name
}
// AgentHealthResponse is the response from the Health endpoint describing an
// agent's health.
type AgentHealthResponse struct {
Client *AgentHealth `json:"client,omitempty"`
Server *AgentHealth `json:"server,omitempty"`
}
// AgentHealth describes the Client or Server's health in a Health request.
type AgentHealth struct {
// Ok is false if the agent is unhealthy
Ok bool `json:"ok"`
// Message describes why the agent is unhealthy
Message string `json:"message"`
}

228
vendor/github.com/hashicorp/nomad/api/allocations.go generated vendored Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,228 @@
package api
import (
"fmt"
"sort"
"time"
)
var (
// NodeDownErr marks an operation as not able to complete since the node is
// down.
NodeDownErr = fmt.Errorf("node down")
)
// Allocations is used to query the alloc-related endpoints.
type Allocations struct {
client *Client
}
// Allocations returns a handle on the allocs endpoints.
func (c *Client) Allocations() *Allocations {
return &Allocations{client: c}
}
// List returns a list of all of the allocations.
func (a *Allocations) List(q *QueryOptions) ([]*AllocationListStub, *QueryMeta, error) {
var resp []*AllocationListStub
qm, err := a.client.query("/v1/allocations", &resp, q)
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
sort.Sort(AllocIndexSort(resp))
return resp, qm, nil
}
func (a *Allocations) PrefixList(prefix string) ([]*AllocationListStub, *QueryMeta, error) {
return a.List(&QueryOptions{Prefix: prefix})
}
// Info is used to retrieve a single allocation.
func (a *Allocations) Info(allocID string, q *QueryOptions) (*Allocation, *QueryMeta, error) {
var resp Allocation
qm, err := a.client.query("/v1/allocation/"+allocID, &resp, q)
if err != nil {
return nil, nil, err
}
return &resp, qm, nil
}
func (a *Allocations) Stats(alloc *Allocation, q *QueryOptions) (*AllocResourceUsage, error) {
var resp AllocResourceUsage
path := fmt.Sprintf("/v1/client/allocation/%s/stats", alloc.ID)
_, err := a.client.query(path, &resp, q)
return &resp, err
}
func (a *Allocations) GC(alloc *Allocation, q *QueryOptions) error {
nodeClient, err := a.client.GetNodeClient(alloc.NodeID, q)
if err != nil {
return err
}
var resp struct{}
_, err = nodeClient.query("/v1/client/allocation/"+alloc.ID+"/gc", &resp, nil)
return err
}
// Allocation is used for serialization of allocations.
type Allocation struct {
ID string
Namespace string
EvalID string
Name string
NodeID string
JobID string
Job *Job
TaskGroup string
Resources *Resources
TaskResources map[string]*Resources
Services map[string]string
Metrics *AllocationMetric
DesiredStatus string
DesiredDescription string
DesiredTransition DesiredTransition
ClientStatus string
ClientDescription string
TaskStates map[string]*TaskState
DeploymentID string
DeploymentStatus *AllocDeploymentStatus
FollowupEvalID string
PreviousAllocation string
NextAllocation string
RescheduleTracker *RescheduleTracker
CreateIndex uint64
ModifyIndex uint64
AllocModifyIndex uint64
CreateTime int64
ModifyTime int64
}
// AllocationMetric is used to deserialize allocation metrics.
type AllocationMetric struct {
NodesEvaluated int
NodesFiltered int
NodesAvailable map[string]int
ClassFiltered map[string]int
ConstraintFiltered map[string]int
NodesExhausted int
ClassExhausted map[string]int
DimensionExhausted map[string]int
QuotaExhausted []string
Scores map[string]float64
AllocationTime time.Duration
CoalescedFailures int
}
// AllocationListStub is used to return a subset of an allocation
// during list operations.
type AllocationListStub struct {
ID string
EvalID string
Name string
NodeID string
JobID string
JobVersion uint64
TaskGroup string
DesiredStatus string
DesiredDescription string
ClientStatus string
ClientDescription string
TaskStates map[string]*TaskState
DeploymentStatus *AllocDeploymentStatus
FollowupEvalID string
RescheduleTracker *RescheduleTracker
CreateIndex uint64
ModifyIndex uint64
CreateTime int64
ModifyTime int64
}
// AllocDeploymentStatus captures the status of the allocation as part of the
// deployment. This can include things like if the allocation has been marked as
// healthy.
type AllocDeploymentStatus struct {
Healthy *bool
Timestamp time.Time
Canary bool
ModifyIndex uint64
}
// AllocIndexSort reverse sorts allocs by CreateIndex.
type AllocIndexSort []*AllocationListStub
func (a AllocIndexSort) Len() int {
return len(a)
}
func (a AllocIndexSort) Less(i, j int) bool {
return a[i].CreateIndex > a[j].CreateIndex
}
func (a AllocIndexSort) Swap(i, j int) {
a[i], a[j] = a[j], a[i]
}
// RescheduleInfo is used to calculate remaining reschedule attempts
// according to the given time and the task groups reschedule policy
func (a Allocation) RescheduleInfo(t time.Time) (int, int) {
var reschedulePolicy *ReschedulePolicy
for _, tg := range a.Job.TaskGroups {
if *tg.Name == a.TaskGroup {
reschedulePolicy = tg.ReschedulePolicy
}
}
if reschedulePolicy == nil {
return 0, 0
}
availableAttempts := *reschedulePolicy.Attempts
interval := *reschedulePolicy.Interval
attempted := 0
// Loop over reschedule tracker to find attempts within the restart policy's interval
if a.RescheduleTracker != nil && availableAttempts > 0 && interval > 0 {
for j := len(a.RescheduleTracker.Events) - 1; j >= 0; j-- {
lastAttempt := a.RescheduleTracker.Events[j].RescheduleTime
timeDiff := t.UTC().UnixNano() - lastAttempt
if timeDiff < interval.Nanoseconds() {
attempted += 1
}
}
}
return attempted, availableAttempts
}
// RescheduleTracker encapsulates previous reschedule events
type RescheduleTracker struct {
Events []*RescheduleEvent
}
// RescheduleEvent is used to keep track of previous attempts at rescheduling an allocation
type RescheduleEvent struct {
// RescheduleTime is the timestamp of a reschedule attempt
RescheduleTime int64
// PrevAllocID is the ID of the previous allocation being restarted
PrevAllocID string
// PrevNodeID is the node ID of the previous allocation
PrevNodeID string
}
// DesiredTransition is used to mark an allocation as having a desired state
// transition. This information can be used by the scheduler to make the
// correct decision.
type DesiredTransition struct {
// Migrate is used to indicate that this allocation should be stopped and
// migrated to another node.
Migrate *bool
// Reschedule is used to indicate that this allocation is eligible to be
// rescheduled.
Reschedule *bool
}
// ShouldMigrate returns whether the transition object dictates a migration.
func (d DesiredTransition) ShouldMigrate() bool {
return d.Migrate != nil && *d.Migrate
}

Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More